The URL can be used to link to this page

Project Manual - Tigard Senior Center - August 1980 r Project Manual including Specifications for Construction of: _ TIGARD SENIOR CENTER .. Tigard, Oregon _, 4 i OWNER: City of Tigard Oregon c/o City Hall . 12420 SW Main Street AO Tigard, OR 97223 .i ARCHITECT: John Kyle, Architect Alit--„, (503) 224-0891 I 519 SW Third Avenue Portland, OR 97204 STRUCTURAL ENGINEER: }• f • Otto Van Wal sti jn 610 SW Broadway, Suite 603 Portland, OR 97205 •' '\ 222-3452 , 1 Lir '1'1_1_E 11 Li J 0F6- • PROJECT MANUA NUMBER 14 AUG 80 TIGARD SENIOR CENTER 00001 - 1 END Am SECTION 00005 TABLE OF CONTENTS DIVISIONS AND SECTIONS NUMBER OF PAGES .. INTRODUCTORY PAGES -_ 00005 TABLE OF CONTENTS 1 DIVISION 0: BIDDING AND CONTRACT REQUIREMENTS �'l 00020 INVITATION TO BID 2 00100 INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS (A701 ) 00110 SUPPLEMENTARY INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS 6 00300 BID FORM 3 00310 BID BOND FORM (A310) 00500 AGREEMENT FORM (A101 ) 00610 PERFORMANCE BOND (A311 ) '"` 00620 LABOR AND MATERIALS PAYMENT BOND (A311 ) 00700 GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT (A201 ) 00800 SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS i6 00900 DRAWING SCHEDULE, 1 1 00901 INDEX OF TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION SECTIONS 3 AW AW WA ail. 1. s 444 14 AUG 80 TIGARD SENIOR CENTER 00005 - 1 END AA 001 SECTION 00020 INVITATION TO BID as PROJECT: Tigard Senior Center .. Tigard, Oregon OWNER: City of Tigard Oregon c/o City Hall 12420 SW Plain Street 00 Tigard, OR 97223 ARCHITECT: John Kyle, Architect (503) 224-0891 519 SW Third Ave. Portland, OR 97204 40 Notice is hereby given that the City of Tigard, Oregon will receive sealed bids until 3:00 p.m. on Septemberl1, 1980, for construction of the Tigard Senior Center and described as follows: One story over daylight basement, 7,400 square foot total area, wood .• frame construction with basement floor slab on grade. Energy efficient design, with passive solar features. 00This project is financed through the Community Development Block Grant Program with funds obtained from the U.S. Department of Housing and Urban Development. The contract will be subject to regulations of the Departments of Labor and Housing and Urban Development. AM Attention is called to ORS Chapter 279 and state and federal provisions for Equal Employment Opportunity, Affirmative Action, HUD Section 3 Requirements, and payments of not less than the minimum salaries and wages as set forth in the Documents. Bids shall be addressed to Raeldon R. Barker, City Administrator, City of AO Tigard Oregon, c/o City Hall , 12420 SW Main Street, Tigard, OR 97223, phone: 639-4171 . Bidders are invited to attend the bid opening at the City Hall , Tigard, Oregon, at the above stated time. No bids will be received or considered after that time. 00 AO 14 AUG 80 TIGARD SENIOR CENTER 00020 - 1 Als 0. ma Bid security in the amount of ten percent (10%) is required in accordance ■► with the Instructions to Bidders. Bidders for this project must be prequalified to perform this contract in ei accordance with the Instructions to Bidders. The proposed Contract Documents may be examined at the offices of the Architect, the City Hall and at various locations in Oregon and Washington M' chosen by the Architect. Bidders may secure copies of the proposed Contract Documents from the Architect on or after August 21 , 1980, on the following basis: 1 . Two sets of the Project Manual , including Specifications, ■r plus two sets of Drawings, upon payment of $100 deposit, completely refundable if both sets are returned to the Architect in good condition within ten days after bid opening. ■r 2. Partial sets of Bidding Documents will be issued to sub-contract bidders for $1 .50 per sheet of Drawings and „,iv $0.15 per sheet of Project Manual. The issuing of partial sets of Contract Documents is for bidder convenience only. Neither the Owner nor the Architect assume any responsi- bility for errors or misinterpretations resulting from the M" use of incomplete sets of Bidding Documents. Bids will not be considered unless completed according to the provisions r16 of the Invitation to Bid, Instructions to Bidders and Supplementary Instructions to Bidders. The City of Tigard reserves the right to reject any or all bids or to waive Mb any informalities in the bidding. 1 Mb Mb END OF INVITATION TO BID Mb 1 mit 14 AUG 80 TIGARD SENIOR CENTER 00020 - 2 END I�r �+• INSTRUCTION SHEET MA DOCUMENT A701a FOR AIA DOCUMENT A701, INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS—MAY 1978 EDITION A. GENERAL INFORMATION: 1. A701 and A201: arr This edition of AIA Document A701, Instructions to Bidders, and the August 1976 Edition of AlA Document A201, General Conditions of the Contract for Construction, have complementary provisions and are intended to be used together in the Project Manual. 2. Supplementary Instructions to Bidders and Modifications: AIA Document A701, Instructions to Bidders, being a document designed for general usage, does not provide all of the information particular to a specific Project that will be required by prospective Bidders. Article 9 provides for the inclu- c sion of supplementary instructions or modifications. Some provisions in AIA Document A701 are stated to be effective "unless otherwise required in the Bidding Documents." If it is desired that different requirements be effective, these must then be stated in the Bidding Documents. l - The necessary additional information or requirements must be provided in the Advertisement or Invitation to Bid, or in the Supplementary Conditions prepared for the Project, or as a supplement to these Instructions to Bidders if not included in Article 9, Supplementary Instructions. See AIA Document A521, Uniform Location of Subject Matter, for guidance in determining where specific types of information should be located. Any modifications to the General Conditions, whether in Supplementary Conditions or elsewhere, should be carefully aw checked against the requirements of this document. This Document A701 is not designed or intended to be used as or to become a contract document: any provisions of this document which are intended to remain in effect after execution of the Contract for Construction should be reflected in the Conditions of the Contract (General, Supplementary or other Conditions). B. CHANGES FROM THE 1974 EDITION OF A701: 1. ARTICLE 1—DEFINITIONS: A sentence has been added to clarify the distinction between the Bidding Documents and the Contract Documents. The definition of a Bidder has been extended to include those submitting Bids for designated portions of the Work. 2. ARTICLE 2—BIDDER'S REPRESENTATIONS: As stipulated in AIA Document A201, Subparagraph 1.2.2, the Bidder makes an additional representation that his observa- tions at the site correlate with the requirements of the proposed Contract Documents. 3. ARTICLE 3—BIDDING DOCUMENTS: .rt Bidders, not Sub-bidders or others, may obtain complete sets of the Bidding Documents directly from the issuing office. Sub-bidders may directly contact the Architect regarding ambiguities, errors and interpretations. No substitutions will be considered after the Contract award is made unless specifically provided for in the Contract Doc- uments. 4. ARTICLE 4—BIDDING PROCEDURES: Bids must be submitted in compliance with the form included in the Bidding Documents and in the quantity required in Article 9. If no Alternates to Base Bids are requested enter "No Change." The Bid Security shall not be forfeited either because the Bidder refuses to accept an award of less than the combination of Bids on two or more designated portions, or because the Bidder does not fulfill his Contract obligations because the Owner has failed to furnish reasonable evidence of the'Owner's financial capabilities. Sealed Bids sent by mail must be noted on the outside envelope as "SEALED BID ENCLOSED." 5. ARTICLE 5—CONSIDERATION OF BIDS: The Article has been revised such that it is within the Owner's discretion whether to issue an abstract of the Bids which have been opened privately. Unless otherwise provided in Article 9, the Owner may accept Alternate Bids in any order or combination. 6. ARTICLE 6—POST-BID INFORMATION: The Article has been retitled and provides that the Bidder may require evidence of the Owner's financial capabilities to ful- fill his contractual obligations. Persons and entities proposed by the Bidder and not reasonably objected to by the Owner and the Architect shall not be changed without written consent from the Owner and the Architect. r.� 7. ARTICLE 7—PERFORMANCE BOND AND LABOR AND MATERIAL PAYMENT BOND: The Bidder need only furnish a bond if and in the amount stipulated in Article 9 and if so required, the cost shall be in- cluded in the Bid. If the Owner requires bonds be obtained from other than the Bidder's usual source, the difference in cost shall be adjusted as provided in the Contract Documents. AIA DOCUMENT A701a• INSTRUCTION SHEET FOR INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS • 1978 EDITION • AIA® THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS, 1735 NEW YORK AVENUE, N.W., WASHINGTON, D.C. 20006 A701a-1978 1 nr 8. ARTICLE 9—SUPPLEMENTARY INSTRUCTIONS: This section has been added to provide for supplementary provisions. C. COMPLETING THE FORM: It is essential that information or requirements (here indexed to the corresponding reference in AIA Document A701) relat- ing to the following subjects be covered in the Advertisement or Invitation to Bid or in Article 9: 1. ARTICLE 3—BIDDING DOCUMENTS: 3.1.1 Issuing Office ilia Deposits and charges for Bidding Documents 3.1.2 Issuance of Bidding Documents to Sub-bidders and others 2. ARTICLE 4—BIDDING PROCEDURES: 4.1.1 Number of copies of bid forms to be submitted 4.2.1 Bid security requirement; Corm, amount and beneficiary 4.3.1 Name of party receiving Bids 4.3.2 Date, time and location for receipt of Bids Mb 4.4.1 Period during which Bids may not be withdrawn 3. ARTICLE 5—CONSIDERATION OF BIDS: 5.1.1 Public or private opening of Bids 4. ARTICLE 6—POST-BID INFORMATION: _ 6.1.1 Prequalification of Bidders 1 5. ARTICLE 7—PERFORMANCE BOND AND LABOR AND MATERIAL PAYMENT BOND: 7.1 Performance Bond and Labor and Material Payment Bond requirements, and amounts or basis thereof 7.2.2 Form and beneficiary of Performance Bond and Labor and Material Payment Bond, if required 6. ARTICLE 8—FORM OF AGREEMENT BETWEEN OWNER AND CONTRACTOR: rrr 8.1.1 Form of Agreement between Owner and Contractor, if other than A101 7. ARTICLE 9—SUPPLEMENTARY INSTRUCTIONS: a. Liquidated damages: If liquidated damages are to be assessed because delayed completion will result in the Owner actually suffering loss, it is suggested that the concept and amounts be carefully developed in consultation with the Owner's attorney. Inas- much as liquidated damages are not a penalty to be inflicted on the Contractor, but are intended to provide a means Mb for recovery of estimated actual damages, liquidated damages must bear an actual and reasonably estimated relation- ship to the loss to the Owner if the building is not completed on time; for example, the cost per day of renting space for temporary housing of students if a dormitory cannot be occupied when needed, additional financing costs, loss of profits, etc. Unless there is an aspect of confidentiality, or some other factor which prevails, it is suggested that provi- sion for liquidated damages be included in Article 9. This provision should be prepared by the Owner's attorney and not by the Architect. b. Penalty and Bonus: 110 If the Owner stands to benefit from early Substantial Completion, as well as suffering damage as a result of tardy Sub- stantial Completion, consideration should be given to provisions for Penalty and Bonus. Unless there is an aspect of confidentiality, or some other factor which prevails, it is suggested that provisions for Penalty and Bonus be included in Article 9. These provisions should be carefully developed by the Owner's attorney and not by the Architect. I.r c. Retainage: The retainage provisions to be incorporated into the Owner-Contractor Agreement, including any special provisions for the release or reduction of retainage on completion of a certain percentage or portion of the Work, should be indicated if not provided for in Supplementary Conditions. kb d. Contract Time: If a particular Contract Time is required as a condition of the Contract, it should be specified here. If Substantial Com- pletion will be afforded on separate portions of the Work, it should be specified here as well. nr D. REPRODUCTION: 1. AIA Document A701 is a copyrighted document, and may not be reproduced, in whole or in part, nor portions transcribed, without the written permission of AIA. Permission is hereby granted to reproduce a maximum of ten copies of this docu- ment for office use in connection with the particular Project to which this document applies, only in circumstances where modifications or additional information have been included in Article 9. 2. Reproduction of this document for inclusion in Project Manuals, for purposes of bidding, or for any other use is not per- mined except with separate written permission of the AIA, whether or not this document has been modified or supple- mented. Such permission, if granted, may be subject to the payment of royalties, license fees, and other conditions necessary in AIA's opinion to protect its copyright and other interests. tri AIA DOCUMENT A701a • INSTRUCTION SHEET FOR INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS • 1978 EDITION • AIA® 2 A701a-1978 THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS, 1735 NEW YORK AVENUE, N.W., WASHINGTON, D.C. 20006 . ea THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS r - IIIIIIIII MO 2.4 .n, i . err IAIA Document A701 eal .I I, Instructions to Bidders 1978 EDITION amUse only with the 1976 Edition of AIA Document A201, General Conditions of the Contract for Construction j ANI TABLE OF ARTICLES 1. DEFINITIONS 6. POST-BID INFORMATION A. 2. BIDDER'S REPRESENTATIONS 7. PERFORMANCE BOND AND 3. BIDDING DOCUMENTS LABOR AND MATERIAL PAYMENT BOND d" 8. FORM OF AGREEMENT BETWEEN OWNER 4. BIDDING PROCEDURES AND CONTRACTOR ,.,f 5. CONSIDERATION OF BIDS 9. SUPPLEMENTARY INSTRUCTIONS -I i A. ...t i Copyright 1970, 1974, © 1978 by The American Institute of Architects, 1735 New York•Avenue, N.W., Washington, D.C. 20006. Reproduction of the material herein or substantial quotation of its provisions without permission of the AR violates the copy- right laws of the United States and will be subject to legal prosecution. AIM • AMA DOCUMENT A701 • INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS • THIRD EDITION • MAY 1978 • AIA® • ©1978 THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS, 1735 NEW YORK AVE., N.W., WASHINGTON, D. C. 20006 A701-1978 1 MI ` w 1 INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS SiI ARTICLE 1 2.1.3 His Bid is based upon the materials, systems and DEFINITIONS equipment required by the Bidding Documents without exception. iii1.1 Bidding Documents include the Advertisement or In- vitation to Bid, Instructions to Bidders, the bid form, other ARTICLE 3 sample bidding and contract forms and the proposed BIDDING DOCUMENTS as i Contract Documents including any Addenda issued prior to receipt of bids. The Contract Documents proposed for 3.1 COPIES the Work consist of the Owner-Contractor Agreement, 3.1.1 Bidders may obtain complete sets of the Bidding the Conditions of the Contract (General, Supplementary Documents from the issuing office designated in the Ad- and other Conditions), the Drawings, the Specifications vertisement or Invitation to Bid in the number and for the aland all Addenda issued prior to and all Modifications deposit sum, if any, stated therein. The deposit will be issued after execution of the Contract. refunded to Bidders who submit a bona fide Bid and re- 1.2 All definitions set forth in the General Conditions of turn the Bidding Documents in good condition within the Contract for Construction, AIA Document A201, or ten days after receipt of Bids. The cost of replacement of in other Contract Documents are applicable to the Bid- any missing or damaged documents will be deducted ding Documents. from the deposit. A Bidder receiving a Contract award 1.3 Addenda are written or graphic instruments issued by the Architect prior to the execution of the Contract may retain the Bidding Documents and his deposit will be rr refunded. which modify or interpret the Bidding Documents by 3.1.2 Bidding Documents will not be issued directly to additions, deletions, clarifications or corrections. Sub bidders or others unless specifically offered in the 4110 I Advertisement or Invitation to Bid. 1.4 A Bid is a complete and properly signed proposal to 3.1.3 Bidders shall use complete sets of Bidding Docu- do the Work or designated portion thereof for the sums ments in preparing Bids; neither the Owner nor the Archi- stipulated therein, submitted in accordance with the Bid tett assume any responsibility for errors or misinterpreta- ding Documents. tions resulting from the use of incomplete sets of Bidding dle E 1.5 The Base Bid is the sum stated in the Bid for which Documents. the Bidder offers to perform the Work described in the 3.1.4 The Owner or the Architect in making copies of Bidding Documents as the base, to which work may be the Bidding Documents available on the above terms do added or from which work may be deleted for sums so only for the purpose of obtaining Bids on the Work �_ stated in Alternate Bids. and do not confer a license or grant for any other use. 1.6 An Alternate Bid (or Alternate) is an amount stated in the Bid to be added to or deducted from the amount 3.2 INTERPRETATION OR CORRECTION OF BIDDING of the Base Bid if the corresponding change in the Work, DOCUMENTS asI-- as described in the Bidding Documents, is accepted. 3.2.1 Bidders and Sub-bidders shall promptly notify the 1.7 A Unit Price is an amount stated in the Bid as a price Architect of any ambiguity, inconsistency or error which l per unit of measurement for materials or services as de they may discover upon examination of the Bidding Doc- scribed in the Bidding Documents or in the proposed uments or of the site and local conditions. °r Contract Documents. 3.2.2 Bidders and Sub-bidders requiring clarification or interpretation of the Bidding Documents shall make a L 1.8 A Bidder is a person or entity who submits a Bid. written request which shall reach the Architect at least 1.9 A Sub bidder is a person or entity who submits a bid seven days prior to the date for receipt of Bids. Ai"' to a Bidder for materials or labor for a portion of the 3.2.3 Any interpretation, correction or change of the Work. Bidding Documents will be made by Addendum. Inter- pretations, corrections or changes of the Bidding Docu- mentsARTICLE 2 made in any other manner will not be binding, and Bidders shall not rely upon such interpretations, correc- BIDDER'S REPRESENTATIONS tions and changes. 2.1 Each Bidder by making his Bid represents that: 33 SUBSTITUTIONS s I 2.1.1 He has read and understands the Bidding Docu- 3.3.1 The materials, products and equipment described ments and his Bid is made in accordance therewith. in the Bidding Documents establish a standard of required L 2.1.2 He has visited the site, has familiarized himself function, dimension, appearance and quality to be met ,,. with the local conditions under which the Work is to be by any proposed substitution. performed and has correlated his observations with the 3.3.2 No substitution will be considered prior to receipt ILrequirements of the proposed Contract Documents. of Bids unless written request for approval has been re- do AIA DOCUMENT A701 • INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS • THIRD EDITION • MAY 1978 • MA® • ©1978 THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS, 1735 NEW YORK AVE., N.W., WASHINGTON, D. C. 20006 A701-1978 2 s I Ilk ceived by the Architect at least ten days prior to the date sole proprietor, a partnership, a corporation, or some yNI for receipt of Bids. Each such request shall include the other legal entity. Each copy shall be signed by the name of the material or equipment for which it is to be person or persons legally authorized to bind the Bidder substituted and a complete description of the proposed to a contract. A Bid by a corporation shall further give substitute including drawings, cuts, performance and test the state of incorporation and have the corporate seal ilk data and any other information necessary for an evalua- affixed. A Bid submitted by an agent shall have a current tion.A statement setting forth any changes in other mate- power of attorney attached certifying the agent's author- - rials, equipment or other Work that incorporation of the ity to bind the Bidder. substitute would require shall be included. The burden 4.2 BID SECURITY lib of proof of the merit of the proposed substitute is upon the proposer. The Architect's decision of approval or dis 4.2.1 If so stipulated in the Advertisement or Invitation approval of a proposed substitution shall be final. to Bid, each Bid shall be accompanied by a bid security in the form and amount required by Article 9 pledging 3.3.3 If the Architect approves any proposed substitution that the Bidder will enter into a Contract with the Owner irk prior to receipt of Bids, such approval will be set forth in on the terms stated in his Bid and will, if required, furnish an Addendum. Bidders shall not rely upon approvals bonds as described hereunder in Article 7 covering the 4 made in any other manner. faithful performance of the Contract and the payment of t 3.3.4 No substitutions will be considered after the Con- all obligations arising thereunder. Should the Bidder re- ils tract award unless specifically provided in the Contract fuse to enter into such Contract or fail to furnish such Documents. bonds if required, the amount of the bid security shall be 3.4 ADDENDA forfeited to the Owner as liquidated damages, not as a t Nip 3.4.1 Addenda will be mailed or delivered to all who are penalty. The amount of the bid security shall not be for- known by the Architect to have received a complete set felted to the Owner in the event the Owner fails to of Bidding Documents. comply with Subparagraph 6.2.1. 3.4.2 Copies of Addenda will be made available for in- 4.2.2 If a surety bond is required it shall be written onlig spection wherever Bidding Documents are on file for that AIA Document A310, Bid Bond, and the attorney-in-fact purpose. who executes the bond on behalf of the surety shall affix 3.4.3 No Addenda will be issued later than four days to the bond a certified and current copy of his power of alik prior to the date for receipt of Bids except an Addendum attorney. withdrawing the request for Bids or one which includes 4.2.3 The Owner will have the right to retain the bid postponement of the date for receipt of Bids. security of Bidders to whom an award is being considered 3.4.4until either (a) the Contract has been executed and bonds, Each Bidder shall ascertain prior to submitting his if required, have been furnished, or (b) the specified time la bid that he has received all Addenda issued, and he shall has elapsed so that Bids may be withdrawn, or (c) all Bids acknowledge their receipt in his Bid. have been rejected. "" 4.3 SUBMISSION OF BIDS ARTICLE 44.3.1 All 4.3.1 All copies of the Bid, the bid security, if any, and BIDDING PROCEDURE any other documents required to be submitted with the Bid shall be enclosed in a sealed opaque envelope. The 4.1 FORM AND STYLE OF BIDS envelope shall be addressed to the party receiving the lib 4.1.1 Bids shall be submitted on forms identical to the Bids and shall be identified with the Project name, the form included with the Bidding Documents, in the quan- Bidder's name and address and, if applicable, the desig- tity required by Article 9. nated portion of the Work for which the Bid is submitted. r 4.1.2 All blanks on the bid form shall be filled in by If the Bid is sent by mail the sealed envelope shall be typewriter or manually in ink. enclosed in a separate mailing envelope with the notation "SEALED BID ENCLOSED" on the face thereof. 4.1.3 Where so indicated by the makeup of the bid 4.3.2 Bids shall be deposited at the designated location form, sums shall be expressed in both words and figures, prior to the time and date for receipt of Bids indicated in � and in case of discrepancy between the two, the amount the Advertisement or Invitation to Bid, or any extension written in words shall govern. 4.1.4 Any interlineation, alteration or erasure must be thereof made by Addendum. Bids received after the time and date for receipt of Bids will be returned unopened. initialed by the signer of the Bid. 4.3.3 The Bidder shall assume full responsibility for ft 4.1.5 All requested Alternates shall be bid. If no change timely delivery at the location designated for receipt of in the Base Bid is required,enter "No Change." Bids. 4.1.6 Where two or more Bids for designated portions 4.3.4 Oral, telephonic or telegraphic Bids are invalid and of the Work have been requested, the Bidder may, with- will not receive consideration. Bt out forfeiture of his bid security,state his refusal to accept award of less than the combination of Bids he so stipu- 4.4 MODIFICATION OR WITHDRAWAL OF BID lates. The Bidder shall make no additional stipulations on 4.4.1 A Bid may not be modified,withdrawn or canceled the bid form nor qualify his Bid in any other manner. by the Bidder during the stipulated time period following ft 4.1.7 Each copy of the Bid shall include the legal name the time and date designated for the receipt of Bids, and of the Bidder and a statement that the Bidder is a each Bidder so agrees in submitting his Bid. ill MA DOCUMENT A701 • INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS • THIRD EDITION • MAY 1978 • AIA® • ©1978 3 A701-1978 THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS, 1735 NEW YORK AVE., N.W., WASHINGTON, D. C. 20006 0 •.+ i ' 4.4.2 Prior to the time and date designated for receipt 6.2 OWNER'S FINANCIAL CAPABILITY of Bids, any Bid submitted may be modified or withdrawn 6.2.1 The Owner shall, at the request of the Bidder to by notice to the party receiving Bids at the place desig- whom award of a Contract is under consideration and no nated for receipt of Bids. Such notice shall be in writing later than seven days prior to the expiration of the time Ais over the signature of the Bidder or by telegram; if by for withdrawal of Bids, furnish to the Bidder reasonable telegram, written confirmation'over the signature of the evidence that the Owner has made financial arrangements Bidder shall be mailed and postmarked on or before the to fulfill the Contract obligations. Unless such reasonable date and time set for receipt of Bids, and it shall be so evidence is furnished, the Bidder will not be required to do I worded as not to reveal the amount of the original Bid. execute the Owner-Contractor Agreement. 4.4.3 Withdrawn Bids may be resubmitted up to the time 63 SUBMITTALS designated for the receipt of Bids provided that they are then fully in conformance with these Instructions to 6.3.1 The Bidder shall, within seven days of notification am I Bidders. of selection for the award of a Contract for the Work, 4.4.4 Bid security, if any is required, shall be in an submit the following information to the Architect: 1 amount sufficient for the Bid as modified or resubmitted. .1 a designation of the Work to be performed by the Bidder with his own forces; i ARTICLE 5 .2 the proprietary names and the suppliers of princi- pal items or systems of materials and equipment CONSIDERATION OF BIDS proposed for the Work; ,r i 5.1 OPENING OF BIDS .3 a list of names of the Subcontractors or other per- 5.1.1 Unless stated otherwise in the Advertisement or sons or entities (including those who are to furnish Invitation to Bid, the properly identified Bids received on materials or equipment fabricated to a special de time will be opened publicly and will be read aloud. An sign) proposed for the principal portions of the a+ abstract of the Base Bids and Alternate Bids, if any, will Work. be made available to Bidders. When it has been stated 6.3.2 The Bidder will be required to establish to the sat- that Bids will be opened privately, an abstract of the isfaction of the Architect and the Owner the reliability J same information may, at the discretion of the Owner, and responsibility of the persons or entities proposed to be made available to the Bidders within a reasonable furnish and perform the Work described in the Bidding time. Documents. 5.2 REJECTION OF BIDS 6.3.3 Prior to the award of the Contract, the Architect will notify the Bidder in writing if either the Owner or the AN 1 5.2.1 The Owner shall have the right to reject any or all Architect, after due investigation, has reasonable objec- Bids and to reject a Bid not accompanied by any required tion to any such proposed person or entity. If the Owner bid security or by other data required by the Bidding or Architect has reasonable objection to any such pro- [ Documents, or to reject a Bid which is in any way incom- plete posed person or entity, the Bidder may, at his option, or irregular. (1) withdraw his Bid, or (2) submit an acceptable substi- 5.3 ACCEPTANCE OF BID (AWARD) tute person or entity with an adjustment in his bid price to cover the difference in cost occasioned bysuch substi- to5.3.1 It is the intent of the Owner to award a Contract the lowest responsible Bidder provided the Bid has tution. The Owner may, at his discretion, accept the ad- "' been submitted in accordance with the requirements of justed bid price or he may disqualify the Bidder. In the the Bidding Documents and does not exceed the funds event of either withdrawal or disqualification under this available. The Owner shall have the right to waive any Subparagraph, bid security will not be forfeited, notwith informality or irregularity in any Bid or Bids received and standing the provisions of Paragraph 4.4.1. to accept the Bid or Bids which, in his judgment, is in his 6.3.4 Persons and entities proposed by the Bidder and to own best interests. whom the Owner and the Architect have made no reason- 5.3.2 The Owner shall have the right to accept Alter- able objection under the provisions of Subparagraph 6.3.3 nates in any order or combination, unless otherwise must be used on the Work for which they were proposed �" specifically provided in Article 9, and to determine the and shall not be changed except with the written consent low Bidder on the basis of the sum of the Base Bid and of the Owner and the Architect. the Alternates accepted. ARTICLE 7 .r ARTICLE 6 PERFORMANCE BOND AND LABOR AND POST BID INFORMATION MATERIAL PAYMENT BOND .iss 6.1 CONTRACTOR'S QUALIFICATION STATEMENT 7.1 BOND REQUIREMENTS 6.1.1 Bidders to whom award of a Contract is under 7.1.1 Prior to execution of the Contract, if required in consideration shall submit to the Architect, upon request, Article 9 hereinafter, the Bidder shall furnish bonds Cover- a properly executed AIA Document A305, Contractor's ing the faithful performance of the Contract and the ++■ Qualification Statement, unless such a Statement has been payment of all obligations arising thereunder in such form previously required and submitted as a prerequisite to and amount as the Owner may prescribe. Bonds may be L. the issuance of Bidding Documents. secured through the Bidder's usual sources. If the furnish- Awl urnish- . AIA DOCUMENT A701 • INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS • THIRD EDITION • MAY 1978 • AIA® • ©1978 THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS, 1735 NEW YORK AVE., N.W., WASHINGTON, D. C. 20006 A701-1978 4 11. o• rrl ing of such bonds is stipulated hereinafter in Article 9, shall be written on AIA Document A311, Performance the cost shall be included in the Bid. Bond and Labor and Material Payment Bond. 7.1.2 If the Owner has reserved the right to require that 7.2.3 The Bidder shall require the attorney-in-fact who bonds be furnished subsequent to the execution of the executes the required bonds on behalf of the surety to Contract, the cost shall be adjusted as provided in the affix thereto a certified and current copy of his power Contract Documents. of attorney. 7.1.3 If the Owner requires that bonds be obtained from other than the Bidder's usual source, any change in cost ARTICLE 8 will be adjusted as provided in the Contract Documents. FORM OF AGREEMENT BETWEEN OWNER AND 7.2 TIME OF DELIVERY AND FORM OF BONDS CONTRACTOR 7.2.1 The Bidder shall deliver the required bonds to the Owner not later than the date of execution of the Con- 8.1 FORM TO BE USED tract,or if the Work is to be commenced prior thereto in 8.1.1 Unless otherwise required in the Bidding Docu- response to a letter of intent, the Bidder shall, prior to ments, the Agreement for the Work will be written on commencement of the Work, submit evidence satisfactory AIA Document A101, Standard Form of Agreement Se- to the Owner that such bonds will be furnished. tween Owner and Contractor,where the basis of payment 1116 7.2.2 Unless otherwise required in Article 9, the bonds is a Stipulated Sum. oft ARTICLE 9 SUPPLEMENTARY INSTRUCTIONS lib 1 rIr 1111 Irr AIA DOCUMENT A701 • INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS • THIRD EDITION • MAY 1978 • AIA® • ©1978 5 A701-1978 THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS, 1735 NEW YORK AVE., N.W., WASHINGTON, D. C. 20006 me SUPPLEMENTARY INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS (ARTICLE 9 OF AIA A701) 411 The following supplements shall modify, delete, and/or add to the Instruc- am tions to Bidders, AIA Documents A701. Where any article, paragraph, or sub- paragraph in the Instructions to Bidders is supplemented by one of the fol- lowing paragraphs, the provisions of such article, paragraph, or subpara- „ graph shall remain in effect and the supplemental provisions shall be con- sidered as added thereto. Where any article, paragraph, or subparagraph in the Instructions to Bidders is amended, voided, or superseded by any of the following paragraphs, the provisions of such article, paragraph, or subpara- '"' graph not so amended, voided, or superseded shall remain in effect. ARTICLE 1: DEFINITIONS Article 1.10: As used herein, "Invitation to Bid" means the Invitation to Bid included di in this Project Manual . ARTICLE 3: BIDDING DOCUMENTS Article 3.3.2: �• Submit two copies of request for substitution on CSI Substitution Re- quest Form. Article 3.3.5: The provisions of specification Section 1640 under "Limitations for Mak- ing Substitutions" are applicable to requests for substitutions made during the bidding period. 41, ARTICLE 4: BIDDING PROCEDURES 410 Article 4.1.1 : Each Bidder shall submit two copies of completed bid form. Extra copies of blank bid forms will be provided by the Architect. Article 4.2. 1: Bids shall be accompanied by a certified check, a cashier' s check drawn mr on a bank in good standing, or a bid bond written on AIA Document A310 and issued by a Surety authorized to issue such bonds in the State of Oregon, in an amount equal to ten percent (10%) of the Bid. Article 4.3.5: If bidder submits incomplete bidding forms including bid forms, bond forms, and other required forms, he agrees to complete them prior to ' award of the Contract as requested by the Owner. Ars 14 AUG 80 TIGARD S.C. 00110 - 1 16 h MO MO Article 4.4.1: Bids shall remain open and not be withdrawn for a period of thirty days from the date prescribed for their submittal . Article 4.5: Prequalification of Bidders. mo" Article 4.5.1. : Bidders must be prequalified to bid for this project. Bidders not cur- wg rently prequalified for this contract by Washington County or the Oregon State Department of Transportation or General Services may apply for prequalification pursuant to the Washington County Local Contract Review Board Rules or by filing a completed prequalification statement on a form prescribed by the Oregon State Public Contract Review Board with the Oregon State Department of Transportation or General Services. Bid- ders filing prequalification applications must request an early decision ,b and file the Statement no later than ten (10) days before bid opening. ARTICLE 5: CONSIDERATION OF BIDS r 1 Article 5.4: No later than 30 days after the opening of bids, the Owner will either: M' (a) announce the selection of a successful Bidder for the award of a contract for the work, or (b) announce the rejection of all bids. All bidders other than the three lowest Bidders (as determined by the Owner) „r may obtain return of their bid security no sooner than 7 days after bid opening by applying to the Owner and complying with the provisions of the Bidding Documents. is 1 ARTICLE 6: POST BID INFORMATION oft Article 6.1: Delete. See Article 4.5. rr Article 6.3.1: Submit five (5) copies of completed list of names of proposed products and subcontractors on form provided by Architect. Mb ARTICLE 7: PERFORMANCE BOND AND LABOR AND MATERIAL PAYMENT BOND Article 7.1.1: Prior to signing the Contract, the Owner will require the selected Con- tractor to secure and post a Performance Bond and a Labor and Materials mb Payment Bond, each in the amount of 100% of the Contract Sum, and each mw 1 � 14 AUG 80 TIGARD S.C. 00110 - 2 eg AO on forms provided in the Project Manual . All such bonds shall be issued by Surety acceptable to the Owner. Include the costs of all such bonds in the proposed Contract Sum. ' ARTICLE 8: FORM OF AGREEMENT BETWEEN OWNER AND CONTRACTOR Article 8.1.2 as The Bidder to whom the Contract is awarded by the Owner shall , within 10 days after notice of award and receipt of Agreement forms from the Own- er, sign and deliver to the Owner all required copies. AO ARTICLE 9: FEDERAL, STATE AND LOCAL PROVISIONS AM This Project is financed through the COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT BLOCK GRANT PRO- GRAM with funds obtained from the U.S. DEPARTMENT OF HOUSING AND URBAN DE- VELOPMENT. Bidders' attention is particularly directed to the following dm contract provisions: Article 9.1 : AIN LABOR STANDARDS AND WAGE RATES (Supplementary Conditions, Arti- cle 15) : The successful Bidder will be required to comply with Federal Labor Standards Provisions, pay laborers and mechanics not less than the Federal minimum wage, and require his subcontractors to comply with 'S these provisions. Article 9.2: as EQUAL EMPLOYMENT OPPORTUNITY (Supplementary Conditions, Article 15) : The successful Bidder will be required to comply with the provisions of the Federal Equal Opportunity clause required by HUD and OFCCP. am Article 9.3: HUD SECTION 3 REQUIREMENTS (Supplementary Conditions, Article 15.6) : The successful Bidder will be required to comply with the HUD Section 3 AW clause requiring employment of local residents and utilization of local businesses. This clause requires a contractor to submit a statement of work force needs prior to the signing of the contract where possible. AM AM AA AO 14 AUG 80 TIGARD S.C. 00110 - 3 d• d Ni STEPS TO COMPLY WITH SECTION 3 for sr (name of agency or firm) lib For Community Development Block Grant Project (name and number of project) INTRODUCTION ilk This Plan, called "Steps to Comply With Section 3", is required of all sub-grantees, contractors, subcontractors and consultants awarded contracts involving Community ■r Development Block Grant funds. The following format may be adopted as the plan for compliance: Within 10 days of a contract award, this Plan must be submitted to: "' Washington County Office of Community Development 150 North First Avenue Hillsboro, OR 97123 Mb By developing and implementing this plan, sub-grantees, contractors, j subcontractors, and consultants will comply with Section 3 of the Mb HLD Act of 1968 which requires a good faith effort to: 1 ( I ) use low income project area residents as employees; IIl,, (2) use low income project area residents as trainees; and (3) use project area small business concerns to obtain services J and supplies. 1110 DEFINITION OF SECTION 3 PROJECT AREA The Section 3 project area boundary for activities under this plan is (check one) : gr ( ) Washington County ( ) City of Within this project area, first consideration shall be given to persons or small businesses located near the block grant activity. is PART I : STEPS PLANNED TO USE LOWER INCOME AREA RESIDENTS AS EMPLOYEES AND T=A.INEES: sr A. The total number of employees I intend to use on this project is . I The number of these employees that would be considered lower income project area residents is B. The total number of trainees I intend to use on this project is The number of these trainees that would be considered lower income ft project area residents is . 11lr IIlb ■r 14 AUG 80 TIGARD S.C. 00110 - 4 Ow arr C. Activities planned to meet hiring objectives include (check those applicable) : ( ) Recruit through local advertising media ( include phrase "equal opportunity employer" in ad) ; 48 ( ) Recruit through signs, placed at project site; ( ) Recruit by contacting community service organizations serving the project area; as ( ) Maintain a list of lower income area residents who have applied for training positions and employ eligible applicants from this list; AM ( ) Other: PART 11 : AFFIRMATIVE ACTION PLAN FOR USING SMALL BUSINESSES LOCATED IN THE PROJECT AREA OR OWNED BY PROJECT AREA RESIDENTS A. To the greatest extent possible, I will obtain services and/or supplies from small business concerns located within the Section 3 project area 40 or small businesses owned in substantial part by residents of the project area. B. Of the contracts to be awarded in connection with these project activities, will be awarded to Section 3 project area small businesses (e.g. , suppliers, subcontractors, etc. ) C. Of the total $ estimated dollar value of these contracts, $ will be awarded to Section 3 project area small businesses. ' PART III : OTHER AFFIRMATIVE ACTION ACTIVITIES I agree to: • A. insert the regulations contained in 24 CFR Section 135 pertaining to Section 3 in all bid documents for block grant funded projects. A. B. take steps to insure that contracts typically let on a negotiated rather than a bid basis will be let in this Section 3 covered project area. .. C. seek the assistance of Washington County Office of Community Development staff when needed to prepare and implement this affirmative action plan. D. submit this "Steps to Comply With Section 3" plan within 10 days of the .r contract award. E. cooperate with the County Contract Compliance Officer in his/her efforts to provide assistance in the accomplishment and evaluation of these goals. wr F. Other: 41" Date Signature Agency or firm 14 AUG 80 TIGARD S.C. 00110 - 5 Mb ( Article 9.4: NOTICE OF REQUIREMENT FOR AFFIRMATIVE ACTION TO ENSURE EQUAL EMPLOYMENT OPPORTUNITY (EXECUTIVE ORDER 11246): The Bidder's attention is called Mb to the "Equal Opportunity Clause" and the "Standard Federal Equal Em- ployment Opportunity Construction Contract Specifications" set forth in Supplementary Conditions, Article 15. • The_Goals and Timetables for minority and female participation, expressed in percentage terms for the Contractor' s aggregate workforce in each trade on ,b all construction work in the covered area, are as follows: NM .. Mb Mb 06 .. Mb Mb 14 AUG 80 TIGARD S.C. 00110 - 6 AO A" MINORITY GOALS AND TIMETABLES TIMETABLE TRADE GOAL AO (PERCENT) Until Further Notice All 4.5 - AO FEMALE GOALS AND TIMETABLES TIMETABLE TRADE GOAL " (PERCENT) From 4/1/80 until 3/31/81 All 6.9 Thereafter As determined by OFCCP 41 These goals are applicable to all the Contractor's construction work (wheth- er or not it is Federal or federally assisted) performed in the covered area. AO The Contractor' s compliance with the Executive Order and the regulations in 41 CFR Part 60-4 shall be based on its implementation of the Equal Opportun- .• ity Clause, specific affirmative action obligations required by the specifi- cations set forth in 41 CFR 60-45.3(a), and its efforts to meet the goals established for the geographical area where the contract resulting from this solicitation is to be performed. The hours of minority and female employ- ment and training must be substantially uniform throughout the length of the contract, and in each trade, and the contractor shall make a good faith ef- fort to employ minorities and women evenly on each of its projects. The A" transfer of minority or female employees or trainees from Contractor to Con- tractor or from project to project for the sole purpose of meeting the Con- tractor's goals shall be a violation of the contract, the Executive Order and the regulations in 41 CFR Part 60-4. Compliance with the goals will be measured against the total work hours performed. The Contractor shall provide written notification to the Director of the Office of Federal Contract Compliance Programs within 10 working days of • award of any construction subcontract in excess of $10,000 at any tier for construction work under the contract resulting from this solicitation. The A' notification shall list the name, address and telephone number of the sub- contractor; employer identification number; estimated dollar amount of the subcontract; estimated starting and completion dates of the subcontract; and the geographical area in which the contract is to be performed. As used herein, and in the contract resulting from this solicitation, the "covered area" is Washington County, Oregon. A. 14 AUG 80 TIGARD S.C. 00110 - 7 7 r 1 to Article 9.5: ( CERTIFICATION OF NONSEGREGATED FACILITIES:* l'he Bidder certifies that he does not maintain or provide for his emOb - ployees any segregated facilities at any of his establishments,- and that he does not permit his employees to perform their services at any loca- 1 :tion under his control , where segregated facilities are maintained. The Mb Bidder certifies further that he will not maintain or provide for his employees any segregated facilities at any of his establishments, and that he will not permit his employees to perform their services at any Mb location under his control where segregated facilities are maintained. The Bidder agrees that a breach of this certification will be a viola- tion of the Equal Opportunity clause in any contract resulting from ac- ,r• { ceptance of this bid. As used in this certification, the term "segre- gated facilities" means any waiting rooms, work areas, restroom and washrooms, restaurants and other eating areas, timeclocks, locker rooms and other storage or dressing areas, parking lots, drinking fountains, `r`` recreation or entertainment areas, transportation, and housing facili- ties provided for employees which are segregated by explicit directive or are in fact segregated on the basis of race, color, religion, or national origin, because of habit, local custom, or otherwise. The BidMb - der agrees that (except where he has obtained identical certification 1 from proposed subcontractors for specific time periods) he will obtain identical certifications from proposed subcontractors prior to the award Mb IA of subcontracts exceeding $10,000 which are not exempt from the provis- _l ions of the Equal Opportunity clause, and that he will retain such certifications in his files. r *NOTE: The penalty for making false statements in offers is prescribed in «b 18 U.S.C. 1001. 1 .. Date , 19 . mg (Name of Bidder) lOfficial Address: By 0116 (Title) m (City, State, Zip) mitt aw rr 14 AUG 80 TIGARD S.C. 00110 - 8 ms Article 9.6: ,r SUBMISSION OF COMPLIANCE DOCUMENTS; In order to document his compliance with Federal regulations, the successful Bidder will be required to submit and to require his subcontractors to submit various forms and reports re required by the Contract Documents, including (a) DOL Monthly Utilization Forms; (b) HUD Weekly Payroll , whether the contractor or subcontractor is a sole proprietor, an owner performing all work on the project, a contractor with no employees, or otherwise. Contractors and subcontractors A" will be required to allow interviews with employees on the job during working hours. - Article 9.7: STATE OF OREGON EQUAL EMPLOYMENT OPPORTUNITY (Supplementary Conditions , Article 15): The successful Bidder will be required to comply with the requirements of ORS Chapter 659 relating to equal employment opportunity, including non-discrimination on the basis of mental or physical handicap, marital status and age. Article 9.8: PRECONSTRUCTION CONFERENCE: Either before or soon afrer the actual award of the Contract (but in any event prior to the start of construction) , the Contractor or his representative, and his subcontractors, shall attend a Preconstruction Conference with representatives of the Owner, the Architect and Washington County Office of Community Development staff. The Conference will serve to acquaint the participants with the general '"p plan of contract administration and requirements under which the construction operation is to proceed. The Contractor should submit at the conference the required preliminary statement of work force needs (skilled, semiskilled, unskilled labor and trainees by category) in compliance with HUD Section 3 regulations. The date, time, and place of the Conference will be furnished to the Contractor by the Owner. The Contractor will notify his subcontractors of the conference and require their attendance. 'r' Article 9. 9: The Contractor or Subcontractor, by signing the Agreement (Sec. 00500) is certifying that they are not debarred or suspended. END OF SUPPLEMENTARY INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS •r a „r a Am 14 AUG 80 TIGARD S.C. 00110 - 9 END i Mb SECTION 00300 BID FORM , 1980 i" To: Raeldon R. Barker City Administrator Mb City of Tigard Oregon c/o City Hall - 12420 SW Main Street Mk Tigard, OR 97223 Pursuant to and in compliance with the Bidding Documents and the proposed Contract Documents relating to construction of: ■r TIGARD SENIOR CENTER Tigard, Oregon Mb Including Addenda 1 The undersigned (check one of the following and insert information reMb - quested) , i _ a. A corporation organized and existing under laws of the State ftof ; or 1 _ b. A partnership registered under the laws of the State of ; or ift i ___ c. An individual doing business under an assumed name registered under the laws of the State of , err AND licensed in accordance with an act for the registration of contractors, and ma license number , l having become thoroughly familiar with the terms and conditions of the pro- posed Contract Documents and with local conditions affecting the performance M" and costs of the Work, and having fully inspected the site in all particu- lars, hereby proposes and agrees to fully perform the Work within the time Sstated, including furnishing any and all labor, materials, services, sup- rb plies and equipment, and to construct the project in accordance with the Contract Documents, for a lump sum as follows: iBASE BID: All materials, services, supplies, and equipment necessary for Mb completion of the Work shown on the Drawings and in the Specifications, I t including the items described as Alternatives. Dollars ($ ). Mb Mr 14 AUG 80 TIGARD S.C. r. 00300-1 i lat v. v. ALTERNATIVE NO. 1 : (At multi-purpose 002, craft room 001 . men 003. women 004. pool room 005, storage 006) Non-bearing interior partitions, gypsum board. conduit and wiring, outlets and light fixtures . cabinetry, finish plumbing and fixtures. painting, interior doors and frames, toilet room accessories . a" bath exhaust fans, sheet vinyl flooring in rest rooms: Deduct the sum of Dollars (S ) a. ALTERNATIVE NO. 2: (At multi-purpose 104. kitchen 103) Coat rack. folding partitions, dishwasher including overhead spray, stainless steel counter sink, vs and disposal . Deduct the sum of Dollars (S ) vs ALTERNATIVE NO. 3: (At multi-purpose 104, reception 109) Air-to-air heat air exchangers, insulating window shades, insulating window panels, casework associated with insulating shades and panels: Deduct the sum of Dollars ($ ) vs ALTERNATIVE NO. 4: (At multi-purpose 104) Substitute V.A.T. for hardwood floor: vs Deduct the sum of Dollars ($ ) 40 ALTERNATIVE NO. 5: Substitute asphalt shingles for metal roofing: Deduct the sum of Dollars ($ ) 40 ALTERNATIVE NO. 6: Substitute plywood siding for lx6 cedar T & G: ap Deduct the sum of Dollars (S ) ALTERNATIVE NO. 7: Parking lot lighting (retain underground conduit to light standard locations) . Deduct the sum of Dollars (S ) vs The undersigned agrees, if awarded a contract (Base Bid minus any combination of Alternatives) , to complete with Work within 270 calendar days after receiving •r written notice to proceed. Accompanying herewith is Bid Security which is equal to ten percent (10`,:,) of the total amount of the Base Bid. a 14 AUG 80 TIGARD S.C. 00300 - 2 40 so The undersigned understands that the Owner reserves the right to reject this bid, but that this bid shall remain open and not be withdrawn for a period of N' thirty days from the date prescribed for its opening. If written notice of the acceptance of this bid is mailed or delivered to s the undersigned within thirty days after the date set for the opening of this bid, or at any other time thereafter before it is withdrawn, the under- signed agrees to execute and deliver to the Owner within ten (10) days after Mb receiving the Contract Forms, an Agreement, Satisfactory Performance and Labor and Materials Payment Bonds each in an amount equal to one hundred percent (100;,•) of the Contract Sum and proof of insurance coverage, using forms provided therefor by the Owner. The Surety requested to issue the 00 Performance Bond is: Mb (Name of Surety Company) l Mb Mb{ r . 16 1 Mb MD 1 Mb MO Mb Mb Mb14 AUG 80 TIGARD S.C. 00300 - 3 .rn ii The undersigned hereby authorized said Surety to disclose any information to the Owner concerning the undersigned' s ability to supply a Performance Bond 44 in the amount of the Contract Sum. The undersigned certifies that (1 ) this Bid has been arrived at independently and is being submitted without collusion with, and without any agreement, understanding, or planned common course of action with, any other vendor of materials, supplies, equipment, or services described in the Invitation to Bid designed to limit independent bidding or competition, and (2) the con- "1 tents of this Bid have not been communicated by the undersigned or its em- ployees or agents to any person not an employee or agent of the undersigned or its surety on any bond furnished with the Bid and will not be communi- m ; Gated to such person prior to the official opening of the bids. Notice of acceptance, or request for additional information, may be addressed ,rw to the undersigned at the address set forth below. NOTE: If bidder is a corporation, set forth the legal name of the corpora- tion together with the signature of the officer or officers authorized to 411sign contracts on behalf of the corporation. If bidder is a partnership, set forth the name of the firm together with the signature of the partner or partners authorized to sign contracts on behalf of the partnership. API The undersigned agrees if awarded the Contract, that he will comply with the provisions of the Contract Documents. Name of Firm 0411( Address 4, Telephone No. By If Corporation, Attest Secretary of Corporation Al (SEAL) END OF BID FORM Art 14 AUG 80 TIGARD S.C. 00300-4 END A/ a THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS AIA Document A310 Bid Bond Ni. lib KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, that we (Here insert full name and address or legal title of Contractor) as Principal, hereinafter called the Principal, and (Here insert full name and address or legal title of Surety) ark a corporation duly organized under the laws of the State of as Surety, hereinafter called the Surety, are held and firmly bound unto (Here insert full name and address or legal title of Owner) 01r as Obligee, hereinafter called the Obligee, in the sum of ito Dollars ($ ), for the payment of which sum well and truly to be made, the said Principal and the said Surety, bind ourselves, our heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns, jointly and severally, firmly by these presents. WHEREAS, the Principal has submitted a bid for (Here insert full name,address and description of project) NOW, THEREFORE, if the Obligee shall accept the bid of the Principal and the Principal shall enter into a Contract with the Obligee in accordance with the terms of such bid,and give such bond or bonds as may be specified in the bidding or Contract Documents with good and sufficient surety for the faithful performance of such Contract and for the prompt payment of labor and material furnished in the prosecution thereof, or in the event of the failure of the Principal to enter such Contract and give such bond or bonds, if the Principal shall pay to the Obligee the difference not to exceed the penalty hereof between the amount specified in said bid and such larger amount for which the Obligee may in good faith contract with another party to perform the Work covered by said bid, then this obligation shall be null and void, otherwise to remain l in full force and effect. rlr Signed and sealed this day of 19 1 (Principal) (Seal) (Witness) (Title) (Surety) (Seal) 0b (Witness) (Title) AIA DOCUMENT A310•BID BOND•AIA®•FEBRUARY 1970 ED•THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS, 1735 N.Y. AVE., N.W., WASHINGTON, D.C. 20006 1 INSTRUCTION SHEET AIA DOCUMENT MOM • FOR AIA DOCUMENT A101, STANDARD FORM OF AGREEMENT BETWEEN OWNER AND CONTRACTOR-JUNE 1977 EDITION • AIA Document A101, Standard Form of Agreement Between Owner and Contractor, is for use where the basis of payment is a stipulated sum (fixed price). The 1977 Edition has been prepared for use with the 1976 Edition of AIA Document A201, 811111 General Conditions of the Contract for Construction. It is suitable for any arrangement between the Owner and the Contractor where the cost has been set in advance either by bidding or by negotiation. Although the Owner has the advantage of • advance knowledge of the cost of the Work, increased efforts to assure Contract compliance may be required, in view of the fact that the price is fixed and the Contractor has a financial interest in minimizing the cost of carrying out the Work. A more complete explanation of A101 is provided in Architect's Handbook of Professional Practice, Chapter 17: Owner-Contractor and Contractor-Subcontractor Agreements. Below is a listing of pertinent provisions revised or added to the 1977 Edition of the Stipulated Sum Owner-Contractor Agreement Form: Article 3— Modified to read, "Time of Commencement and Substantial Completion." The General Conditions, AIA Docu- ment A201, 1976 Edition, make it clear that the Contract Time runs until the Date of Substantial Completion; the Owner should be aware that an additional period of time will be required to reach final completion. Article 4— Revised to include reference to the Contract Documents for determination of amounts of Change Orders. Paren- thetical instruction describing basis of payment now includes base bid and accepted alternates. Article 5— A sentence has been added at the end of the first paragraph to stipulate a specific day of the month as the end of the period for which progress payments will be made.The Agreement requires that the Owner make progress — payments not later than an agreed-upon number of days following the end of that period covered by the Appli- cation for Payment. (Note that the General Conditions, AIA Document A201, 1976 Edition, require in Subpara- graph 9.3.1 that the Contractor apply for payment at least 10 days in advance of the date payment is due.) The provision for interest on payments due and unpaid has been revised to provide for the entry of a specific rate of interest in accordance with the changes in the interest provision of A201, Paragraph 7.8. A parenthetical statement has been added drawing attention to Truth-in-Lending and other laws which may govern the use and form of an.interest provision under certain circumstances. Article 6— Modified to provide that final payment is due when the Work has been completed (the reference to an agreed- ie upon number of days after Substantial Completion of the Work has been deleted).The Certificate of Substantial Completion will provide the time period within which the Contractor will-bring the Work to final completion. Completing the form: (NOTE: Prospective bidders should be aware of any additional provisions which may be included in A101, such as liquidated damages, retainage, or payment for stored materials, by an appropriate notice in the r: Bidding Documents.) Cover Page—The names of the Owner and the Architect should be shown in the same form as in the other Project documents; ,rr include the full legal or corporate names under which the Owner and Contractor are entering the Agreement. Article 1— The Contract Documents The Contract Documents must be enumerated in detail under Article 7. If unit prices are incorporated in the Contractor's bid, the bid itself may be incorporated into the Contract; similarly, other bidding documents, bonds, etc. may be incorporated, particularly in public work. Article 2— The Work The general scope of the Work should be carefully defined here, since changes by Change Order, under Para- ,,ll11 graph 12.1 of A201, must be within the general scope of the Work contemplated by the Contract. This Article should be used to describe the portions of the Project for which the Contractor is responsible, if separate ✓ contracts are used. Article 3— Time of Commencement and Substantial Completion The following items should be included as appropriate: • Date of commencement of the Work • • Provision for notice to proceed, if any • Date of Substantial Completion of the Work • Provision, if any, for liquidated damages if not included in the Supplementary Conditions r (see AIA Document A511) Date of commencement of the Work should not be earlier than the date of execution of the Contract. When •r time of performance is to be strictly enforced, the statement of starting time should be carefully considered. A sample provision where a notice to proceed will be used is as follows: The Work shall commence on the date stipulated in the notice to proceed and shall be substantially com- pleted on �r The Date of Substantial Completion of the Work may be expressed as a number of days (preferably calendar days) or as a specific date. The time requirements will ordinarily have been fulfilled when the Work is Sub- ' stantially Complete, as defined in A201, Subparagraph 8.1.3, even if a few minor items may remain to be com- pleted or corrected. AIA DOCUMENT ABM • INSTRUCTION SHEET FOR OWNER-CONTRACTOR AGREEMENT • 1977 EDITION • AIA® THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS, 1735 NEW YORK AVENUE, N.W., WASHINGTON, D. C. 20006 A101a-1977 rr If liquidated damages are to be assessed because delayed construction will result in the Owner actually suffering 1 loss, the amount per day should be entered in the Supplementary Conditions or the Agreement. Factors such as confidentiality will help determine the choice of location. Liquidated Damages are not a penalty to be in- flicted on the Contractor, but must bear an actual and reasonably estimated relationship to the loss to the Owner if the building is not completed on time; for example,the cost per day of renting space to house students if a dormitory cannot be occupied when needed,additional financing costs, loss of profits, etc. This provision, which should be carefully reviewed, if not drafted, by the Owner's attorney, may be as follows: The Owner will suffer financial damage if the Project is not Substantially Completed on the date set forth in the Contract Documents. The Contractor (and his Surety) shall pay to the Owner the sums hereinafter stipulated as fixed, agreed and liquidated damages for each calendar day of delay until the Work is Substan- sat tially Completed: dollars ($ ). A provision for penalty and bonus, where such is appropriate, is suggested as follows: The Contractor agrees to pay to the Owner a sum of dollars ($ for each calendar day beyond the established completion date that the Work remains uncompleted, in con- sideration rr® of which the Owner agrees to pay the Contractor a sum of dollars ($ ) for each calendar day ahead of the established completion date that the Work is deter- mined to be Substantially Completed. Note that a liquidated damages provision may be placed in the Supplementary Conditions in order to put Suborth - contractors on notice of this condition. Article 4— Contract Sum The following items should be included as appropriate: • The Contract Sum • Unit prices, cash allowances, or cash contingency allowances, if any If not covered elsewhere in the Contract Documents in more detail, the following provision for unit prices is suggested: The unit prices listed below shall determine the value of extra Work or changes, as applicable. They shall be considered complete including all material and equipment, labor, installation costs, overhead and profit, and shall be used uniformly for either additions or deductions. Specific allowances for overhead and for profit on Change Orders may also be included here. Article 5— Progress Payments The following items should be included as appropriate: • Due dates for payments • Retained percentage • Payment for materials stored off the site The due date for payment is often arbitrarily set. It should be a date mutually acceptable to both the Owner and the Contractor in consideration of the time required for the Contractor to prepare an Application for Payment, 1, for the Architect to check and certify payment, and for the Owner to make payment,within the time limits set in Subparagraph 9.4.1,of A201, and in this Article of A101. The last date upon which Work may be included in an Application should be normally not less than fourteen days prior to the payment date to allow seven days for the Architect to evaluate the Application and issue a err Certificate for Payment and seven days for the Owner to make payment as provided in Article 9 of AIA Docu- ment A201. The Contractor may prefer an additional few days to allow time for preparation of his Application. Retained percentage: It is a frequent practice to pay the Contractor 90 percent of the earned sum when pay- ments fall due, retaining 10 percent to assure faithful performance of the Contract.These percentages may vary with circumstances and localities.AIA endorses the concept of•reducing retainage as rapidly as possible consistent with the continued protection of all affected interests. See AIA Document A511, Guide for Supplementary Conditions, for a complete discussion. A provision for reducing retainage should provide that the reduction will be made only if, in the judgment of the Architect, satisfactory progress is being made and maintained in the Work. If the Contractor has furnished a bond, he should be required to provide a Consent of Surety to Reduction In or Partial Release of Retainage (AIA Document G707A), before the retainage is reduced. Payment for materials stored off the site should be provided for in a specific agreement and included in Article Mir 7. Provisions regarding transportation to the site and insurance to protect the Owner's interests should be included. Article 6— Final Payment At the time final payment is requested, the Architect should be particularly meticulous in ascertaining that all claims have been settled, in defining any claims that may still be unsettled, in obtaining from the Contractor the certification required in Article 9 of AIA Document A201 that no indebtedness against the Project remains, and in being assured that to the best of his knowledge and belief, based on the final inspection,the Contract require- 111116 ments have been fulfilled. Article 7— Miscellaneous Provisions An accurate, detailed enumeration of all Documents included in the Contract must be made in this Article. Signatures— Subparagraph 1.2.1 of AIA Document A201, states that the Contract Documents shall be executed in not less than triplicate by the Owner and the Contractor. The Agreement should be executed by the parties in their capac- ities as individuals, partners, officers, etc., as appropriate. AIA DOCUMENT A701a • INSTRUCTION SHEET FOR OWNER-CONTRACTOR AGREEMENT • 1977 EDITION • AIA® A101a-1977 THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS, 1735 NEW YORK AVENUE, N.W., WASHINGTON, D. C. 20006 lilw ar+ THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS C S $11:1004 4111 AIA Document A101 a�1 Standard Form of Agreement Between Owner and Contractor where the basis of payment is a STIPULATED SUM 1 1977 EDITION THIS DOCUMENT HAS IMPORTANT LEGAL CONSEQUENCES; CONSULTATION WITH AN ATTORNEY IS ENCOURAGED WITH RESPECT TO ITS COMPLETION OR MODIFICATION Use only with the 1976 Edition of AIA Document A201, General Conditions of the Contract for Construction. This document has been approved and endorsed by The Associated General Contractors of America. i.:: AGREEMENT { made as of the day of in the year of Nineteen Hundred and BETWEEN the Owner: and the Contractor: The Project: The Architect: The Owner and the Contractor agree as set forth below. Copyright 1915, 1918, 1925,1937, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1963, 1967, 1974, © 1977 by the American Institute of Architects, 1735 New York Avenue, N.W.,Washington, D. C. 20006. Reproduction of the material herein or substantial quotation of its provisions without permission of the AIA violates the copyright laws of the United States and will be subject to legal prosecution. AIA DOCUMENT A101 • OWNER-CONTRACTOR AGREEMENT • ELEVENTH EDITION • JUNE 1977 • AIA® ©1977 • THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS, 1735 NEW YORK AVE., N.W., WASHINGTON, D.C. 20006 A101-1977 1 wr f 1 ARTICLE 1 THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS The Contract Documents consist of this Agreement, the Conditions of the Contract (General, Supplementary and other Conditions), the Drawings, the Specifications, all Addenda issued prior to and all Modifications issued after exe- cution of this Agreement. These form the Contract, and all are as fully a part of the Contract as if attached to this Agreement or repeated herein. An enumeration of the Contract Documents appears in Article 7. Mb ARTICLE 2 THE WORK The Contractor shall perform all the Work required by the Contract Documents for ( (Here insert the caption descriptive of the Work as used on other Contract Documents.) Il tar Mb 1. (^I ARTICLE 3 TIME OF COMMENCEMENT AND SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION The Work to be performed under this Contract shall be commenced and, subject to authorized adjustments, Substantial Completion shall be achieved not later than (Here insert any special provisions for liquidated damages relating to failure to complete on time.) atr atr AR DOCUMENT A101 • OWNER-CONTRACTOR AGREEMENT • ELEVENTH EDITION • JUNE 1977 • AIA® ©1977 • THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS, 1735 NEW YORK AVE., N.W., WASHINGTON, D.C. 20006 A101-1977 2 Mb f( 9 f`I ARTICLE 4 CONTRACT SUM .10 The Owner shall pay the Contractor in current funds for the performance of the Work, subject to additions and ( deductions by Change Order as provided in the Contract Documents, the Contract Sum of art The Contract Sum is determined as follows: (State here the base bid or other lump sum amount,accepted alternates,and unit prices,as applicable.) #ift rr ARTICLE 5 PROGRESS PAYMENTS 4,01 Based upon Applications for Payment submitted to the Architect by the Contractor and Certificates for Payment issued by the Architect, the Owner shall make progress payments on account of the Contract Sum to the Contractor as pro- vided in the Contract Documents for the period ending the day of the month as follows: Not later than days following the end of the period covered by the Application for Payment percent ( %) of the portion of the Contract Sum properly allocable to labor, materials and equipment incorporated in the Work and percent ( %) of the portion of the Contract Sum properly allocable to materials and equipment suitably stored at the site or at some other location agreed upon in writing,for the period covered by the Application for Payment, less the aggregate of previous payments made by the Owner; and upon Substantial Completion of the entire Work, a sum sufficient to increase the total payments to percent ( %) of the Contract Sum, less such amounts as the Architect shall determine for all incomplete Work and unsettled claims as provided in the Contract Documents. (If not covered elsewhere in the Contract Documents,here insert any provision for limiting or reducing the amount retained alter the Work reaches a certain stage of completion.) mei Ave Payments due and unpaid under the Contract Documents shall bear interest from the date payment is due at the rate entered below, or in the absence thereof, at the legal rate prevailing at the place of the Project. (Here insert any rate of interest agreed upon.) ally (Usury laws and requirements under the federal Truth in Lending Act, similar state and local consumer credit laws and other regulations at the Owner's and Contractor's principal places of business, the location of the Project and elsewhere may affect the validity of this provision.Specific legal advice should be obtained with respect to deletion, modification, or other requirements such as written disclosures or waivers.) mai MA DOCUMENT A101 • OWNER-CONTRACTOR AGREEMENT • ELEVENTH EDITION • JUNE 1977 • AIA® ©1977 • THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS, 1735 NEW YORK AVE., N.W., WASHINGTON, D.C. 20006 A101-1977 3 vW1 r II ARTICLE 6 1116 FINAL PAYMENT 1 Final payment, constituting the entire unpaid balance of the Contract Sum, shall be paid by the Owner to the Contractor when the Work has been completed, the Contract fully performed, and a final Certificate for Payment has 011 t been issued by the Architect. ARTICLE 7 is t iMISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS 7.1 Terms used in this Agreement which are defined in the Conditions of the Contract shall have the meanings designated in those Conditions. ter 1 7.2 The Contract Documents,which constitute the entire agreement between the Owner and the Contractor,are listed in Article 1 and, except for Modifications issued after execution of this Agreement, are enumerated as follows: (List below the Agreement,the Conditions of the Contract(General,Supplementary,and other Conditions),the Drawings,the Specifications,and any Addenda and accepted alternates,showing page or sheet numbers in all cases and dates where applicable.) Mil lb 1. Ile L 011Y 1 kW Is f Ns _ i tio 1 [ i °� This Agreement entered into as of the day and year first written above. OWNER CONTRACTOR i" IIII rrt MA DOCUMENT A101 • OWNER-CONTRACTOR AGREEMENT • ELEVENTH EDITION • JUNE 1977 • AIA® 016 ©1977 • THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS, 1735 NEW YORK AVE., N.W., WASHINGTON, D.C. 20006 A101-1977 4 i ilk 1 • aria THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS CTS 1 Ora/0a, NMisig ,ria i AO AIA Document A311 1 ai Performance Bond a. i 1 . . KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS: that 1 (Here insert full name and address or legal title of Contractor) aM as Principal, hereinafter called Contractor, and, 1,,. (Here insert full name and address or legal title of Surety) aria as Surety, hereinafter called Surety, are held and firmly bound unto (Here insert full name and address or legal title of Owner) aria i . as Obligee, hereinafter called Owner, in the amount of . 10 IDollars ($ )r a. for the payment whereof Contractor and Surety bind themselves, their heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns, jointly and severally, firmly by these presents. a,r WHEREAS, 1 Contractor has by written agreement dated 19 , entered into a contract with Owner for (Here insert full name,address and description of project) aria in accordance with Drawings and Specifications prepared by Ali (Here insert full name and address or legal title of Architect; i . „r which contract is by reference made a part hereof, and is hereinafter referred to as the Contract. iAIA DOCUMENT A311 • PERFORMANCE BOND AND LABOR AND MATERIAL PAYMENT BOND • AIA AN FEBRUARY 1970 ED.•THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS,1715 N.Y.AVE., N.W.,WASHINGTON, D. C.20006 1 1 am I PERFORMANCE BOND ,. NOW, THEREFORE, THE CONDITION OF THIS OBLIGATION is such that, if Contractor shall promptly and faithfully perform qsaid Contract, then this obligation shall be null and void; otherwise it shall remain in full force and effect. rThe Surety hereby waives notice of any alteration or defaults under the contract or contracts of completion extension of time made by the Owner. arranged under this paragraph) sufficient funds to pay the cost of completion less the balance of the contract price; Whenever Contractor shall be, and declared by Owner but not exceeding, including other costs and damages to be in default under the Contract, the Owner having for which the Surety may be liable hereunder, the amount I performed Owner's obligations thereunder, the Surety set forth in the first paragraph hereof. The term "balance may promptly remedy the default, or shall promptly of the contract price," as used in this paragraph, shall 1) Complete the Contract in accordance with its terms mean the total amount payable by Owner to Contractor and conditions, or under the Contract and any amendments thereto, less the amount properly paid by Owner to Contractor. 2) Obtain a bid or bids for completing the Contract in tio accordance with its terms and conditions, and upon de- Ariy suit under this bond must be instituted before termination by Surety of the lowest responsible bidder, the expiration of two (2) years from the date on which i I or, if the Owner elects, upon determination by the final payment under the Contract falls due. Owner and the Surety jointly of the lowest responsible No right of action shall accrue on this bond to or for itio bidder, arrange for a contract between such bidder and the use of any person or corporation other than the Cj Owner, and make available as Work progresses (even Owner named herein or the heirs, executors, adminis- Ithough there should be a default or a succession of trators or successors of the Owner. far 1 r . If 1 I Y1 1., 1 Signed and sealed this day of 19 Sii (Principal) (Seal) (Witness) 1 (Title) I (Surety) (Seal) I (Witness) (Title) DOCUMENT A311 • PERFORMANCE BOND AND LABOR AND MATERIAL PAYMENT BOND • AIA ' FEBRUARY 1970 El).•THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS,1735 N.Y.AVE.,N.W.,WASHINGTON, D.C.20006 2 . 1 air THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS t_ AlA Document A311 Labor and Material Payment Bond THIS BOND IS ISSUED SIMULTANEOUSLY WITH PERFORMANCE BOND IN FAVOR OF THE OWNER CONDITIONED ON THE FULL AND FAITHFUL PERFORMANCE OF THE CONTRACT eilil t .• KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS: that (Here insert full name and address or legal title of Contractor) err as Principal, hereinafter called Principal, and, i (Here insert full name and address or legal title of Surety) .YID SF' as Surety, hereinafter called Surety, are held and firmly bound unto (Here insert full name and address or legal title of Owner) dal as Obligee, hereinafter called Owner, for the use and benefit of claimants as hereinbelow defined, in the ar amount of (Here insert a sum equal to at least one-half of the contract price) Dollars ($ ), for the payment whereof Principal and Surety bind themselves, their heirs, executors, administrators, "" successors and assigns, jointly and severally, firmly by these presents. a, WHEREAS, Principal has by written agreement dated 19 , entered into a contract with Owner for (Here insert full name,address and description of project) arr in accordance with Drawings and Specifications prepared by (Here insert full name and address or legal title of Architect) which contract is by reference made a part hereof, and is hereinafter referred to as the Contract. rrr MA DOCUMENT A311 • PERFORMANCE BOND AND LABOR AND MATERIAL PAYMENT BOND • AIA FEBRUARY 1970 ED.•THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS,1735 N.Y.AVE.,N.W.,WASHINGTON, D. C.20006 3 ar i r i LABOR AND MATERIAL PAYMENT BOND AM . tNOW, THEREFORE, THE CONDITION OF THIS OBLIGATION i5 such that, if Principal shall promptly make payment to all All claimants as hereinafter defined,for all labor and material used or reasonably required for use in the performance of the Contract, then this obligation shall be void; otherwise it shall remain in full force and effect,subject,however,to the fol- lowing conditions: ali 1. A claimant is defined as one having a direct con- accuracy the amount claimed and the name of the party t tract with the Principal or with a Subcontractor of the to whom the materials were furnished, or for whom Principal for labor, material, or both, used or reasonably the work or labor was done or performed. Such notice required for use in the performance of the Contract, shall be served by mailing the same by registered mail Ami labor and material being construed to include that part of or certified mail, postage prepaid, in an envelope ad- t water, gas, power, light, heat, oil, gasoline, telephone dressed to the Principal, Owner or Surety, at any place service or rental of equipment directly applicable to the where an office is regularly maintained for the trans- Contract. action of business, or served in any manner in which gill legal process may be served in the state in which the 1 C2. The above named Principal and Surety hereby aforesaid project is located, save that such service need jointly and severally agree with the Owner that every not be made by a public officer. claimant as herein defined, who has not been paid in b) After the expiration of one (1) year following the mo full before the expiration of a period of ninety (90) date on which Principal ceased Work on said Contract, I days after the date on which the last of such claimant's it being understood, however, that if any limitation em- bodied or labor was done or performed, or materials were bodied in this bond is prohibited by any law controlling furnished by such claimant, may sue on this bond for the construction hereof such limitation shall be deemed A' the use of such claimant, rosecute the suit to final P to be amended so as to be equal to the minimum period ' judgment for such sum or sums as may be justly due of limitation permitted by such law. claimant, and have execution thereon. The Owner shall c) Other than in a state court of competent jurisdiction i-.r not be liable for the payment of any costs or expenses in and for the county or other political subdivision of of any such suit. the state in which the Project, or any part thereof, is 3. No suit or action shall be commenced hereunder situated, or in the United States District Court for the by an claimant: district in which the Project, or any part thereof, is sit- ,.r y uated, and not elsewhere. 1 a) Unless claimant, other than one having a direct t 1 , contract with the Principal, shall have given written 4. The amount of this bond shall be reduced by and notice to any two of the following: the Principal, the to the extent of any payment or payments made in good am Owner, or the Surety above named, within ninety (90) faith hereunder, inclusive of the payment by Surety of r days after such claimant did or performed the last of mechanics' liens which may be filed of record against the work or labor, or furnished the last of the materials said improvement, whether or not claim for the amount ' for which said claim is made, stating with substantial of such lien be presented under and against this bond. I Signed and sealed this dayof 19 g a. . I 4. rr (Principal) (Seal) al (Witness) (Title) f ( (Seal) sw (Surety) • 1 (Witness) 1,. drr (Title) . f MA DOCUMENT A311 • PERFORMANCE BOND AND LABOR AND MATERIAL PAYMENT BOND • AIA OAli 4 FEBRUARY 1970 ED.•THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS,1735 N.Y.AVE.,N.W.,WASHINGTON,D.C.20006 I - • l THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS ( l u; rr AIA Document A201 General Conditions of the Contract for Construction ( THIS DOCUMENT HAS IMPORTANT LEGAL CONSEQUENCES; CONSULTATION Jl WITH AN ATTORNEY 15 ENCOURAGED WITH RESPECT TO ITS MODIFICATION 1976 EDITION TABLE OF ARTICLES 1. CONTRACT DOCUMENTS 8. TIME 41" 2. ARCHITECT 9. PAYMENTS AND COMPLETION 3. OWNER 10. PROTECTION OF PERSONS AND �• PROPERTY 4. CONTRACTOR 11. INSURANCE 5. SUBCONTRACTORS 12. CHANGES IN THE WORK • 6. WORK BY OWNER OR BY 13. UNCOVERING AND CORRECTION •. SEPARATE CONTRACTORS OF WORK 7. MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS 14. TERMINATION OF THE CONTRACT AN This document has been approved and endorsed by The Associated General Contractors of America. Copyright 1911,1915,1918,1925,1937,1951, 1958, 1961,1963,1966, 1967, 1970, © 1976 by The American Institute of Architects, 1735 New York Avenue, N.W.,Washington, D.C. 20006. Reproduction of the material herein or substantial quotation of its pro- visions without permission of the AIA violates the copyright laws of the United States and will be subject to legal prosecution. AIA DOCUMENT A201 • GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION • THIRTEENTH EDITION• AUGUST 1976 • AIA • © 1976 • THE AMERICAN INSTI1UTE OF ARCHITECTS, 1735 NEW YORK AVENUE, N.W., WASHINGTON, D.C. 20006 A201-1976 1 sr Mb Ior I INDEX or Acceptance of Defective or Non-Conforming Work ..6.2.2, 13.3 Cleaning Up 415, 6.3 Acceptance of Work 9 5.5, 9.8.1, 9.9.1, 9.9.3 Commencement of the Work, Conditions Relating to..3.2.1,4.2, Access to Work 2 2.5, 6.2.1 4.7.1,4.10, 5.2.1, 6.2.2,7.5,9.2, 11.1.4,11.3.4 Accident Prevention 2 2.4,10 Commencement of the Work, Definition of 81.2 Acts and Omissions 2 2.4, 4.18.3, 7.4, 7.6.2, 8.3.1, 10.2.5 Communications 2 2.2, 3.2.6, 4.9.1, 4.16 Ilb Additional Costs, Claims for 12.3 Completion, Administration of the Contract 2 2, 4.3.3 Conditions Relating to ...2.2.16,4.11,4.15, 9.4.2,9.9, 13.2.2 All Risk Insurance 11.3.1 COMPLETION, PAYMENTS AND 9 Allowances 4 8 Completion, Substantial ....2.2.16, 8.1.1, 8.1.3, 8.2.2, 9.8, 13.2.2 or Applications for Payment 2 2.6, 9.2, 9.3,9.4, Compliance with Laws 1.3, 2.1.1, 4.6,4.7,4.13, 9.5.3,9.6.1,9.8.2,9.9.1,9.9.3,14.2.2 7.1, 7.7, 10.2.2, 14 Approvals 2 2.14, 3.4, 4.3.3, 4.5, 4.12.4 through Concealed Conditions 12.2 4.12.6, 4.12.8,4.18.3, 7.7,9.3.2 Consent, bb Arbitration 2 2.7 through 2.2.13, 2.2.19, 6.2.5, Written ...2.2.18, 4.14.2, 7.2, 7.6.2, 9.8.1, 9.9.2, 9.9.3, 11.3.9 7.9,8.3.1,11.3.7,11.3.8 Contract,Definition of 1 1.2 ARCHITECT 2 Contract Administration 2 2, 4.3.3 Architect, Definition of 2 1 Contract Award and Execution, Conditions Architect, Extent of Authority ....2.2, 3.4, 4.12.8, 5.2, 6.3, 7.72, Relating to 4 7.1, 4.10, 5.2, 7.5, 9.2, 11.1.4, 11.3.4 its. 8.1.3,8.3.1,9.2,9.3.1,9.4,9.5.3,9.6,9.8,9.9.1,9.9.3,12.11, CONTRACT DOCUMENTS 1 12.1.4,12.3.1,12.4.1,13.1,13.2.1,13.2.5,14.2 Contract Documents, Architect, Limitations of Authority and Responsibility 2 2.2 Copies Furnished and Use of 1 3, 3.2.5, 5.3 through 2.2.4,2.2.10 through 2.2.14,2.2.17,2.2.18, Contract Documents, Definition of 1 1.1 bb 4.3.3,4.12.6,5.2.1,9.4.2,9.5.4,9.5.5, 12.4 Contract Sum, Definition of 91.1 Architect's Additional Services ..3.4, 7.7.2, 13.2.1, 13.2.5, 14.2.2 Contract Termination 14 Architect's Approvals 2 2.14, 3.4, 4.5, 4.12.6, 4.12.8, 4.18.3 Contract Time, Definition of 81.1 Architect's Authority to Reject Work ....2.2.13, 4.5, 13.1.2, 13.2 CONTRACTOR 4 Architect's Copyright 1 3 Contractor, Definition of 41, 6.12 o0 Architect's Decisions 2 2.7 throw h 2.2.13, 6.3, 7.7.2, Contractor's Employees 4 3.2,4.4.2,4.8.1, 4.9, 4.18, 10.2.1 7.9.1,8.3.1,9.2,9.4,9.6.18 9.8.1,12.1.4,12.3.1 through 10.2.4, 10.2.6, 10.3, 11.1.1 't' Contractor's Liability Insurance 11.1 Architect's Inspections 2 2.13, 2.2.16, 9.8.1, 9.9.1 Contractor's Relationship with Architect's Instructions 2 2.13, 2.2.15, 7.7.2, 12.4, 13.100Separate Contractors and Owner's Forces 3 2.7, 6 Architect's Interpretations 2 2.7 through 2.2.10, 12.3.2 Contractor's Relationship with Architect's On-Site Observations 2 2.3, 2.2.5, 2.2.6, 2.2.17, Subcontractors 1 2.4, 5.2, 5.3, 9.5.2, 11.3.3, 11.3.6 7.7.1, 7.7.4,9.4.2, 9.6.1, 9.9.1 Contractor's Relationship with the Architect 1 1.2,2.2.4, Architect's Project Representative 2 2.17, 2.2.18 2.2.5,2.2.10,2.2.13,4.3.3,4.5,4.7.3,4.12.6,4.18,11.3.6 oar Architect's Relationship with Contractor 1 1.2, 2.2.4, 2.2.5, Contractor's Representations • 1.2.2,4.5,4.12.5,9.3.3 2.2.10,2.2.13,4.3.3,4.5,4.7.3,4.12.6, 4.18, 11.3.6 Contractor's Responsibility for Architect's Relationship with Those Performing the Work 4 3.2, 4.18, 10 ' Subcontractors 1 1.2, 2.2.13,.9.5.3, 9.5.4 Contractor's Review of Contract Documents ....1.2.2, 4.2, 4.7.3 Architect's Representations 9 4.2, 9.6.1, 9.9.1 Contractor's Right to Stop the Work 9 7 log Artistic Effect 1 2.3,2.2.11,2.2.12,7.9.1 Contractor's Right to Terminate the Contract 14.1 Attorneys' Fees 418.1, 6.2.5, 9.9.2 Contractor's Submittals 2 2.14, 4.10, 4.12, 5.2.1, Award of Separate Contracts 6 1.1 5.2.3,9.2,9.3.1,9.8.1,9.9.2,9.9.3 Award of Subcontracts and Other Contracts for Contractor's Superintendent 4 9, 10.2.6 ow Portions of the Work 5 2 Contractor's Supervision and Bonds, Lien 9 9.2 Construction Procedures 1 2.4, 2.2.4, 4.3, 4.4, 10 Bonds, Performance, Labor and Material Payment ....7.5, 9.9.3 Contractual Liability Insurance 11.1.3 Building Permit 4 7 Coordination and 1.1 Certificate of Substantial Completion 9 8.1 2. P Correlation ....1.2.2, 1._4, 4.3.1, 4.10.1, 4.12.5, 6.1.3, 6.2.1 Certificates of Inspection, Testing or Approval 7.7.3 Copies Furnished of Drawings and Specifications ..1.3, 3.2.5, 5.3 Certificates of Insurance 9 3.2, 11.1.4 Correction of Work 3 3, 3.4, 10.2.5, 13.2 Certificates for Payment ....2.2.6, 2.2.16, 9.4, 9.5.1, 9.5.5, 9.6.1, Cost, Definition of 12.1.4 9.7.1,9.8.2, 9.9.1, 9.9.3, 12.1.4, 14.2.2 Costs 3 4, 4.8.2, 4.15.2, 5.2.3, 6.1.1, 6.2.3, 6.2.5, 6.3, 7.7.1, Mb Change Orders 1 1.1, 2.2.15, 3.4, 4.8.2.3, 5.2.3, 7.7.2, 7.7.2,9.7,11.3.1,11.3.5,12.1.3,12.1.4,12.3,13.1.2,13.2,14 8.3.1, 9.7, 9.9.3, 11.3.1, 11.3.5, 11.3.7, Cutting and Patching of Work 414,6.2 12.1,13.1.2, 13.2.5, 13.3.1 Damage to the Work 6 2.4,6.2.5,9.6.1.5, 9.8.1, Change Orders, Definition of 12.1.1 10.2.1.2, 10.3, 11.3, 13.2.6 tris CHANGES IN THE WORK 2.2.15, 4.1.1, 12 Damages, Claims for 61.1, 6.2.5, 7.4, 8.3.4, 9.6.1.2 Claims for Additional Cost or Time ....8.3.2, 8.3.3, 12.2.1, 12.3 Damages for Delay 61.1, 8.3.4, 9.7 Claims for Damages 61.1, 6.2.5, 7.4, 8.3, 9.6.1.1 Day, Definition of 81.4 lig AIA DOCUMENT A201 • GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION • THIRTEENTH EDITION • AUGUST 1976 2 A201-1976 AIA,a • © 1976 • THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS, 1735 NEW YORK AVENUE, N.W., \VASHINGTON, D.C. 20006 on f jMO 1 401 Ail Decisions of the Architect 2 2.9 through 2.2.12, 6.3, 7.7.2, 4.12.6,4.17,418.3,6.2.2,7.6.2,9.4.2, 7.9.1, 8.3.1,9.2,9.4,9.6.1,9.8.1,12.1.4,12.3.1,14.2.1 9.9.4,9.9.5,10.2.5,11.1.2,11.3.6 1 Defective or Non-Conforming Work, Acceptance, Rejection Limitations of Time, General 2 2.8, 2.2.14, 3.2.4, 4.2, 4.7.3, and Correction of ....2.2.3, 2.213, 3.3, 3.4,4.5, 6.2.2, 6.2.3, 4.12.4,4.15,5.2.1,5.2.3,7.4,7.7,8.2,9.5.2,9.6, Am 9.6.1.1,9.9.4.2,13 9.8,99,11.3.4,12.1.4,12.4,13.2.1,13.2.2,13.2.5 Definitions 1 1, 2.1, 3.1, 4.1, 4.12.1 through 4.12.3, 5.1, Limitations of Time, Specific 2 2.8, 2.2.12, 3.2.1, 3.4, Il Delays and Extensions of Time 6.1.2, 8.1, 9.1.1, 12.1.1, 12.1.4 4.10,5.3,6.2.2,7.9.2,8.2,8.3.2,8.3.3,9.2,9.3.1,9.4.1,9.5.1, 8 3 9.7, 11.1.4,11.3.1,11.3.8,11.3.9,12.2,12.3,13.2.2, rn Disputes 2 2.9, 2.2.12, 2.2.19, 6.2.5, 6.3, 7.9.1 13.2.5, 13.2.7, 14.1, 14.2.1 Documents and Samples at the Site 411 Limitations, Statutes of 79.2, 13.2.2, 13.2.7 Drawings and Specifications, Use and Loss of Use Insurance 11.4 Ownership of 1 1.1, 1.3, 3.2.5, 5.3 Materials, Labor, Equipment and 1 1.3, 4.4, 4.5, 4.12, 4.13, Emergencies 10.3 1.15.1, 6.2.1, 9.3.2, 9.3.3, 11.3.1, 13.2.2, 13.2.5, 14 as Employees, Contractor's 4 3.2, 4.4.2, 4.8.1, 4.9, 4.18, 10.2.1 Materials Suppliers 412.1, 5.2.1, 9.3.3 { through 10.2.4, 10.2.6, 10.3, 11.1.1 Means, Methods, Techniques, Sequences and L I Equipment, Labor, Materials and ....1.1.3, 4.4, 4.5, 4.12, 4.13, Procedures of Construction 2 2.4, 4.3.1, 9.4.2 4.15.1, 6.2.1, 9.3.2, 9.3.3, 11.3, 13.2.2, 13.2.5, 14 Minor Changes in the Work 1 1.1, 2.2.15, 12.4 so Execution and Progress of the Work . ...1.1.3, 1.2.3, 2.2.3, 2.2.4, MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS 7 2.2.8,4.2, 4.4.1, 4.5, 6.2.2, 7.9.3, 8.2, Modifications, Definition of 1 1.1 1 8.3, 9.6.1, 10.2.3, 10.2.4, 14.2 Modifications to the Contract 1 1.1, 1.1.2, 2.2.2, 2.2.18, Execution, Correlation and Intent of the 4.7.3, 7.9.3, 12 Contract Documents 1 2, 4.7.1 Mutual Responsibility 6 2 Ali Extensions of Time 8.3, 12.1 Non-Conforming Work, Acceptance of Defective or 13.3.1 Failure of Payment by Owner 92 7,14.1 Notice, Written 2.2.8, 2.2.12, 3.4, 4.2, 4.7.3,4.7.4, 4.9, Failure of Payment of Subcontractors ..9.5.2,9.6.1.3,9.9.2,14.2.1 4.12.6, 4.12.7,4.17,5.2.1,7.3,7.4,7.7,7.9.2,8.1.2,8.3.2, Final Completion and Final Payment ..2.2.12, 2.2.16, 9.9, 13.3.1 8.3.3,9.4.1,9.6.1,9.7,9.9.1,9.9.5,10.2.6,11.1.4,11.3.1, - Financial Arrangements, Owner's 3 2.1 11.3.4, 11.3.5,11.3.7,11.3.8,12.2,12.3,13.2.2,13.2.5,14 Fire and Extended Coverage Insurance 11.3.1 Notices, Permits, Fees and 4 7,10.2.2 °ro Governing Law 71 Notice of Testing and Inspections 7 7 Guarantees (See Warranty Notice to Proceed 81.2 and Warranties) 2 2.16,4.5,9.3.3,9.8.1,9.9.4,13.2.2 Observations,Architect's On-Site 2 2.3,7.7.1,7.7.4,9.4.2 Indemnification 417, 4.18, 6.2.5, 9.9.2 Observations, Contractor's 1 2.2,4.2.1,4.7.3 1 Identification of Contract Documents 1 2.1 Occupancy 8 1.3,9.5.5,11.3.9 Identification of Subcontractors and Suppliers 5 2.1 On Site Inspections by the Architect 2 2.3,2.2.16,9.4.2, Information and 9.8.1,9.9.1 +se Services Required of the Owner 3 2,6,9,11.2,11.3 On-Site Observations by the Architect 2 2.3,2.2.6,2.2.17, Inspections 2 2.13, 2.2.16, 4.3.3, 7.7, 9.8.1, 9.9.1 7.7.1,7.7.4,9.4.2,9.6.1,9.9.1 1 Instructions to Bidders Instructions to the 1 1.1,7.5 Orders, Written 3 3,4.9,12.1.4,12.4.1,13.1 OWNER 3 w Contractor 2 2.2, 3.2.6, 4.8.1, 7.7.2, 12.1.2, 12.1.4 Owner, Definition of 3 1 INSURANCE 9 8.1,11 Owner, Information and Services Required of the ....3.2,6.13, Insurance, Contractor's Liability 11.1 6.2,9,11.2,11.3 Insurance, Loss of Use 11.4 Owner's Authority 2 2.16, 4.8.1, 7.7.2, 9.3.1, 9.3.2, Insurance, Owner's Liability 11.2 9.8.1, 11.3.8, 12.1.2, 12.1.4 — Insurance, Property 11.3 Owner's Financial Capability 3 2.1 Insurance, Stored Materials 9 3.2,11.3.1 Owner's Liability Insurance 11.2 Insurance Companies, Consent to Partial Occupancy ....11.3.9 Owner's Relationship with Subcontractors 1 1.2,9.5.4 Insurance Companies, Settlement With 11.3.8 Owner's Right to Carry Out the Work 3 4,13.2.4 ,— Intent of Owner's Right to Clean Up 4 15.2, 6.3 the Contract Documents ...1.2.3,2.2.10,2.2.13,2.2.14,12.4 Owner's Right to Perform Work and to Award Interest 7 8 Separate Contracts 61 Interpretations, Written 1 1.1, 2.2.7, 2.2.8, 2.2.10, 12.4 Owner's Right to Terminate the Contract 14.2 Labor and Materials, Equipment ....1.1.3, 4.4, 4.5, 4.12, 4.13, Owner's Right to Stop the Work 3 3 4.1 4.15.1,6.2.1,9.3.2,9.3.3,11.3, 13.2.2, 13.2.5,14 Ownership and Use of Documents 1 1.1,1.3,3.2.5,5.2.3 Labor and Material Payment Bond 7 5 Patching of Work, Cutting and 414,6.2.2 Labor Disputes 8 3 1 Patents, Royalties and 4 17.1 Laws and Regulations 1 3, 2.1., 4.6,4.7, 413, 7.1, Payment Bond, Labor and Material 7 5 ,,N 7.7, 10.2.2, 14 Payment, Applications for 2 2.6, 9.2, 9.3, 9.4, 9.5.3, Liens 9 3.3, 9.9.2, 9.9.4.1 9.6.1,9.8.2,9.9.1,9.9.3,14.2.2 ( Limitations of Authority 2.2.2, 2.217, 2.2.18, 11.3.8, 12.41 Payment, Certificates (or 2.2.6, 2.216,9.4,9.5.1, Limitations of Liability 2.2.10,2.213,2.2.14, 3.3, 4.2, 4.7.3, 9.5.5,9.6.1,9.71,9.8.2,9.91,9.9.3,121.4,14.2.2 ASVAIA DOCUMENT A201 • GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION • THIRTEENTH EDITION • AUGUST 1976 MAO • CO 1976 • 1HE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS, 1735 NEW YORK AVENUE, N.W., WASHINGTON, D.C. 20006 A201-1976 3 art lib Mb f Irr r Payment, Failure of 9 5.2,9.6.1.3,9.7,9.9.2,14 SUBCONTRACTORS 5 ab Payment, Final 2 2.12,2.2.16,9.9,13.3.1 Subcontractors, Definition of 51 Payments, Progress 7 8,7.9.3,9.5.5,9.8.2,9.9.3,12.1.4 Subcontractors, Work by 1 2.4,2.2.4,4.3.1,4.3 2 PAYMENTS AND COMPLETION 9 Subcontractual Relations 5.3 Payments to Subcontractors 9 5.2,9.5.3, 9.5.4, Submittals 1 3,4.10,4.12, 5.2.1, 5.2.3, 9.2, Mb 9.6.1.3, 11.3.3, 14.2.1 9.3.1,9.8.1,9.9.2,9.9.3 Payments Withheld 9 6 Subrogation, Waiver of 11.3.6 Performance Bond and Labor and Material Payment Bond ..7.5 Substantial Completion 2 2.16,8.1.1,8.1.3,8.2.2,9.8,13.2.2 Permits, Fees and Notices 3 2.3,4.7,4.13 Substantial Completion, Definition of 81.3 PERSONS AND PROPERTY,PROTECTION OF 10 Substitution of Subcontractors 5 2.3,5.2.4 Ii' Product Data, Definition of 4 12.2 Substitution of the Architect 2 2.19 Product Data, Shop Drawings, Samples and ...2.2.14,4.2.1,4.12 Substitutions of Materials 4 5,12.1.4 Progress and Completion 2 2.3,7.9.3,8.2 Sub-subcontractors, Definition of 5 1.2 Progress Payments 7 8,7.9.3,9.5.5,9.8.2,9.9.3,12.1.4 Subsurface Conditions 12.2.1 mk Progress Schedule 4 10 Successors and Assigns 7 2 Project, Definition of 1 1.4 Supervision and Construction Procedures .1.2.4,2.2.4,4.3,4.4,10 f Project Representative 2 2.17 Superintendent, Contractor's 4 9,10.2.6 Property Insurance 11.3 Surety, Consent of 9 9.2,9.9.3 al PROTECTION OF PERSONS AND PROPERTY 10 Surveys 3 2.2,4.18.3 Regulations and Laws 1 3,2.1.1,4.6,4.7,4.13,7.1,10.2.2,14 Taxes 4 6 f Rejection of Work 2 2.13,4.5.1,13.2 Termination by the Contractor 14.1 Releases of Waivers and Liens 9 9.2,9.9.4 Termination by the Owner 14.2 Representations 1 2.2,4.5,4.12.5,9.4.2,9.6.1,9.9.1 Termination of the Architect 2 2.19 Mb Representatives 2 1, 2.2.2, 2.2.17, TERMINATION OF THE CONTRACT 14 2.2.18,3.1,4.1,4.9,5.1,9.3.3 Tests 2 2.1 3,4.3.3,7.7,94.2 f Responsibility for Those Performing the Work 2 2.4,4.3.2, Time 8 6.1.3,6.2,9.8.1 Time, Definition of 8 1 us Retainage 9 3.1,9.5.2.9.8.2,9.9.2,9.9.3 Time,Delays and Extensions of 8 3,12.1,12.3,13.2.7 Review of Contract Documents Time Limits, Specific 2 2.8, 2.2.12, 3.2.1, 3.4, by the Contractor 1 2.2,4.2,4.7.3 4.10,5.3,6.2.2,7.9.2,8.2,8.3.2,8.3.3,-9.2,9.3.1, Reviews of Contractor's Submittals by 9.4.1,9.5.1,9.7,11.1.4,11.3.1,11.3.8,11.3.9, Owner and Architect 2 2.14,4.10,4.12,5.2.1,5.2.3,9.2 12.2,12.3,13.2.2,13.2.5,13.2.7,14.1,14.2.1 Iter Rights and Remedies 1 1.2,2.2.12,2.2.13,3.3,3.4,5.3,6.1, Title to Work 9.3.2,9.3.3 6.3, 7.6,7.9,8.3.1,9.6.1,9.7,10.3,12.1.2,12.2,13.2.2,14 UNCOVERING AND CORRECTION OF WORK 13 Royalties and Patents 417 Uncovering of Work 13.1 Safety of Persons and Property 10.2 Unforseen Conditions 8 3,12.2 Mb Safety Precautions and Programs 2.2.4,10.1 Unit Prices 12.1.3,12.1.5 Samples, Definition of 412.3 Use of Documents 1 1.1,1.3,3.2.5,5.3 Samples, Shop Drawings, Product Data and 2 2.14,4.2,4.12 Use of Site 413,6.2.1 Samples at the Site, Documents and 411 Values, Schedule of 9 2 Schedule of Values 9 2 Waiver of Claims by the Contractor ....7.6.2,8.3.2,9.9.5,11.3.6 l► Schedule, Progress 410 Waiver of Claims by the Owner 7 6.2,9.9.4,11.3.6,11.4.1 Separate Contracts and Contractors 414.2,6,11.3.6,13.1.2 Waiver of Liens 9 9.2 ! Shop Drawings, Definition of 412.1 Warranty and Warranties ....2.2.16,4.5,9.3.3,9.8.1,9.9.4,13.2.2 Shop Drawings, Product Data and Samples ... 2.2.14,4.2,4.12 Weather Delays 8 3.1 tib Site, Use of 413,6.2.1 Work, Definition of 1 1.3 Site Visits,Architect's 2 2.3, 2.2.5, 2.2.6, 2.2.17, Work by Owner or by Separate Contractors 6 7.7.1, 7.7.4,9.4.2,9.6.1,9.9.1 Written Consent 2 2.18,4.14.2,7.2,7.6.2,9.8.1,9.9.3,9.9.4 Site Inspections 1.2.2,2.2.3,2.2.16,7.7,9.8.1,9.9.1 Written Interpretations 1 1.1,1.2.4,2.2.8,12.3.2 Special Inspection and Testing 2 2.13,7.7 Written Notice 2 2.8,2.2.12,3.4,4.2,4.7.3,4.7.4,4.9,4.12.6, rr Specifications 1 1.1,1.2.4,1.3 4.12.7, 4.17, 5.2.1, 7.3, 7.4, 7.7, 7.9.2, 8.1.2, 8.3.2, 8.3.3, Statutes of Limitations 7 9.2, 13.2.2, 13.2.7 9.4.1, 9.6.1, 9.7, 9.9.1, 9.9.5, 10.2.6, 11.1.4, 11.3.1, 11.3.4, Stopping the Work 3 3,9.7.1,10.3,14.1 11.3.5, 11.3.7, 11.3.8, 12.2,12.3,13.2.2, 13.2.5, 14 Stored Materials 6 2.1,9.3.2,10.2.1.2,11.3.1,13.2.5 Written Orders 3.3,4.9,12.1.4,12.4.1,13.1 Ilro 1 1111 MA DOCUMENT A201 • GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION • THIRTEENTH EDITION • AUGUST 1976 tii 4 A201-1976 AIA® • © 1976 • THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS, 1735 NEW YORK AVENUE, N.W., WASHINGTON, D.C. 20006 116 1 millii OS 1 GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION i me ARTICLE 1 1.2.2 By executing the Contract, the Contractor represents that he has visited the site, familiarized himself with the A. CONTRACT DOCUMENTS local conditions under which the Work is to be per- formed, and correlated his observations with the require- 1,1 DEFINITIONS ments of the Contract Documents. I 1.1.1 THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS . 1.2.3 The intent of the Contract Documents is to include is The Contract Documents consist of the Owner-Contrac- all items necessary for the proper execution and comple- 1 for Agreement, the Conditions of the Contract (General, tion of the Work. The Contract Documents are comple Supplementary and other Conditions), the Drawings, the mentary, and what is required by any one shall be as Specifications, and all Addenda issued prior to and all binding as if required by all. Work not covered in the Con- iiri Modifications issued after execution of the Contract. A tract Documents will not be required unless it is consistent { Modification is (1) a written amendment to the Contract therewith and is reasonably inferable therefrom as being It signed by both parties, (2) a Change Order, (3) a written necessary to produce the intended results. Words and ab- interpretation issued by the Architect pursuant to Sub- breviations which have well-known technical or trade paragraph 2.2.8, or (4) a written order for a minor change meanings are used in the Contract Documents in accord- ' in the Work issued by the Architect pursuant to Paragraph ante with such recognized meanings. 12.4. The Contract Documents do not include Bidding 1.2.4 The organization of the Specifications into divisions, All such as the Advertisement or Invitation to sections and articles, and the arrangement of Drawings Bid, the Instructions to Bidders, sample forms, the Con shall not control the Contractor in dividing the Work { tractor's Bid or portions of Addenda relating to any of among Subcontractors or in establishing the extent of lI these, or any other documents, unless specifically enu- Work to be performed by any trade. merated in the Owner-Contractor Agreement. Nia 1.1.2 THE CONTRACT 1.3 OWNERSHIP AND USE OF DOCUMENTS The Contract Documents form the Contract for Construc- tion. 1.3.1 All Drawings, Specifications and copies thereof t tion. This Contract represents the entire and integrated furnished by the Architect are and shall remain his prop- agreement between the parties hereto and supersedes all erty. They are to be used only with respect to this Project �sss prior negotiations, representations, or agreements, either and are not to be used on any other project. With the written or oral.The Contract may be amended or modified exception of one contract set for each party to the Con- tract,by a Modification as defined in Subparagraph 1.1,1, tract, such documents are to be returned or suitably 4"'"' The Contract Documents shall not be construed to create accounted for to the Architect on request at the comple any contractual relationship of any kind between the Ar- tion of the Work. Submission or distribution to meet offi- chitect and the Contractor, but the Architect shall be entitled to performance of obligations intended for his cial regulatory requirements or for other purposes inconnection with the Project is not to be construed as "I benefit, and to enforcement thereof. Nothing contained publication in derogation of the Architect's common law in the Contract Documents shall create any contractual copyright or other reserved rights. Lrelationship between the Owner or the Architect and any ARTICLE 2 ,for or Sub-subcontractor. 1.1.3 THE WORK ARCHITECT The Work comprises the completed construction required 2 1 DEFINITION by the Contract Documents and includes all labor neces- Jo sary to produce such construction, and all materials and 2.1.1 The Architect is the person lawfully licensed to I equipment incorporated or to be incorporated in such practice architecture, or an entity lawfully practicing construction. architecture identified as such in the Owner-Contractor t 1.1.4 THE PROJECT Agreement, and is referred to throughout the Contract +l Documents as if singular in number and masculine in The Project is the total construction of which the Work gender. The term Architect means the Architect or his performed under the Contract Documents may be the authorized representative. t whole or a part. me 1.2 EXECUTION, CORRELATION AND INTENT 2.2 ADMINISTRATION OF THE CONTRACT 2.2.1 The Architect will provide administration of the 1 1.2.1 The Contract Documents shall be signed in not less Contract as hereinafter described. than triplicate by the Owner and Contractor. If either the 4111 Owner or the Contractor or both do not sign the Condi- 2.2.2 The Architect will be the Owner's representative tions of the Contract, Drawings, Specifications, or any of during construction and until final payment is due. The 1 the other Contract Documents, the Architect shall iden- tifyArchitect will advise and consult with the Owner. The such Documents. Owner's instructions to the Contractor shall be forwarded As • MA DOCUMENT A201 • GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION • THIRTEENTH EDITION • AUGUST 1976 1 AIA® • CO 1976 • THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS, 1735 NEW YORK AVENUE, N.W., WASHINGTON, D.C. 20006 A201-1976 5 lir through the Architect. The Architect will have authority show partiality to either, and will not be liable for the lib to act on behalf of the Owner only to the extent provided result of any interpretation or decision rendered in good in the Contract Documents, unless otherwise modified faith in such capacity. by written instrument in accordance with Subparagraph 2.2.11 The Architect's decisions in matters relating to 2'2'18' artistic effect will be final if consistent with the intent of 2.2.3 The Architect will visit the site at intervals appro- the Contract Documents. I priate to the stage of construction to familiarize himself 2.2.12 Any claim, dispute or other matter in question generally with the progress and quality of the Work and between the Contractor and the Owner referred to the ill to determine in general if the Work is proceeding in ac- Architect, except those relating to artistic effect as pro- cordance with the Contract Documents. However, the vided in Subparagraph 2.2.11 and except those which have y Architect will not be required to make exhaustive or con- been waived by the making or acceptance of final pay- tinuous on-site inspections to check the quality or quan- ment as provided in Subparagraphs 9.9.4 and 9.9.5, shall lb tity of the Work. On the basis of his on-site observations be subject to arbitration upon the written demand of ei as an architect, he will keep the Owner informed of thether party. However,no demand for arbitration of any such I progress of the Work, and will endeavor to guard the claim, dispute or other matter may be made until the Owner against defects and deficiencies in the Work of the earlier of (1) the date on which the Architect has rendered lir Contractor. a written decision, or (2) the tenth day after the parties 2.2.4 The Architect will not be responsible for and will have presented their evidence to the Architect or have not have control or charge of construction means, meth- been given a reasonable opportunity to do so, if the ods, techniques, sequences or procedures, or for safety Architect has not rendered his written decision by that Irr precautions and programs in connection with the Work, date. When such a written decision of the Architect states and he will not be responsible for the Contractor's failure (1) that the decision is final but subject to appeal, and I to carry out the Work in accordance with the Contract (2) that any demand for arbitration of a claim, dispute or Documents. The Architect will not be responsible for or other matter covered by such decision must be made ow have control or charge over the acts or omissions of the within thirty days after the date on which the party mak- Contractor, Subcontractors, or any of their agents or em- ing the demand receives the written decision, failure to ployees, or any other persons performing any of the demand arbitration within said thirty days' period will re- Work. suit in the Architect's decision becoming final and binding ■r upon the Owner and the Contractor. If the Architect 2.2.5 The Architect shall at all times have access to the renders a decision after arbitration proceedings have been Work wherever it is in preparation and progress. The initiated, such decision may be entered as evidence but Contractor shall provide facilities for such access so the will not supersede any arbitration proceedings unless the oft Architect may perform his functions under the Contract decision is acceptable to all parties concerned. Documents. s 2.2.13 The Architect will have authority to reject Work 2.2.6 Based on the Architect's observations and an evalu- which does not conform to the Contract Documents. ation of the Contractor's Applications for Payment, the Whenever, in his opinion, he considers it necessary or ` Architect will determine the amounts owing to the Con- advisable for the implementation of the intent of the tractor and will issue Certificates for Payment in such Contract Documents, he will have authority to require amounts, as provided in Paragraph 9.4. special inspection or testing of the Work in accordance iir 2.2.7 The Architect will be the interpreter of the require- with Subparagraph 7.7.2 whether or not such Work be ments of the Contract Documents and the judge of the then fabricated, installed or completed. However, neither the Architect's authority to act under this Subparagraph performance thereunder by both the Owner and Con- tractor. 2.2.13, nor any decision made by him in good faith either omi to exercise or not to exercise such authority, shall give 2.2.8 The Architect will render interpretations necessary rise to any duty or responsibility of the Architect to the for the proper execution or progress of the Work, with Contractor, any Subcontractor, any of their agents or reasonable promptness and in accordance with any time employees, or any other person performing any of the OW limit agreed upon. Either party to the Contract may make Work. written request to the Architect for such interpretations. 2.2.14 The Architect will review and approve or take 2.2.9 Claims, disputes and other matters in question be- other appropriate action upon Contractor's submittals tween the Contractor and the Owner relating to the exe- such as Shop Drawings, Product Data and Samples, but ■r cution or progress of the Work or the interpretation of the only for conformance with the design concept of the , Contract Documents shall be referred initially to the Work and with the information given in the Contract Architect for decision which he will render in writing Documents. Such action shall be taken with reasonable within a reasonable time. promptness so as to cause no delay. The Architect's ap- Ilk 2.2.10 All interpretations and decisions of the Architect proval of a specific item shall not indicate approval of , shall be consistent with the intent of and reasonably in- an assembly of which the item is a component. ferable from the Contract Documents and will be in writ- 2.2.15 The Architect will prepare Change Orders in ac- ma ing or in the form of drawings. In his capacity as inter- cordance with Article 12, and will have authority to order preter and judge, he will endeavor to secure faithful per- minor changes in the Work as provided in Subparagraph formance by both the Owner and the Contractor, will not 12.4.1. Mb MA DOCUMENT A201 • GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION • THIRTEENTH EDITION• AUGUST 1976 6 A201-1976 AIA® • 0 1976 • THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS, 1735 NEW YORK AVENUE, N.W., WASHINGTON, D.C. 20006 I All 1 2.2.16 The Architect will conduct inspections to deter- 3.2.5 Unless otherwise erwise provided in the Contract Docu- mine the dates of Substantial Completion and final corn- ments, the Contractor will be furnished, free of charge, pletion, will receive and forward to the Owner for the all copies of Drawings and Specifications reasonably nec- Owner's review written warranties and related documents essary for the execution of the Work. AO required by the Contract and assembled by the Contrac 3.2.6 The Owner shall forward all instructions to the tor, and will issue a final Certificate for Payment upon compliance with the requirements of Paragraph 9.9. Contractor through the Architect. �r 2.2.17 If the Owner and Architect agree, the Architect 3.2.7 The foregoing are in addition to other duties and will provide one or more Project Representatives to responsibilities of the Owner enumerated herein and assist the Architect in carrying out his responsibilities at especially those in respect to Work by Owner or by Separate Contractors, Payments and Completion, and In- the site. The duties, responsibilities and limitations of authority of any such Project Representative shall be as surance in Articles 6, 9 and 11 respectively. a set forth in an exhibit to be incorporated in the Contract 3.3 OWNER'S RIGHT TO STOP THE WORK Documents. 3.3.1 If the Contractor fails to correct defective Work as 2.2.18 The duties, responsibilities and limitations of au- required by Paragraph 13.2 or persistently fails to carry "" thority of the Architect as the Owner's representative dur- out the Work in accordance with the Contract Docu- ing construction as set forth in the Contract Documents ments, the Owner, by a written order signed personally will not be modified or extended without written con or by an agent specifically so empowered by the Owner sent of the Owner, the Contractor and the Architect. in writing, may order the Contractor to stop the Work, ++0 or any portion thereof, until the cause for such order has 2.2.19 In case of the termination of the employment of been eliminated; however, this right of the Owner to the Architect, the Owner shall appoint an architect stop the Work shall not give rise to any duty on the part against whom the Contractor makes no reasonable objet- of the Owner to exercise this right for the benefit of the rr tion whose status under the Contract Documents shall be Contractor or any other person or entity, except to the that of the former architect. Any dispute in connection extent required by Subparagraph 6.1.3. with such appointment shall be subject to arbitration. 3.4 OWNER'S RIGHT TO CARRY OUT THE WORK 411 ARTICLE 3 3.4.1 If the Contractor defaults or neglects to carry out the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents OWNER and fails within seven days after receipt of written notice from the Owner to commence and continue correction s0 I 3.1 DEFINITION of such default or neglect with diligence and promptness, the Owner may, after seven days following receipt by the 3.1.1 The Owner is the person or entity identified as such Contractor of an additional written notice and without tot: t in the Owner-Contractor Agreement and is referred to prejudice to any other remedy he may have, make good- throughout the Contract Documents as if singular in num- such deficiencies. In such case an appropriate Change Ali ber and masculine in gender. The term Owner means the Order shall be issued deducting from the payments then I Owner or his authorized representative. or thereafter due the Contractor the cost of correcting 3.2 INFORMATION AND SERVICES REQUIRED such deficiencies, including compensation for the Archi- rrr OF THE OWNER tect's additional services made necessary by such default, neglect or failure. Such action by the Owner and the r 3.2.1 The Owner shall, at the request of the Contractor, amount charged to the Contractor are both subject to the 11 at the time of execution of the Owner-Contractor Agree prior approval of the Architect. If the payments then or ment, furnish to the Contractor reasonable evidence that thereafter due the Contractor are not sufficient to cover he has made financial arrangements to fulfill his obliga-g g such amount, the Contractor shall pay the difference to 1 tions under the Contract. Unless such reasonable evi- dence is furnished, the Contractor is not required to execute the Owner-Contractor Agreement or to corn- ARTICLE 4 mo mence the Work. CONTRACTOR 3.2.2 The Owner shall furnish all surveys describing the physical characteristics, legal limitations and utility loca- 4.1 DEFINITION — tions for the site of the Project, and a legal description of the site. 4.1.1 The Contractor is the person or entity identified as j such in the Owner-Contractor Agreement and is referred 3.2.3 Except as provided in Subparagraph 4.7.1, the to throughout the Contract Documents as if singular in vsI Owner shall secure and pay for necessary approvals, ease- number and masculine in gender. The term Contractor ments, assessments and charges required for the construe- means the Contractor or his authorized representative. tion, use or occupancy of permanent structures or for per- 4 2 REVIEW OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS manent changes in existing facilities. 4.2.1 The Contractor shall carefully study and compare `~ 3.2.4 Information or services under the Owner's control the Contract Documents and shall at once report to the shall be furnished by the Owner with reasonable prompt- Architect any error, inconsistency or omission he may dis- ness to avoid delay in the orderly progress of the Work. cover. The Contractor shall not be liable to the Owner or iii t _ AIA DOCUMENT A201 • GENERAL CONDITIONS OF !HE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION • THIRTEENTH EDITION • AUGUST 1976 AIA • © 1976 • THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS, 1735 NEW YORK AVENUE, N.W., WASHINGTON, D.C. 20006 A201-1976 7 mis( Iris the Architect for any damage resulting from any such fees, licenses and inspections necessary for the proper errors, inconsistencies or omissions in the Contract Docu- execution and completion of the Work which are custom- e" ments. The Contractor shall perform no portion of the arily secured after execution of the Contract and which f Work at any time without Contract Documents or, where are legally required at the time the bids are received. required, approved Shop Drawings, Product Data or 4.7.2 The Contractor shall give all notices and comply lb Samples for such portion of the Work. with all laws, ordinances, rules, regulations and lawful or- r 4.3 SUPERVISION AND CONSTRUCTION PROCEDURES ders of any public authority bearing on the performance 4.3.1 The Contracjpr shall supervise and direct the Work, of the Work. using his best skill and attention. He shall be solely re- r 4.7.3 It is not the responsibility of the Contractor to sponsible for all construction means, methods, tech- make certain that the Contract Documents are in accord- I niques, sequences and procedures and for coordinating ance with applicable laws, statutes, building codes and all portions of the Work under the Contract. regulations. If the Contractor observes that any of the lib 4.3.2 The Contractor shall be responsible to the Owner Contract Documents are at variance therewith in any re- for the acts and omissions of his employees, Subcontrac- spect, he shall promptly notify the Architect in writing, , tors and their agents and employees, and other persons and any necessary changes shall be accomplished by ap- performing any of the Work under a contract with the propriate Modification. ON Contractor. 4.7.4 If the Contractor performs any Work knowing it to 4.3.3 The Contractor shall not be relieved from his obli- be contrary to such laws, ordinances, rules and regula- gations to perform the Work in accordance with the tions, and without such notice to the Architect, he shall Contract Documents either by the activities or duties of assume full responsibility therefor and shall bear all costs the Architect in his administration of the Contract, or by attributable thereto. f inspections, tests or approvals required or performed un- 4 8 ALLOWANCES der Paragraph 7.7 by persons other than the Contractor. 4.8.1 The Contractor shall include in the Contract Sum lb 4.4 LABOR AND MATERIALS all allowances stated in the Contract Documents. Items 4.4.1 Unless otherwise provided in the Contract Docu- covered by these allowances shall be supplied for such ' ments, the Contractor shall provide and pay for all labor, amounts and by such persons as the Owner may direct, materials, equipment, tools, construction equipment and but the Contractor will not be required to employ persons Mb machinery, water, heat, utilities, transportation, and other against whom he makes a reasonable objection. I facilities and services necessaryfor the proper execution 4.8.2 Unless otherwise provided in the Contract Docu- and completion of the Work, whether temporary or per- ments: manent and whether or not incorporated or to be incor- 1 these allowances shall cover the cost to the Con Mb porated in the Work. ws tractor, less any applicable trade discount, of the w 4.4.2 The Contractor shall at all times enforce strict dis- materials and equipment required by the allowance cipline and good order among his employees and shall not delivered at the site, and all applicable taxes; Mb employ on the Work any unfit person or anyone not .2 the Contractor's costs for unloading and handling skilled in the task assigned to him. on the site, labor, installation costs, overhead, prof- I it and other expenses contemplated for the original 4.5 WARRANTY allowance shall be included in the Contract Sum and um 4.5.1 The Contractor warrants to the Owner and the not in the allowance; Architect that all materials and equipment furnished .3 whenever the cost is more than or less than the under this Contract will be new unless otherwise speci- allowance, the Contract Sum shall be adjusted ac- fied, and that all Work will be of good quality, free from cordingly by Change Order, the amount of which lb faults and defects and in conformance with the Contract will recognize changes, if any, in handling costs on Documents. All Work not conforming to these require- the site, labor, installation costs, overhead, profit merits, including substitutions not properly approved and and other expenses. authorized, may be considered defective. If required by the Architect, the Contractor shall furnish satisfactory evi- 4•9 SUPERINTENDENT so dence as to the kind and quality of materials and equip- 4.9.1 The Contractor shall employ a competent superin- ment. This warranty is not limited by the provisions of tendent and necessary assistants who shall be in attend- Paragraph 13.2. ance at the Project site during the progress of the Work. The superintendent shall represent the Contractor and all 4.6 TAXES • communications given to the superintendent shall be as 4.6.1 The Contractor shall pay all sales, consumer, use binding as if given to the Contractor. Important commu- and other similar taxes for the Work or portions thereof nications shall be confirmed in writing. Other cornmuni- provided by the Contractor which are legally enacted at cations shall be so confirmed on written request in eachNik the time bids are received, whether or not yet effective. case. 4.7 PERMITS, FEES AND NOTICES 4.10 PROGRESS SCHEDULE 4.7.1 Unless otherwise provided in the Contract Docu- 4.10.1 The Contractor, immediately after being awarded No ments, the Contractor shall secure and pay for the build- the Contract, shall prepare and submit for the Owner's ing permit and for all other permits and governmental and Architect's information an estimated progress scheci- AIA DOCUMENT A201 • GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION • THIRTEENTH EDITION • AUGUST 1976 No 8 A201-1976 AIA) • ar2 1976 • THE AMERICAN INSTITU1E OF ARCHITECTS, 1735 NEW YORK AVENUE, N.W., WASHINGTON, D.C. =0006 Is 1 1 ule for the Work. The progress schedule shall be related portions of the Work shall be in accordance with ap- Am to the entire Project to the extent required by the Con- proved submittals. tract Documents, and shall provide for expeditious and 4.13 USE OF SITE practicable execution of the Work. 4.13.1 The Contractor shall confine operations at the site mill 4.11 DOCUMENTS AND SAMPLES AT THE SITE to areas permitted by law, ordinances, permits and the 1 4.11.1 The Contractor shall maintain at the site for the Contract Documents and shall not unreasonably encum- Owner one record copy of all Drawings, Specifications, ber the site with any materials or equipment. Addenda, Change Orders and other Modifications, in 4.14 CUTTING AND PATCHING OF WORK good order and marked currently to record all changes made during construction, and approved Shop Drawings, 4.14.1 The Contractor shall be responsible for all cutting, Product Data and Samples. These shall be available to fitting or patching that may be required to complete th,; the Architect and shall be delivered to him for the Owner Work or to make its several parts fit together properly. "1111 upon completion of the Work. 4.14.2 The Contractor shall not damage or endanger any I 4.12 SHOP DRAWINGS, PRODUCT DATA AND SAMPLES portion of the Work or the work of the Owner or any 4.12.1 Shop Drawings are drawings, diagrams, schedules separate contractors by cutting, patching or otherwise r+ and other data specially prepared for the Work by the altering any work, or by excavation. The Contractor shall Contractor or any Subcontractor, manufacturer, supplier not cut or otherwise alter the work of the Owner or any 1 or distributor to illustrate some portion of the Work. separate contractor except with the written consent of the Owner and of such separate contractor. The Contractor ,im 4.12.2 Product Data are illustrations, standard schedules, shall not unreasonably withhold from the Owner or any performance charts, instructions, brochures, diagrams and separate contractor his consent to cutting or otherwise 1 other information furnished by the Contractor to illustrate altering the Work. a material, product or system for some portion of the 4.15 CLEANING UP JI, Work. 4.15.1 The Contractor at all times shall keep the premises C 4.12.3 Samples are physical examples which illustrate free from accumulation of waste materials or rubbish materials, equipment or workmanship and establish caused by his operations. At the completion of the Work standards by which the Work will be judged. he shall remove all his waste materials and rubbish from de 4.12.4 The Contractor shall review, approve and submit, and about the Project as well as all his tools, construc- 1 with reasonable promptness and in such sequence as to tion equipment, machinery and surplus materials. cause no delay in the Work or in the work of the Owner 4.15.2 If the Contractor fails to clean up at the comple- mr or any separate contractor, all Shop Drawings, Product tion of the Work, the Owner may do so as provided in Data and Samples required by the Contract Documents. Paragraph 3.4 and the cost thereof shall be charged to the . iii 4.12.5 By approving and submitting Shop Drawings, Contractor. Product Data and Samples, the Contractor represents that 4.16 COMMUNICATIONS �r he has determined and verified all materials, field meas- 4.16.1 The Contractor shall forward all communications { urements, and field construction criteria related thereto, to the Owner through the Architect. II or will do so, and that he has checked and coordinated the information contained within such submittals with 4.17 ROYALTIES AND PATENTS Al the requirements of the Work and of the Contract Docu- 4.17.1 The Contractor shall pay all royalties and license ments. fees. He shall defend all suits or claims for infringement 4.12.6 The Contractor shall not be relieved of responsi- of any patent rights and shall save the Owner harmless am for any deviation from the requirements of the from loss on account thereof, except that the Owner shall be,responsible for all such loss when a particular design, Contract Documents by the Architect's approval of Shop I Drawings, Product Data or Samples under Subparagraph process or the product of a particular manufacturer or 2.2.14 unless the Contractor has specifically informed the manufacturers is specified, but if the Contractor has rea- son Architect in writingof such deviation at the time of sub to believe that the design, process or product speci fled is an infringement of a patent, he shall be responsible I mission and the Architect has given written approval to for such loss unless he promptly gives such information to the specific deviation.The Contractor shall not be relieved the Architect. from responsibility for errors or omissions in the Shop • 4.1 Drawings, Product Data or Samples by the Architect's 4.18 INDEMNIFICATION approval thereof. 4.18.1 To the fullest extent permitted by law, the Con- 4.12.7 The Contractor shall direct specific attention, in tractor shall indemnify and hold harmless the Owner and � writing or on resubmitted Shop Drawings, Product Data the Architect and their agents and employees from and or Samples, to revisions other than those requested by against all claims, damages, losses and expenses, including 1 the Architect on previous submittals. but not limited to attorneys' fees, arising out of or result- ( ing from the performance of the Work, provided that c 4.12.8 No portion of the Work requiring submission of a any such claim, damage, loss or expense (1) is attributable Am Shop Drawing, Product Data or Sample shall be corn- to bodily injury, sickness, disease or death, or to injury menced until the submittal has been approved by the to or destruction of tangible property (other than the Architect as provided in Subparagraph 2.2.14. All such Work itself) including the loss of use resulting therefrom, AN AIA DOCUMENT A201 • GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION • THIRTEENTH EDITION• AUGUST 1976 AIA" • 'l 1976 • THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS, 1735 NEW YORK AVENUE, N.W., WASHINGTON, D.C. 20006 A201-1976 9 L I • f and (2) is caused in whole or in part by any negligent act such proposed person or entity. Failure of the Owner or no. or omission of the Contractor, any Subcontractor, anyone Architect to reply promptly shall constitute notice of no ; directly or indirectly employed by any of them or anyone reasonable objection. for whose acts any of them may be liable, regardless of 5.2.2 The Contractor shall not contract with any such M, whether or not it is caused in part by a party indemnified proposed person or entity to whom the Owner or the hereunder. Such obligation shall not be construed to ne- Architect has made reasonable objection under the provi- I gate, abridge, or otherwise reduce any other right or obli- signs of Subparagraph 5.2.1. The Contractor shall not be gation of indemnity which would otherwise exist as to any required to contract with anyone to whom he has a rea- IIM party or person described in this Paragraph 4.18. sonable objection. 4.18.2 In any and all claims against the Owner or the 5.2.3 If the Owner or the Architect has reasonable objet- i Architect or any of their agents or employees by any tion to any such proposed person or entity, the Contrac- employee of the Contractor, any Subcontractor, anyone tor shall submit a substitute to whom the Owner or the iv directly or indirectly employed by any of them or anyone Architect has no reasonable objection, and the Contract for whose acts any of them may be liable, the indemnifi- Sum shall be increased or decreased by the difference in t cation obligation under this Paragraph 4.18 shall not be cost occasioned by such substitution and an appropriate limited in any way by any limitation on the amount or Change Order shall be issued; however, no increase in moi type of damages, compensation or benefits payable by or the Contract Sum shall be allowed for any such substitu- for the Contractor or any Subcontractor under workers' tion unless the Contractor has acted promptly and re- or workmen's compensation acts, disability benefit acts or sponsively in submitting names as required by Subpara- other employee benefit acts. graph 5.2.1. IIlb 4.18.3 The obligations of the Contractor under this Para- 5.2.4 The Contractor shall make no substitution for any graph 4.18 shall not extend to the liability of the Archi- Subcontractor, person or entity previously selected if the tett, his agents or employees, arising out of (1) the prepa- Owner or Architect makes reasonable objection to such ration or approval of maps, drawings, opinions, reports, substitution. Irl® surveys, change orders, designs or specifications, or (2) 5.3 SUBCONTRACTUAL RELATIONS t the giving of or the failure to give directions or instruc- tions by the Architect, his agents or employees provided 5.3.1 By an appropriate agreement, written where legally i such giving or failure to give is the primary cause of the required for validity, the Contractor shall require each IIb injury or damage. Subcontractor, to the extent of the Work to be per- ARTICLE 5 formed by the Subcontractor, to be bound to the Con- tractor by the terms of the Contract Documents,and to SUBCONTRACTORS as- sume toward the Contractor all the obligations and re- Mk sponsibilities which the Contractor, by these Documents, 5.1 DEFINITION assumes toward the Owner and the Architect. Said agree- 5.1.1 A Subcontractor is a person or entity who has a di- ment shall preserve and protect the rights of the Owner 1 rect contract with the Contractor to perform any of the and the Architect under the Contract Documents with re- au Work at the site. The term Subcontractor is referred to spect to the Work to be performed by the Subcontractor throughout the Contract Documents as if singular in num- so that the subcontracting thereof will not prejudice such ber and masculine in gender and means a Subcontractor rights, and shall allow to the Subcontractor, unless specifi- or his authorized representative. The term Subcontractor cally provided otherwise in the Contractor-Subcontractor rr does not include any separate contractor or his subcon- agreement, the benefit of all rights, remedies and redress tractors. against the Contractor that the Contractor, by these Docu- ments, has against the Owner. Where appropriate, the 5.1.2 A Sub subcontractor is a person Or entity who has a Contractor shall require each Subcontractor to enter into 11111 direct or indirect contract with a Subcontractor to per- similar agreements with his Sub-subcontractors. The Con- form any of the Work at the site. The term Sub-subcon- tractor shall make available to each proposed Subcon- tractor is referred to throughout the Contract Documents tractor, prior to the execution of the Subcontract, copies as if singular in number and masculine in gender and of the Contract Documents to which the Subcontractor r means a Sub-subcontractor or an authorized representa- will be bound by this Paragraph 5.3, and identify to the tive thereof. Subcontractor any terms and conditions of the proposed 5.2 AWARD OF SUBCONTRACTS AND OTHER Subcontract which may be at variance with the Contract CONTRACTS FOR PORTIONS OF THE WORK Documents. Each Subcontractor shall similarly make cop- gib 5.2.1 Unless otherwise required by the Contract Docu- ies of such Documents available to his Sub-subcontractors. ments or the Bidding Documents, the Contractor, as soon ARTICLE 6 as practicable after the award of the Contract, shall fur- at nish to the Owner and the Architect in writing the names of the persons or entities (including those who are to fur- WORK BY OWNER OR BY nish materials or equipment fabricated to a special design) SEPARATE CONTRACTORS proposed for each of the principal portions of the Work. 6.1 OWNER'S RIGHT TO PERFORM WORK AND The Architect will promptly reply to the Contractor in TO AWARD SEPARATE CONTRACTS illib writing stating whether or not the Owner or the Architect, 6.1.1 The Owner reserves the right to perform work re- after due investigation, has reasonable objection to any lated to the Project with his own forces, and to award ilb AIA DOCUMENT A201 • GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION • THIRTEENTH EDITION• AUGUST 1976 10 A201-1976 AIA® • © 1976 • THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS, 1735 NEW YORK AVENUE, N.W., WASHINGTON, D.C. 20006 C • 4.1 a separate contracts in connection with other portions of and charge the cost thereof to the contractors responsible the Project or other work on the site under these or similar therefor as the Architect shall determine to be just. ' Conditions of the Contract. If the Contractor claims that delay or additional cost is involved because of such ARTICLE 7 Orli action by the Owner, he shall make such claim as pro- vided elsewhere in the Contract Documents. 6.1.2 When separate contracts are awarded for different MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS s portions of the Project or other work on the site, the term 7.1 GOVERNING LAW Contractor in the Contract Documents in each case shall I mean the Contractor who executes each separate Owner 7.1.1 The Contract shall be governed by the law of the Contractor Agreement. place where the Project is located. 'i7.2 SUCCESSORS AND ASSIGNS 6.1.3 The Owner will provide for the coordination of the I work of his own forces and of each separate contractor 7.2.1 The Owner and the Contractor each binds himself, with the Work of the Contractor, who shall cooperate his partners, successors, assigns and legal representatives ,ri, therewith as provided in Paragraph 6.2. to the other party hereto and to the partners, successors, 6,2 MUTUAL RESPONSIBILITY assigns and legal representatives of such other party in re- spect to all covenants, agreements and obligations con- 6.2.1 The Contractor shall afford the Owner and separate tained in the Contract Documents. Neither party to the rr contractors reasonable opportunity for the introduction Contract shall assign the Contract or sublet it as a whole and storage of their materials and equipment and the without the written consent of the other, nor shall the 1 execution of their work, and shall connect and coordinate Contractor assign any moneys due or to become due to his Work with theirs as required by the Contract Docu- him hereunder, without the previous written consent of srr ments. the Owner. 6.2.2 If any part of the Contractor's Work depends for 7.3 WRITTEN NOTICE proper execution or results upon the work of the Owner 7.3.1 Written notice shall be deemed to have been duly or any separate contractor, the Contractor shall, prior to served if delivered in person to the individual or member proceeding with the Work, promptly report to the Archi- of the firm or entity or to an officer of the corporation for [ tect any apparent discrepancies or defects in such other work that render it unsuitable for such proper execution whom it was intended, or if delivered at or sent by regis- tered or certified mail to the last business address known and results. Failure of the Contractor so to report shall to him who gives the notice. constitute an acceptance of the Owner's or separate con- ., tractors' work as fit and proper to receive his Work, ex- cept as to defects which may subsequently become appar- 7.4.1 Should either party to the Contract suffer injury or r rent in such work by others. damage to person or property because of any act or omis- {{ 6.2.3 Any costs caused by defective or ill-timed work sion of the other party or of any of his employees, agents j shall be borne by the party responsible therefor. or others for whose acts he is legally liable, claim shall be tt made in writing to such other party within a reasonable AM 6.2.4 Should the Contractor wrongfully cause damage to time after the first observance of such'injury or damage. I the work or property of the Owner, or to other work on 7 5 PERFORMANCE BOND AND LABOR AND the site, the Contractor shall promptly remedy such dam- MATERIAL PAYMENT BOND age as provided in Subparagraph 10.2.5. de 7.5.1 The Owner shall have the right to require the Con- 6.2.5 Should the Contractor wrongfully cause damage to tractor to furnish bonds covering the faithful performance the work or property of any separate contractor, the Con of the Contract and the payment of all obligations arising tractor shall upon due notice promptly attempt to settle thereunder if and as required in the Bidding Documents d• with such other contractor by agreement, or otherwise to or in the Contract Documents. resolve the dispute. If such separate contractor sues or initiates an arbitration proceeding against the Owner on 7.6 RIGHTS AND REMEDIES account of any damage alleged to have been caused by 7.6.1 The duties and obligations imposed by the Contract do the Contractor, the Owner shall notify the Contractor Documents and the rights and remedies available there- who shall defend such proceedings at the Owner's ex- under shall be in addition to and not a limitation of any pense, and if any judgment or award against the Owner duties, obligations, rights and remedies otherwise im- arises therefrom the Contractor shall pay or satisfy it and posed or available by law. i shall reimburse the Owner for all attorneys' fees and court or arbitration costs which the Owner has incurred. 7.6.2 No action or failure to act by the Owner, Architect 6.3 OWNER'S RIGHT TO CLEAN UP or Contractor shall constitute a waiver of any right or duty afforded any of them under the Contract, nor shall any as 6.3.1 If a dispute arises between the Contractor and sepa- such action or failure to act constitute an approval of or rate contractors as to their responsibility for cleaning up acquiescence in any breach thereunder, except as may be as required by Paragraph 4.15, the Owner may clean up specifically agreed in writing. — MA DOCUMENT A201 • GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION • THIRTEENTH EDITION • AUGUST 1976 AIA* • © 1976 • THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS, 1735 NEW YORK AVENUE, N.W., WASHINGTON, D.C. 20006 A201-1976 11 ®n 7.7 TESTS required if complete relief is to be accorded in the arbi- In 7.7.1 If the Contract Documents, laws, ordinances, rules, tration. No person other than the Owner or Contractor regulations or orders of any public authority having juris- shall be included as an original third party or additional 1 diction require any portion of the Work to be inspected, third party to an arbitration whose interest or responsi- tested or approved, the Contractor shall give the Architect bility is insubstantial. Any consent to arbitration involving lb timely notice of its readiness so the Architect may observe an additional person or persons shall not constitute con- such inspection, testing or approval. The Contractor shall sent to arbitration of any dispute not described therein or r bear all costs of such inspections, tests or approvals con- with any person not named or described therein. The ducted by public authorities. Unless otherwise provided, foregoing agreement to arbitrate and any other agreement Uw the Owner shall bear all costs of other inspections, tests to arbitrate with an additional person or persons duly or approvals. consented to by the parties to the Owner-Contractor Agreement shall be specifically enforceable under the 7.7.2 If the Architect determines that any Work requires prevailing arbitration law. The award rendered by the lib special inspection, testing, or approval which Subpara- arbitrators shall be final, and judgment may be entered graph 7.7.1 does not include, he will, upon written au- upon it in accordance with applicable law in any court t thorization from the Owner, instruct the Contractor to having jurisdiction thereof. order such special inspection, testing or approval, and the rib Contractor shall give notice as provided in Subparagraph 7.9.2 Notice of the demand for arbitration shall be filed 7.7.1. If such special inspection or testing reveals a failure in writing with the other party to the Owner-Contractor of the Work to comply with the requirements of the Con- Agreement and with the American Arbitration Associa- tract Documents, the Contractor shall bear all costs there- tion, and a copy shall be filed with the Architect. The lb of, including compensation for the Architect's additional demand for arbitration shall be made within the time services made necessary by such failure; otherwise the limits specified in Subparagraph 2.2.12 where applicable, t Owner shall bear such costs, and an appropriate Change and in all other cases within a reasonable time after the Order shall be issued. claim, dispute or other matter in question has arisen, and iiii in no event shall it be made after the date when institu- 7.7.3 Required certificates of inspection, testing or ap- tion of legal or equitable proceedings based on such proval shall be secured by the Contractor and promptly claim, dispute or other matter in question would be delivered by him to the Architect. barred by the applicable statute of limitations. rn 7.7.4 If the Architect is to observe the inspections, tests 7.9.3 Unless otherwise agreed in writing, the Contractor I or approvals required by the Contract Documents, he will shall carry on the Work and maintain its progress during do so promptly and, where practicable, at the source of any arbitration proceedings, and the Owner shall con- supply. tinue to make payments to the Contractor in accordance Nr �..; 7.8 INTEREST with the Contract Documents. 7.8.1 Payments due and unpaid under the Contract ARTICLE 8 Documents shall bear interest from the date payment is due at such rate as the parties may agree upon in writing TIME or, in the absence thereof, at the legal rate prevailing at 8.1 DEFINITIONS f the place of the Project. 8.1.1 Unless otherwise provided, the Contract Time is the 7.9 ARBITRATION ma period of time allotted in the Contract Documents for 7.9.1 All claims, disputes and other matters in question Substantial Completion of the Work as defined in Sub- between the Contractor and the Owner arising out of, or paragraph 8.1.3, including authorized adjustments thereto. relating to, the Contract Documents or the breach there- of, except as provided in Subparagraph 2.2.11 with re- 8.1.2 The date of commencement of the Work is the date so spect to the Architect's decisions on matters relating to established in a notice to proceed. If there is no notice to artistic effect, and except for claims which have been proceed, it shall be the date of the Owner-Contractor waived by the making or acceptance of final payment as Agreement or such other date as may be established provided by Subparagraphs 9.9.4 and 9.9.5, shall be de- therein. an cided by arbitration in accordance with the Construction 8.1.3 The Date of Substantial Completion of the Work or Industry Arbitration Rules of the American Arbitration designated portion thereof is the Date certified by the Association then obtaining unless the parties mutually Architect when construction is sufficiently complete, in 110 agree otherwise. No arbitration arising out of or relating accordance with the Contract Documents, so the Owner to the Contract Documents shall include, by consolida- can occupy or utilize the Work or designated portion tion, joinder or in any other manner, the Architect, his thereof for the use for which it is intended. employees or consultants except by written consent con- Mb taining a specific reference to the Owner-Contractor 8.1.4 The term day as used in the Contract Documents Agreement and signed by the Architect, the Owner, the shall mean calendar day unless otherwise specifically j Contractor and any other person sought to be joined. No designated. arbitration shall include by consolidation, joinder or in any other manner, parties other than the Owner, the 8.2 PROGRESS AND COMPLETION rr Contractor and any other persons substantially involved 8.2.1 All time limits stated in the Contract Documents are I in a common question of fact or law, whose presence is of the essence of the Contract. AIA DOCUMENT A201 • GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION • THIRTEENTH EDITION • AUGUST 1976 MI 12 A201-1976 AIA' • © 1976 • THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS, 1735 NEW YORK AVENUE, N.W., WASHINGTON, D.C. 20006 I1 d L all I "F 8.2.2 The Contractor shall begin the Work on the date of by such data substantiating the Contractor's right to pay- commencement as defined in Subparagraph 8.1.2. He ment as the Owner or the Architect may require, and re- shall carry the Work forward expeditiously with adequate fleeting retainage, if any, as provided elsewhere in the forces and shall achieve Substantial Completion within Contract Documents. "" the Contract Time. 9.3.2 Unless otherwise provided in the Contract Docu- 1. 8.3 DELAYS AND EXTENSIONS OF TIME ments, payments will be made on account of materials or 8.3.1 If the Contractor is delayed at any time in the prog- equipment not incorporated in the Work but delivered all rens of the Work by any act or neglect of the Owner or and suitably stored at the site and, if approved in ad- the Architect, or by any employee of either, or by any vance by the Owner, payments may similarly be made [ separate contractor employed by the Owner, or by for materials or equipment suitably stored at some other changes ordered in the Work, or by labor disputes, fire, location agreed upon in writing. Payments for materials all unusual delay in transportation, adverse weather condi- or equipment stored on or off the site shall be con- tions not reasonably anticipatable, unavoidable casualties, ditioned upon submission by the Contractor of bills of I. or any causes beyond the Contractor's control, or by de- sale or such other procedures satisfactory to the Owner lay authorized by the Owner pending arbitration, or by to establish the Owner's title to such materials or equip- AB any other cause which the Architect determines may ment or otherwise protect the Owner's interest, including justify the delay, then the Contract Time shall be ex- applicable insurance and transportation to the site for tended by Change Order for such reasonable time as the those materials and equipment stored off the site. Architect may determine. AO 9.3.3 The Contractor warrants that title to all Work, 8.3.2 Any claim for extension of time shall be made in materials and equipment covered by an Application for [ writing to the Architect not more than twenty days after Payment will pass to the Owner either by incorporation in the commencement of the delay; otherwise it shall be the construction or upon the receipt of payment by the mio waived. In the case of a continuing delay only one claim Contractor, whichever occurs first, free and clear of all is necessary. The Contractor shall provide an estimate of liens, claims, security interests or encumbrances, herein- ( the probable effect of such delay on the progress of the after referred to in this Article 9 as "liens"; and that no 1` Work. Work, materials or equipment covered by an Application ?NI 8.3.3 If no agreement is made stating the dates upon for Payment will have been acquired by the Contractor, which interpretations as provided in Subparagraph 2.2.8 or by any other person performing Work at the site or f shall be furnished, then no claim for delay shall be al- furnishing materials and equipment for the Project, sub- lowed on account of failure to furnish such interpreta- ject to an agreement under which an interest therein or 'r tions until fifteen days after written request is made for an encumbrance thereon is retained by the seller or other- 4 rwise imposed by the Contractor or such other person. them, and not then unless such claim is reasonable. 8.3.4 This Paragraph 8.3 does not exclude the recovery 9.4 CERTIFICATES FOR PAYMENT — of damages for delay by either party under other provi- 9.4.1 The Architect will, within seven days after the re- sions of the Contract Documents. ceipt of the Contractor's Application for Payment, either 1 ARTICLE 9 issue a Certificate for Payment to the Owner, with a copy to the Contractor, for such amount as the Architect determines is properly due, or notify the Contractor in PAYMENTS AND COMPLETION writing his reasons for withholding a Certificate as pro- vided in Subparagraph 9.6.1. 9.1 CONTRACT SUM - 9.1.1 The Contract Sum is stated in the Owner-Contractor 9.4.2 The issuance of a Certificate for Payment will con- Agreement and, including authorized adjustments thereto, stitute a representation by the Architect to the Owner, Sub- is the total amount payable by the Owner to the Contrac- tor based on his observations at the site as provided in Sub for the performance of the Work under the Contract paragraph 2.2.3 and the data comprising the Application tor Payment, that the Work has progressed to the point all Documents. indicated; that, to the best of his knowledge, information 9.2 SCHEDULE OF VALUES and belief, the quality of the Work is in accordance with 9.2.1 Before the first Application for Payment, the Con- the Contract Documents (subject to an evaluation of the AI tractor shall submit to the Architect a schedule of values Work for conformance with the Contract Documents allocated to the various portions of the Work, prepared in upon Substantial Completion, to the results of any subse- ( such form and supported by such data to substantiate its quent tests required by or performed under the Contract accuracy as the Architect may require. This schedule, un- Documents, to minor deviations from the Contract Docu- 41111 less objected to by the Architect, shall be used only as a ments correctable prior to completion, and to any specific basis for the Contractor's Applications for Payment. qualitications stated in his Certificate); and that the Con- ( tractor is entitled to payment in the amount certified. 9.3 APPLICATIONS FOR PAYMENT However, by issuing a Certificate for Payment, the Archi- ir 9.3.1 At least ten days before the date for each progress tect shall not thereby be deemed to represent that he has payment established in the Owner-Contractor Agreement, made exhaustive or continuous on-site inspections to the Contractor shall submit to the Architect an itemized check the quality or quantity of the Work or that he has Application for Payment. notarized if required, supported reviewed the construction means, methods, techniques, ma — — -- MA DOCUMENT A201 • GENERAL CONDITIONS OF IHE CONTRACI IOR(1 NSTRI'CTION • MIR!FEND! EDITION • AUGUST 1976 AIA`' • © 1976 • THE AMERICAN INS FH UTE OF ARCHITii 15 i715 NEW 1ORR \VENUE N.W., WASHINGTON, D.C. 20006 A201-1976 13 .r 9 f ti sequences or procedures, or that he has made any exam- .4 reasonable evidence that the Work cannot be corn- __ ination to ascertain how or for what purpose the Contrac- pleted for the unpaid balance of the Contract Sum, tor has used the moneys previously paid on account of .5 damage to the Owner or another contractor, the Contract Sum. .6 reasonable evidence that the Work will not be com- pleted within the Contract Time, or 9.5 PROGRESS PAYMENTSMb .7 persistent failure to carry out the Work in accord- 9.5.1 After the Architect has issued a Certificate for Pay- ance with the Contract Documents. i ment, the Owner shall make payment in the manner and 9.6.2 When the above grounds in Subparagraph 9.6.1 are within the time provided in the Contract Documents. removed, payment shall be made for amounts withheld mar 9.5.2 The Contractor shall promptly pay each Subcon- because of them. tractor, upon receipt of payment from the Owner, out of 9.7 FAILURE OF PAYMENT the amount paid to the Contractor on account of such 9.7.1 If the Architect does not issue a Certificate for brr Subcontractor's Work, the amount to which said Subcon- tractor is entitled, reflecting the percentage actually re- Payment, through no fault of the Contractor,within seven tained, if any, from payments to the Contractor on ac- days after receipt of the Contractor's Application for Pay count of such Subcontractor's Work. The Contractor shall, ment, or if the Owner does not pay the Contractor within by an appropriate agreement with each Subcontractor, re seven days after the date established in the Contract I quire each Suk'contractor to make payments to his Sub- Documents any amount certified by the Architect or awarded by arbitration, then the Contractor may, upon subcontractors in similar manner. seven additional days' written notice to the Owner and 9.5.3 The Architect may, on request and at his discretion, the Architect, stop the Work until payment of the amount Mb furnish to any Subcontractor, if practicable, information owing has been received. The Contract Sum shall be in- regarding the percentages of completion or the amounts creased by the amount of the Contractor's reasonable applied for by the Contractor and the action taken there- costs of shut-down, delay and start-up, which shall be ef- on by the Architect on account of Work done by such fected by appropriate Change Order in accordance with ab Subcontractor. Paragraph 12.3. 9.5.4 Neither the Owner nor the Architect shall have any 9.8 SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION obligation to pay or to see to the payment of any moneys 9.8.1 When the Contractor considers that the Work, or iii to any Subcontractor except as may otherwise be required a designated portion thereof which is acceptable to the by law. Owner, is substantially complete as defined in Subpara- graph 8.1.3, the Contractor shall prepare for submission 9.5.5 No Certificate for a progress payment, nor any to the Architect a list of items to be completed or cor- nip progress payment, nor any partial or entire use or occu- rected. The failure to include any items on such list does ``'V pancy of the Project by the Owner, shall constitute an not alter the responsibility of the Contractor to complete acceptance of any Work not in accordance with the Con- all Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. tract Documents. When the Architect on the basis of an inspection deter- rtio PAYMENTS WITHHELD mines that the Work or designated portion thereof is sub- 9.6stantially complete, he will then prepare a Certificate of 9.6.1 The Architect may decline to certify payment and Substantial Completion which shall establish the Date of may withhold his Certificate in whole or in part, to the Substantial Completion, shall state the responsibilities of AN extent necessary reasonably to protect the Owner, if in the Owner and the Contractor for security, maintenance, his opinion he is unable to make representations to the heat, utilities, damage to the Work, and insurance, and Owner as provided in Subparagraph 9.4.2. If the Architect shall fix the time within which the Contractor shall com- is unable to make representations to the Owner as pro- plete the items listed therein. Warranties required by the NM vided in Subparagraph 9.4.2 and to certify payment in the Contract Documents shall commence on the Date of Sub- amount of the Application, he will notify the Contractor stantial Completion of the Work or designated portion as provided in Subparagraph 9.4.1. If the Contractor and thereof unless otherwise provided in the Certificate of the Architect cannot agree on a revised amount, the Substantial Completion. The Certificate of Substantial o Architect will promptly issue a Certificate for Payment Completion shall be submitted to the Owner and the for the amount for which he is able to make such rep- Contractor for their written acceptance of the responsi- resentations to the Owner. The Architect may also decline hilities assigned to them in such Certificate. to certify payment or, because of subsequently discov- ered evidence or subsequent observations, he may nullify 9.8.2 Upon Substantial Completion of the Work or desig- Sib the whole or any part of any Certificate for Payment nated portion thereof and upon application by the Con- previously issued, to such extent as may be necessary in tractor and certification by the Architect, the Owner shall his opinion to protect the Owner from loss because of: make payment, reflecting adjustment in retainage, if any, for such Work or portion thereof, as provided in the Con- .1 defective Work not remedied, lb tract Documents. .2 third party claims filed or reasonable evidence indi- cating probable filing of such claims, 9.9 FINAL COMPLETION AND FINAL PAYMENT .3 failure of the Contractor to make payments prop- 9.9.1 Upon receipt of written notice that the Work is IIM erly to Subcontractors or for labor, materials or ready for final inspection and acceptance and upon re- equipment, ceipt of a final Application for Payment, the Architect will AMA DOCUMENT A201 • GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION • THIRTEENTH EDITION • AUGUST 1976 Ow 14 A201-1976 ALA" • 1976 • THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS, 173S NEW YORK AVENUE, N.W., WASHINGTON, D.C. 20006 f! ar I Am promptly make such inspection and when he finds the 9.9.5 The acceptance of final payment shall constitute a Work acceptable under the Contract Documents and the waiver of all claims by the Contractor except those previ- j Contract fully performed, he will promptly issue a final ously made in writing and identified by the Contractor i Certificate for Payment stating that to the best of his as unsettled at the time of the final Application for Pay- ami knowledge, information and belief, and on the basis of ment. his observations and inspections, the Work has been corn- ARTICLE 10 j pleted in accordance with the terms and conditions of the PROTECTION OF PERSONS AND PROPERTY Contract Documents and that the entire balance found to be due the Contractor, and noted in said final Certificate, 10.1 SAFETY PRECAUTIONS AND PROGRAMS is due and payable. The Architect's final Certificate for I Payment will constitute a further representation that the 10.1.1 The Contractor shall be responsible for initiating, conditions precedent to the Contractor's being entitled to maintaining and supervising all safety precautions and Am final payment as set forth in Subparagraph 9.9.2 have been programs in connection with the Work. fulfilled. 10.2 SAFETY OF PERSONS AND PROPERTY 9.9.2 Neither the final payment nor the remaining re- 10.2.1 The Contractor shall take all reasonable precau- rr tained percentage shall become due until the Contractor tions for the safety of, and shall provide all reasonable submits to the Architect (1) an affidavit that all payrolls, protection to prevent damage, injury or loss to: I bills for materials and equipment, and other indebtedness .1 all employees on the Work and all other persons connected with the Work for which the Owner or his who may be affected thereby; AM property might in any way be responsible, have been paid .2 all the Work and all materials and equipment to or otherwise satisfied, (2) consent of surety, if any, to final be incorporated therein, whether in storage on or payment and (3), if required by the Owner, other data off the site, under the care, custody or control of establishing payment or satisfaction of all such obliga- the Contractor or any of his Subcontractors or „W, tions, such as receipts, releases and waivers of liens aris- Sub-subcontractors; and ing out of the Contract, to the extent and in such form .3 other property at the site or adjacent thereto, in- as may be designated by the Owner. If any Subcontractor cluding trees, shrubs, lawns, walks, pavements, refuses to furnish a release or waiver required by the roadways,structures and utilities not designated for Owner, the Contractor may furnish a bond satisfactory to removal, relocation or replacement in the course the Owner to indemnify him against any such lien. If of construction. any such lien remains unsatisfied after all payments are made, the Contractor shall refund to the Owner all mon- 10.2.2 The Contractor shall.give all notices and comply or eys that the latter may be compelled to pay in discharging with all applicable laws, ordinances, rules, regulations and such lien, including all costs and reasonable attorneys' lawful orders of any public authority bearing on the safety r fees, of persons or property or their protection from damage, 9.9.3 If, after Substantial Completion of the Work, final injury or loss. Am completion thereof is materially delayed through no fault 10.2.3 The Contractor shall erect and maintain, as re- of the Contractor or by the issuance of Change Orders quired by existing conditions and progress of the Work, affecting final completion, and the Architect so confirms, all reasonable safeguards for safety and protection, in- the Owner shall, upon application by the Contractor and cluding posting danger signs and other warnings against certification bythe Architect, and without terminating g hazards, promulgating safety regulations and notifying the Contract, make payment of the balance due for that owners and users of adjacent utilities. portion of the Work fully completed and accepted. If the remaining balance for Work not fully completed or cor- 10.2.4 When the use or storage of explosives or other "'r rected is less than the retainage stipulated in the Contract hazardous materials or equipment is necessary for the I Documents, and if bonds have been furnished as provided execution of the Work, the Contractor shall exercise the in Paragraph 7.5, the written consent of the surety to the utmost care and shall carry on such activities under the payment of the balance due for that portion of the Work supervision of properly qualified personnel. III fully completed and accepted shall be submitted by the Contractor to the Architect prior to certification of such 10.2.5 The Contractor shall promptly remedy all damage payment. Such payment shall be made under the terms or loss (other than damage or loss insured under Para- and conditions governing final payment, except that it graph 11.3) to any property referred to in Clauses 10.2.1.2 'W shall not constitute a waiver of claims. and 10.2.1.3 caused in whole or in part by the Contractor, any Subcontractor, any Sub-subcontractor, or anyone di- i 9.9.4 The making of final payment shall constitute a rectly or indirectly employed by any of them, or by any- waiver of all claims by the Owner except those arising one for whose acts any of them may be liable and for to from: which the Contractor is responsible under Clauses 10.2.1.2 .1 unsettled liens, and 10.2.1.3, except damage or loss attributable to the i .2 faulty or defective Work appearing after Substantial acts or omissions of the Owner or Architect or anyone Completion, directly or indirectly employed by either of them, or by err' .3 failure of the Work to comply with the require- anyone for whose acts either of them may be liable, and ments of the Contract Documents, or not attributable to the fault or negligence of the Contrac- I .4 terms of any special warranties required by the tor. The foregoing obligations of the Contractor are in Contract Documents. addition to his obligations under Paragraph 4.18. Air . AIA DOCUMENT A201 • GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION • THIRTEENTH EDITION• AUGUST 1976 I AIA® • © 1976 • THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS, 173S NEW YORK AVENUE, N.W., WASHINGTON, D.C. 20006 A201-1976 15 as A IIS 10.2.6 The Contractor shall designate a responsible mem- coverages afforded under the policies will not be can- rt ber of his organization at the site whose duty shall be the celled until at least thirty days' prior written notice has prevention of accidents. This person shall be the Contrac- been given to the Owner. tor's superintendent unless otherwise designated by the 11.2 OWNER'S LIABILITY INSURANCE Contractor in writing to the Owner and the Architect. Mb 11.2.1 The Owner shall be responsible for purchasing 10.2.7 The Contractor shall not load or permit any part and maintaining his own liability insurance and, at his la of the Work to be loaded so as to endanger its safety. option, may purchase and maintain such insurance as 10.3 EMERGENCIES will protect him against claims which may arise from Imo operations under the Contract. 10.3.1 In any emergency affecting the safety of persons 1 or property, the Contractor shall act, at his discretion, to 11.3 PROPERTY INSURANCE prevent threatened damage, injury or loss. Any additional 11.3.1 Unless otherwise provided, the Owner shall pur- illb compensation or extension of time claimed by the Con- chase and maintain property insurance upon the entire tractor on account of emergency work shall be deter- Work at the site to the full insurable value thereof. This f mined as provided in Article 12 for Changes in the Work. insurance shall include the interests of the Owner, the ARTICLE 11 Contractor, Subcontractors and Sub-subcontractors in the ier Work and shall insure against the perils of fire and INSURANCE ex- tended coverage and shall include "all risk" insurance for 1 physical loss or damage including, without duplication of 11.1 CONTRACTOR'S LIABILITY INSURANCE coverage, theft, vandalism and malicious mischief. If the Mb Owner does not intend to purchase such insurance for 11.1.1 The Contractor shall purchase and maintain such the full insurable value of the entire Work, he shall in- I insurance as will protect him from claims set forth below form the Contractor in writing prior to commencement which may arise out of or result from the Contractor's of the Work. The Contractor may then effect insurance 110 operations under the Contract, whether such operations which will protect the interests of himself, his Subcontrac- be by himself or by any Subcontractor or by anyone di- tors and the Sub-subcontractors in the Work, and by ap- 1 rectly or indirectly employed by any of them, or by any- propriate Change Order the cost thereof shall be charged one for whose acts any of them may be liable: to the Owner. If the Contractor is damaged by failure of lb .1 claims under workers'or workmen's compensation, the Owner to purchase or maintain such insurance and to disability benefit and other similar employee bene- so notify the Contractor, then the Owner shall bear all I fit acts; reasonable costs properly attributable thereto. If not cov- .2 claims for damages because of bodily injury, oc- ered under the all risk insurance or otherwise provided rlrr cupational sickness or disease, or death of his in the Contract Documents, the Contractor shall effect ,.5.1 employees; and maintain similar property insurance on portions of f claims for damagesthe Work stored off the site or in transit when such por- .3 because of bodily injury,ry, sick- tions of the Work are to be included in an Application ness or disease, or death of any person other than rrl for Payment under Subparagraph 9.3.2. his employees; 1 4 claims for damages insured by usual personal in- 11.3.2 The Owner shall purchase and maintain such boiler jury liability coverage which are sustained (1) by and machinery insurance as may be required by the Con- any person as a result of an offense directly or in- tract Documents or by law. This insurance shall include so directly related to the employment of such person the interests of the Owner, the Contractor, Subcontrac- i by the Contractor, or (2) by any other person; tors and Sub-subcontractors in the Work. .5 claims for damages, other than to the Work itself, 11.3.3 Any loss insured under Subparagraph 11.3.1 is to 110 because of injury to or destruction of tangible be adjusted with the Owner and made payable to the property, including loss of use resulting therefrom; Owner as trustee for the insureds, as their interests may and appear, subject to the requirements of any applicable .6 claims for damages because of bodily injury or mortgagee clause and of Subparagraph 11.3.8. The Con- so death of any person or property damage arising tractor shall pay each Subcontractor a just share of any out of the ownership, maintenance or use of any insurance moneys received by the Contractor, and by ap- I motor vehicle. propriate agreement, written where legally required for validity, shall require each Subcontractor to make pay- 0110 11.1.2 The insurance required by Subparagraph 11.1.1 shall ments to his Sub-subcontractors in similar manner. be written for not less than any limits of liability specified in the Contract Documents, or required by law, which- 11.3.4 The Owner shall file a copy of all policies with the ever is greater. Contractor before an exposure to loss may occur. 11.1.3 The insurance required by Subparagraph 11.1.1 11.3.5 If the Contractor requests in writing that insurance lb shall include contractual liability insurance applicable to for risks other than those described in Subparagraphs the Contractor's obligations under Paragraph 4.18. 11.3.1 and 11.3.2 or other special hazards be included in the property insurance policy, the Owner shall, if pos- 11.1.4 Certificates of Insurance acceptable to the Owner Bible, include such insurance, and the cost thereof shall 0110 shall be filed with the Owner prior to commencement of be charged to the Contractor by appropriate Change the Work. These Certificates shall contain a provision that Order. Mb AIA DOCUMENT A201 • GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION•THIRTEENTH EDITION • AUGUST 1976 16 A201-1976 MA® • © 1976 • THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS, 1735 NEW YORK AVENUE, N.W., WASHINGTON, D.C. 20006 Mb MA VP All 11.3.6 The Owner and Contractor waive all rights against ARTICLE 12 (1) each other and the Subcontractors,Sub-subcontractors, agents and employees each of the other, and (2) the CHANGES IN THE WORK Architect and separate contractors, if any, and their sub- - contractors, sub-subcontractors, agents and employees, 12.1 CHANGE ORDERS for damages caused by fire or other perils to the extent 12.1.1 A Change Order is a written order to the Contrac- covered by insurance obtained pursuant to this Paragraph tor signed by the Owner and the Architect, issued after 11.3 or any other property insurance applicable to the as Work, except such rights as they may have to the pro- execution of the Contract, authorizing a change in the ceeds of such insurance held by the Owner as trustee. Work or an adjustment in the Contract Sum or the Con- The foregoing waiver afforded the Architect, his agents tract Time. The Contract Sum and the Contract Time may and employees shall not extend to the liability imposed be changed only by Change Order. A Change Order as by Subparagraph 4.18.3. The Owner or the Contractor, as signed by the Contractor indicates his agreement there- appropriate, shall require of the Architect, separate con- With, including the adjustment in the Contract Sum or tractors, Subcontractors and Sub-subcontractors by ap- the Contract Time. propriate agreements, written where legally required for 12.1.2 The Owner, without invalidating the Contract, may ail validity, similar waivers each in favor of all other parties order changes in the Work within the general scope of enumerated in this Subparagraph 11.3.6. the Contract consisting of additions, deletions or other revisions, the Contract Sum and the Contract Time being 11.3.7 If required in writing by any party in interest, the adjusted accordingly. All such changes in the Work shall as Owner as trustee shall, upon the occurrence of an insured be authorized by Change Order, and shall be performed loss, give bond for the proper performance of his duties. under the applicable conditions of the Contract Docu- He shall deposit in a separate account any money so re- ments. ceived, and he shall distribute it in accordance with such as agreement as the parties in interest may reach, or in ac- 12.1.3 The cost or credit to the Owner resulting from a cordance with an award by arbitration in which case the change in the Work shall be determined in one or more I procedure shall be as provided in Paragraph 7.9. If after of the following ways: such loss no other special agreement is made, replace- .1 by mutual acceptance of a lump sum properly as ment of damaged work shall be covered by an appropri- itemized and supported by sufficient substantiating ate Change Order. data to permit evaluation; .2 by unit prices stated in the Contract Documents or 11.3.8 The Owner as trustee shall have power to adjust subsequently agreed upon; ,rr and settle any loss with the insurers unless one of the .3 by cost to be determined in a manner agreed upon t �zs parties in interest shall object in writing within five days by the parties and a mutually acceptable fixed or after the occurrence of loss to the Owner's exercise of this percentage fee; or power, and if such objection be made, arbitrators shall be .4 by the method provided in Subparagraph 12.1.4. 4 chosen as provided in Paragraph 7.9.The Owner as trustee shall, in that case, make settlement with the insurers in 12.1.4 If none of the methods set forth in Clauses accordance with the directions of such arbitrators. If dis- 12.1.3.1, 12.1.3.2 or 12.1.3.3 is agreed upon, the Contrac- tribution of the insurance proceeds by arbitration is re- tor, provided he receives a written order signed by the so quired, the arbitrators will direct such distribution. Owner, shall promptly proceed with the Work involved. f The cost of such Work shall then be determined by the 1 11.3.9 If the Owner finds it necessary to occupy or use a Architect on the basis of the reasonable expenditures and l portion or portions of the Work prior to Substantial Corn- savings of those performing the Work attributable to the so pletion thereof, such occupancy or use shall not corn- change, including, in the case of an increase in the Con- mence prior to a time mutually agreed to by the Owner tract Sum,a reasonable allowance for overhead and profit. and Contractor and to which the insurance company or In such case, and also under Clauses 12.1.3.3 and 12.1.3.4 l companies providing the property insurance have con- above, the Contractor shall keep and present, in such as sented by endorsement to the policy or policies. This in- form as the Architect may prescribe, an itemized account- surance shall not be cancelled or lapsed on account of ing together with appropriate supporting data for inclu- such partial occupancy or use.Consent of the Contractor sion in a Change Order. Unless otherwise provided in and of the insurance company or companies to such the Contract Documents, cost shall be limited to the fol- as occupancy or use shall not be unreasonably withheld. lowing: cost of materials, including sales tax and cost of delivery; cost of labor, including social security, old age 11.4 LOSS OF USE INSURANCE and unemployment insurance, and fringe benefits re- 11.4.1 The Owner, at his option, may purchase and main- quired by agreement or custom; workers' or workmen's "" tain such insurance as will insure him against loss of use compensation insurance; bond premiums; rental value of { of his property due to fire or other hazards, however equipment and machinery; and the additional costs of caused. The Owner waives all rights of action against the supervision and field office personnel directly attributable Contractor for loss of use of his property, including con- to the change. Pending final determination of cost to the ""` sequential losses due to fire or other hazards however Owner, payments on account shall be made on the Archi- caused, to the extent covered by insurance under this tect's Certificate for Payment. The amount of credit to be Paragraph 11.4. allowed by the Contractor to the.Owner for any deletion Ali AIA DOCUMENT A201 • GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION• THIRTEENTH EDITION•AUGUST 1976 AIA) • © 1976 • THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS, 1735 NEW YORK AVENUE, N.W., WASHINGTON, D.C. 20006 A201-1976 17 All Int or change which results in a net decrease in the Contract The Contractor shall carry out such written orders rr. Sum will be the amount of the actual net cost as con- promptly. firmed by the Architect. When both additions and credits ARTICLE 13 covering related Work or substitutions are involved in any one change, the allowance for overhead and profit 116 shall be figured on the basis of the net increase, if any, UNCOVERING AND CORRECTION OF WORK with respect to that change. 13.1 UNCOVERING OF WORK 12.1.5 If unit prices are stated in the Contract Documents 13.1.1 If any portion of the Work should be covered con- or �" subsequently agreed upon, and if the quantities orig- trary to the request of the Architect or to requirements inally contemplated are so changed in a proposed Change specifically expressed in the Contract Documents, it must, Order that application of the agreed unit prices to the if required in writing by the Architect, be uncovered for quantities of Work proposed will cause substantial in- his observation and shall be replaced at the Contractor's au equity to the Owner or the Contractor, the applicable expense. unit prices shall be equitably adjusted. 12.2 CONCEALED CONDITIONS 13.1.2 If any other portion of the Work has been covered which the Architect has not specifically requested to ob- INk 12.2.1 Should concealed conditions encountered in the serve prior to being covered, the Architect may request performance of the Work below the surface of the ground to see such Work and it shall be uncovered by the Con- or should concealed or unknown conditions in an existing tractor. If such Work be found in accordance with the structure be at variance with the conditions indicated by Contract Documents, the cost of uncovering and replace- wk the Contract Documents, or should unknown physical ment shall, by appropriate Change Order, be charged to conditions below the surface of the ground or should the Owner. If such Work be found not in accordance with concealed or unknown conditions in an existing structure the Contract Documents, the Contractor shall pay such of an unusual nature, differing materially from those ordi- costs unless it be found that this condition was caused Nit narily encountered and generally recognized as inherent by the Owner or a separate contractor as provided in in work of the character provided for in this Contract, be Article 6, in which event the Owner shall be responsible encountered, the Contract Sum shall be equitably ad- for the payment of such costs. justed by Change Order upon claim by either party made ilit within twenty days after the first observance of the 13.2 CORRECTION OF WORK conditions. 13.2.1 The Contractor shall promptly correct all Work 12,3 CLAIMS FOR ADDITIONAL COST rejected by the Architect as defective or as failing to con form to the Contract Documents whether observed be- Ili 12.3.1 If the Contractor wishes to make a claim for an fore or after Substantial Completion and whether or not `; increase in the Contract Sum, he shall give the Architect fabricated, installed or completed. The Contractor shall `ti written notice thereof within twenty days after the occur- bear all costs of correcting such rejected Work, including rence of the event giving rise to such claim. This notice compensation for the Architect's additional services made ow shall be given by the Contractor before proceeding to necessary thereby. execute the Work, except in an emergency endangering life or property in which case the Contractor shall pro- 13.2.2 If, within one year after the Date of Substantial 1 ceed in accordance with Paragraph 10.3. No such claim Completion of the Work or designated portion thereof or kr shall be valid unless so made. If the Owner and the Con- within one year after acceptance by the Owner of desig- tractor cannot agree on the amount of the adjustment in nated equipment or within such longer period of time as i the Contract Sum, it shall be determined by the Architect. may be prescribed by law or by the terms of any appli- Any change in the Contract Sum resulting from such cable special warranty required by the Contract Doculit - claim shall be authorized by Change Order. ments, any of the Work is found to be defective or not in accordance with the Contract Documents, the Contractor I 12.3.2 If the Contractor claims that additional cost is in- shall correct it promptly after receipt of a written notice volved because of, but not limited to, (1) any written from the Owner to do so unless the Owner has previously vow interpretation pursuant to Subparagraph 2.2.8, (2) any given the Contractor a written acceptance of such condi- order by the Owner to stop the Work pursuant to Para- tion. This obligation shall survive termination of the graph 3.3 where the Contractor was not at fault, (3) any Contract. The Owner shall give such notice promptly written order for a minor change in the Work issued pur- after discovery of the condition. r suant to Paragraph 12.4, or (4) failure of payment by the Owner pursuant to Paragraph 9.7, the Contractor shall 13.2.3 The Contractor shall remove from the site all por- make such claim as provided in Subparagraph 12.3.1. tions of the Work which are defective or non-conforming 12.4 MINOR CHANGES IN THE WORK and which have not been corrected under Subparagraphsow 4.5.1, 13.2.1 and 13.2.2, unless removal is waived by the 12.4.1 The Architect will have authority to order minor Owner. changes in the Work not involving an adjustment in the Contract Sum or an extension of the Contract Time and 13.2.4 If the Contractor fails to correct defective or non- Mb not inconsistent with the intent of the Contract Docu- conforming Work as provided in Subparagraphs 4.5.1, ments. Such changes shall be effected by written order, 13.2.1 and 13.2.2, the Owner may correct it in accordance and shall he binding on the Owner and the Contractor. with Paragraph 3.4. ilk AIA DOCUMENT A201 • GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION • THIRTEENTH EDITION• AUGUST 1976 18 A201-1976 AIA0 • © 1976 • THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS, 1735 NEW YORK AVENUE, N.W., WASHINGTON, D.C. 20006 dill ,air 13.2.5 If the Contractor does not proceed with the cor- having jurisdiction, or as a result of an act of government, rection of such defective or non-conforming Work within such as a declaration of a national emergency making a reasonable time fixed by written notice from the Archi- materials unavailable, through no act or fault of the ,". tect, the Owner may remove it and may store the mate- Contractor or a Subcontractor or their agents or employ- rials or equipment at the expense of the Contractor. If ees or any other persons performing any of the Work the Contractor does not pay the cost of such removal under a contract with the Contractor, or if the Work and storage within ten days thereafter, the Owner may should be stopped for a period of thirty days by the ,,r, upon ten additional days' written notice sell such Work Contractor because the Architect has not issued a Certifi- at auction or at private sale and shall account for the net cate for Payment as provided in Paragraph 9.7 or because proceeds thereof, after deducting all the costs that should the Owner has not made payment thereon as provided in have been borne by the Contractor, including compensa- Paragraph 9.7, then the Contractor may, upon seven addi- s tion for the Architect's additional services made necessary tional days' written notice to the Owner and the Archi- thereby. If such proceeds of sale do not cover all costs tect, terminate the Contract and recover from the Owner which the Contractor should have borne, the difference payment for all Work executed and for any proven loss shall be charged to the Contractor and an appropriate sustained upon any materials, equipment, tools, construe- ". ( Change Order shall be issued. If the payments then or tion equipment and machinery, including reasonable thereafter due the Contractor are not sufficient to cover profit and damages. such amount, the Contractor shall pay the difference to the Owner. 14.2 TERMINATION BY THE OWNER me 13.2.6 The Contractor shall bear the cost of making good 14.2.1 If the Contractor is adjudged a bankrupt, or if he all work of the Owner or separate contractors destroyed makes a general assignment for the benefit of his credi- or damaged by such correction or removal. tors, or if a receiver is appointed on account of his in- 13.2.7 Nothing contained in this Paragraph 13.2 shall be solvency, or if he persistently or repeatedly refuses or al construed to establish a period of limitation with respect fails, except in cases for which extension of time is pro- to any other obligation which the Contractor might have vided, to supply enough properly skilled workmen or under the Contract Documents, including Paragraph 4.5 proper materials, or if he fails to make prompt payment l hereof. The establishment of the time period of one year to Subcontractors or for materials or labor, or persistently i"' after the Date of Substantial Completion or such longer disregards laws, ordinances, rules, regulations or orders period of time as may be prescribed by law or by the of any public authority having jurisdiction, or otherwise terms of any warranty required by the Contract Docu- is guilty of a substantial violation of a provision of the ments relates only to the specific obligation of the Con Contract Documents, then the Owner, upon certification "` tractor to correct the Work, and has no relationship to by the Architect that sufficient cause exists to justify such .:.:i.,4the time within which his obligation to comply with the action, may, without prejudice to any right or remedy and ivin after Contract .Documents may be sought to be enforced, nor g g the Contractor and his surety, if any, seven days' written notice, terminate the employment of the to the time within which proceedings may be tom- "'r' menced to establish the Contractor's liability with respect Contractor and take possession of the site and of all mate- to his obligations other than specifically to correct the rials, equipment, tools, construction equipment and Work. machinery thereon owned by the Contractor and may 13.3 ACCEPTANCE OF DEFECTIVE OR NON-CONFORMING finish the Work by whatever method he may deem lirWORKexpedient. In such case the Contractor shall not be en- titled to receive any further payment until the Work is 13.3.1 If the Owner prefers to accept defective or non- finished. conforming Work, he may do so instead of requiring its „o removal and correction, in which case a Change Order 14.2.2 If the unpaid balance of the Contract Sum exceeds will be issued to reflect a reduction in the Contract Sum the costs of finishing the Work, including compensation where appropriate and equitable. Such adjustment shall for the Architect's additional services made necessary be effected whether or not final payment has been made. thereby, such excess shall be paid to the Contractor. If such costs exceed the unpaid balance, the Contractor "w ARTICLE 14 shall pay the difference to the Owner. The amount to be TERMINATION OF THE CONTRACT paid to the Contractor or to the Owner, as the case may 14.1 TERMINATION BY THE CONTRACTOR be, shall be certified by the Architect, upon application, ill in the manner provided in Paragraph 9.4, and this obliga 14.1.1 If the Work is stopped for a period of thirty days tion for payment shall survive the termination of the under an order of any court or other public authority Contract. s I as gill MA DOCUMENT A201 • GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION • THIRTEENTH EDITION • AUGUST 1976 AIA' • 1976 • THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS, 1735 NEW YORK AVENUE, N.W., WASHINGTON, D.C. 20006 A201-1976 19 ism— .I r I (no .. r (r • I r. SI r Mb .. .SI 8/76 200M RPC 12/76 200M sew 4l SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS ! The following supplements shall modify, change, delete and/or add to the m'"" "General Conditions of the Contract for Construction," AIA Document A201, thirteenth edition, August 1976. Where any article, paragraph, subparagraph in the General Conditions is supplemented by one of the following paragraphs, the provisions of such article, paragraph, or subparagraph shall remain in effect and the supplemental provisions shall be considered as added thereto. Where any article, paragraph, or subparagraph in the General Conditions is amended, voided, or superseded by any of the following paragraphs, the provisions of such article, paragraph, or subparagraph not so amended, voided, or superseded shall remain in effect. ARTICLE 1: CONTRACT DOCUMENTS Add the following subparagraph to 1.1: ,r+ 1.1.5 Project Manual The Project Manual is the volume which includes the bidding 40 requirements, sample forms and certain of the Contract Documents such as the Conditions of the Contract and the Specifications. "'" ARTICLE 3: OWNER 3.2 Information and Services Required of the Owner s Delete subparagraph 3.2.5 in its entirety and substitute the following: 3.2.5 The Contractor will be furnished free of charge twenty (20) copies "' of Drawings and Project Manuals. Additional sets will be furnished at the cost of reproduction, postage and handling. 40 ARTICLE 8: TIME 8.4 Contract Time and Liquidated Damages Add the following subparagraphs to 8.4: 8.4.1 The contract time as defined in Article 8.1 is two hundred and 4. seventy (270) days. 8.4.2 If the Work is not substantially completed as indicated in Article 8.4.1. above in accordance with the Contract Documents including any authorized changes, or by such date to which the Contract Time may be extended, the Contractor shall pay the Owner one hundred fifty dollars ($150.00) for each day of delay until the date of Substantial Completion. AW 14 AUG 80 TIGARD S.C. 00800 _ 1 ARTICLE 9: PAYMENTS AND COMPLETION of 9.2 Schedule of Values Add the Following subparagraph to 9.2: aft 9.2.2 Submit schedule of values on AIA Document G702A 9.3. Applications for Payment oft Add the following clause to 9.3.1 : oft 9.3.1.1. The Agreement will provide for ten percent (10%) of the amount earned by the Contractor to be retained by the Owner until Final Completion unless otherwise agreed to pursuant to ORS 279.575. oft Add the following subparagraph to 9.3: oft 9.3.4 Submit application for payment on AIA Document G702. 9.7 .1 Substitute thirty-one (31) days for seven (7) days. oft ARTICLE 11: INSURANCE Y 11.1 Contractors Liability Insurance oft 11.1.1 In the first line following the word "maintain", insert the words "in a company or companies licensed to do business in the State of oft Oregon" . Add the following clause to 11.1.2: oft 11.1.2.1 The insurance required by subparagraph 11.1.1 shall be written for not less than the following, or greater if required by law: oft M. 1 oft U' f Mb 14 AUG 80 TIGARD S.C. 00800 - 2 1. Worker' s Compensation: goo a) State Worker's Compensation and Employer's Liability Statutory • _b) Benefits Required by Labor Union Contracts: As Applicable 2. Comprehensive General Liability (Including Premises-Operations; Independent-Contractors' Protective; Products and Completed Operations; Broad Form Property Damage) : a) Bodily Injury: $ 500,000 Each Occurrence $ 500,000 Annual Aggretate Products and Completed Operations b) Property Damage: $ 500,000 Each Occurrence $ 500,000 Annual Aggregate c) Products and Completed Operations to be maintained for one year after final payment. d) Property Damage Liability Insurance shall include the following hazards: X (explosion), C (collapse) and U (underground) . e) Contractual Liability (Hold Harmless Coverage): ,,,r, 1) Bodily Injury: $ 500,000 Each Occurrence 2) Property Damage: Ad $ 500,000 Each Occurrence $ 500,000 Annual Aggregate f) Personal Injury, with Employment Exclusion deleted: Ad $ 500,000 Annual Aggregate 3. Comprehensive Automobile Liability (Owned, Non-Owned, Hired): a) Bodily Injury: $ 500,000 Each person .r $ 500,000 Each Accident b) Property Damage: $ 500,000 Each Occurrence 4. Aircraft and Watercraft Liability (Owned and Non-Owned) when applicable, as follows: With limits proposed by Contractor for Owner's approval . 14 AUG 80 TIGARD S.C. 00800 - 3 Ai Add the following clause to 11.1.4: 11.1.4.1 The Contractor shall furnish one copy each of Certificates of 16.6' Insurance herein required for each copy of the Agreement which shall specifically set forth evidence of all coverage required by Subparagraphs 11.1.1, 11.1.2 and 11.1.3. The form of the ■ .. Certificate shall be AIA Document G705. The Contractor shall furnish to the Owner copies of any endorsements that are subsequently issued amending coverage or limits. sow 11.1.5 Worker's Compensation Coverage Requirements 11.1.5.1 The Contractor is an independent contractor for purposes of the Oregon Workers' Compensation law (ORS Chapter 656) and is solely liable for any Workers' Compensation coverage under this contract. If the contractor has the assistance of other persons in the °eft ( performance of this contract, the contractor agrees to qualify and remain qualified for the term of this contract as a direct responsibility employer under ORS 656. 407 or as a contributing employer under ORS 656.411. If the contractor performs this contract without the assistance of any other person, the signing of this contract shall constitute the declaration of independent contractor status provided in ORS 656.029(2). 11.3 Property Insurance Add the following clause to 11.3.1: 11.3.1.1 The Contractor shall purchase and maintain this insurance, the minimum limit of which shall be completed value of the work. Add the following clause to 11.3.1: 11.3.1.2 Losses shall be adjusted with and made payable to Owner and Contractor jointly. 11.3.6 In the first sentence, after the words . (2) the Architect", insert the words: "his consultants,". After the words, ". . . separate contractors, if any, and," insert the words: "any of". um MI mm 14 AUG 80 TIGARD S.C. 00800 _ 4 ARTICLE 15: ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS 15.1 In addition to regulations of governing authorities and the requirements of the Contract Documents, all work shall comply with the following standards: 15.1.1 State of Oregon Structural Specialty Code and Fire and Life Safety Code, 1979 Edition. 15.2 OREGON CONSTITUTIONAL DEBT LIMITATION -aro This agreement is expressly subject to the debt limitation of Oregon Counties set forth in Article XI , Section 10 of the Oregon Constitgtion, A" and is contingent upon funds being appropriated therefor. 15.3 STATE OF OREGON PUBLIC CONTRACT REQUIREMENTS vPursuant to the requirements of ORS 279.310 through 279.320, the following terms and conditions are made a part of this agreement. 15.3.1 Contractor shall: a. Make payment promptly, as due, to all persons supplying to such Contractor labor or material for the prosecution of the Work de provided for in this agreement. b. Pay all contributions or amounts due the Industrial Accident Fund „„ from such contractor or subcontractor incurred in the performance of this agreement. c. Not permit any lien or claim to be filed or prosecuted against ar Washington County on account of any labor or material furnished. d. Pay to the Department of Revenue all sums withheld from employees mr pursuant to ORS 316.167. 15.3.2 If Contractor fails, neglects or refuses to make prompt payment of any claim for labor or services furnished to a contractor or a ae subcontractor by any person in connection with this agreement as such claim becomes due, the proper officer representing The City of Tigard may pay such claim to the person furnishing the labor or services and charge the amount of the payment against funds due or to become due Contractor by reason of this agreement. 15.3.3 No person shall be employed for more than eight (8) hours in any one day, or more than forty (40) hours in one week, except in cases of necessity, emergency or where the public policy absolutely requires it, and in such cases the laborers shall be paid at least time and one half pay for all overtime in excess of eight (8) hours AM AIN 14 AUG 80 TIGARD S.C. 00800 - 5 as n la a day and for work performed on Saturday and on any legal holiday specified in ORS 187.010 except Veteran's Day; however, when specifically agreed to under a written labor-management negotiated r111 i labor agreement, the laborer may be paid at least time and one-half pay for work performed on Veteran's Day or on any legal holiday specified in ORS 187.020. r ' 15.3.4 Contractor shall promptly, as due, make payment to any person or partnership, association or corporation, furnishing medical, surgical and hospital care or other needed care and attention, `' incident to sickness and injury, to the employees of such Contractor, of all sums which Contractor agrees to pay for such services and all moneys and sums which Contractor collected or 6*1 deducted from the wages of his employees pursuant to any law, contract or agreement for the purpose of providing or paying for I such service. ., kDuring 15.4 Equal Employment Opportunity be the performance of this contract, the Contractor agrees as follows: Ia. The Contractor will not discriminate against any employee or applicant for employment because of race, color, religion, sex, marital status, age, mental or physical handicap, or national origin. The Contractor will take affirmative action to ensure that `"` applicants are employed, and that employees are treated during employment, without regard to their race, color, religion, sex, marital status, age, mental or physical handicap, or national '+. i origin. Such action shall include, but not be limited to, the following: Employment, upgrading, demotion, or transfer; 1 recruitment or recruitment advertising; layoff or termination; rates of pay or other forms of compensation; and selection for ft training, including apprenticeship. The Contractor agrees to post in conspicuous places, available to employees and applicants for 1 employment, notices to be provided setting forth the provisions of "" this Equal Opportunity clause. r b. The Contractor will, in all solicitations or advertisements for employees placed by or on behalf of the Contractor, state that all ye qualified applicants will receive consideration for employment without regard to race, color, religion, sex, marital status, age physical or mental handicap or national origin. ye c. The Contractor will send to each labor union or representative of yy workers with which he has a collective bargaining agreement or other contract or understanding, a notice to be provided advising ye } ye i so 1 14 AUG 80 TIGARD S.C. 00800 - 6 1 ill M WI the labor union or workers' representative of the Contractor's commitments under this Equal Opportunity clause and shall post copies of the notice in conspicuous places available to employees ms and applicants for employment. • d. The Contractor will comply with all provisions of Executive Order °" 11246 of September 24, 1965, and of the rules, regulations, and relevant orders of the Secretary of Labor. a. e. The Contractor will furnish all information and reports required by Executive Order 11246 of September 24, 1965, and by rules, regulations and orders of the Secretary of Labor, or pursuant thereto, and will permit access to his books, records, and accounts i. by HUD and the Secretary of Labor for purposes of investigation to ascertain compliance with such rules, regulations, and orders. a f. In the event of the contractor's non-compliance with the non-discrimination clauses of this contract or with any of the said rules, regulations, or orders, this contract may be cancelled, terminated, or suspended in whole or in part and the contractor may be declared ineligible for further Government contracts or federally assisted construction contracts in accordance with procedures authorized in Executive Order 11246 of September 24, 1965, and such other sanctions may be imposed and remedies invoked as provided in Executive Order 11246 of September 24, 1965, or by rule, regulation, or order of the Secretary of Labor, or as a otherwise provided by law. g. The contractor will include the portion of the sentence immediately preceding paragraph (a) and the provisions of paragraphs (a) through (g) in every subcontract or purchase order unless exempted by rules, regulations, or orders of the Secretary of Labor issued pursuant to section 204 of Executive Order 11246 of September 24, ' 141 1965, so that such provisions will be binding upon each subcontractor or vendor. The contractor will take such action with respect to any subcontract or purchase order as HUD may direct as a ,.N means of enforcing such provisions, including sanctions for noncompliance: PROVIDED, HOWEVER, That in the event a contractor becomes involved in, or is threatened with, litigation with a ,w subcontractor or vendor as a result of such direction by HUD, the contractor may request the United States to enter into such litigation to protect the interest of the United States. a AP 14 AUG 80 TIGARD S.C. 00800 - 7 Al 1 � 15.5 AFFIRMATIVE ACTION REQUIREMENTS M, For information as to the Office of Federal Contract Compliance Programs { having jurisdiction over this project, write or call : Peter Reyes, ( Suite 701 , Terminal Sales Building, 1220 S.W. Morrison, Portland, OR 97205, 503/221-4112. Mb Mb Mr Mr Mb .. MN Mb 1 .b f Mb Mb Mb Mb 1 Mb 14 AUG 80 TIGARD S.C. 00800 - 8 MO .r (15.5 Continued) STANDARD FEDERAL EQUAL EMPLOYMENT OPPORTUNITY ,; CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT SPECIFICATIONS (EXECUTIVE ORDER 11246) • 1. ;As used in these specifications: a. "Covered area" means the geographical area described in the solicitation from which this contract resulted; A,,, b. "Director" means Director, Office of Federal Contract Compliance Programs, United States Department of Labor, or any person to whom the Director delegates authority; c. "Employer identification number" means the Federal Social AO Security number used on the Employer' s Quarterly Federal Tax Return, U.S. Treasury Department Form 941. d. "Minority" includes: (i) Black (all persons having origins in any of the Black African racial groups not of Hispanic origin); (ii) Hispanic (all persons of Mexican, Puerto Rican, Cuban, Central or South American or other Spanish Culture or origin, regardless of race); (iii) Asian and Pacific Islander (all persons having origins in any of the original peoples of the Far East, Southeast Asia, the Indian Subcontinent, or the Pacific Islands); and (iv) American Indian or Alaskan Native (all persons having origins in any of the original peoples of North America and maintaining identifiable tribal affiliations through membership and participation or APcommunity identification). 2. Whenever the Contractor, or any Subcontractor at any tier, subcontracts a portion of the work involving any construction trade, it shall physically include in each subcontract in excess of $10,000 the provisions of these specifications and the Notice which contains the applicable goals for minority and female participation and which is set forth in the solicitations from which this contract resulted. 3. If the Contractor is participating (pursuant to 41 CFR 60-4.5) in a Hometown Plan approved by the U.S. Department of Labor in the covered AP area either individually or through an association, its affirmative action obligations on all work in the Plan area (including goals and timetables) shall be in accordance with that Plan for those trades which AO have unions participating in the Plan. Contractors must be able to demonstrate their participation in and compliance with the provisions of any such Hometown Plan. Each Contractor or Subcontractor participating in an approved Plan is individually required to comply with its 40 a 14 AUG 80 TIGARD S.C. 00800 _ 9 ai ir i . so obligations under the EEO clause, and to make a good faith effort to achieve each goal under the Plan in each trade in which it has employees. The overall good faith performance by other Contractors or Subcontractors toward a goal in an approved Plan does not excuse any 10 covered Contractor's or Subcontractor's failure to take good faith efforts to achieve the Plan goals and timetables. "' 4. The Contractor shall implement the specific affirmative action standards -provided in paragraphs 7a through p of these specifications. The goals ma j set forth in the solicitation from which this contract resulted are expressed as percentages of the total hours of employment and training of minority and female utilization the Contractor should reasonably be f mb able to achieve in each construction trade in which it has employees in the covered area. The Contractor is expected to make substantially uniform progress toward its goals in each craft during the period i specified. Illi 5. Neither the provisions of any collective bargaining agreement, nor the failure by a union with whom the Contractor has a collective bargaining M, agrement, to refer either minorities or women shall excuse the Contractor's obligations under these specifications, Executive Order 11246, or the regulations promulgated pursuant thereto. I Ob 6. In order for the nonworking training hours of apprentices and trainees to be counted in meeting the goals, such apprentices and trainees must i be employed by the Contractor during the training period, and the Contractor must have made a commitment to employ the apprentices and ma trainees at the completion of their training, subject to the availability of employment opportunities. Trainees must be trained ,b pursuant to training programs approved by the U.S. Department of Labor. 7. The Contractor shall take specific affirmative actions to ensure equal 1 employment opportunity. The evaluation of the Contractor's compliance Mbwith these specifications shall be based upon its effort to achieve maximum results from its actions. The Contractor shall document these efforts fully, and shall implement affirmative action steps at least as MI extensive as the following: a. Ensure and maintain a working environment free of harassment, intimidation, and coercion at all sites, and in all facilities at which the Contractor's employees are assigned to work. The Mb Contractor, where possible, will assign two or more women to each l construction project. The Contractor shall specifically ensure that all foremen, superintendents, and other on-site supervisorsy mi personnel are aware of and carry out the Contractor' s obligation to maintain such working environment, with specific attention to ,Mb minority or female individuals working at such sites or in such facilities. i r 1 .. 14 AUG 80 TIGARD S.C. 00800 - 10 „ft me mm b. Establish and maintain a current list of minority and female recruitment sources, provide written notification to minority and female recruitment sources and to community organizations when the Contractor or its unions have employment opportunities available, and maintain a record of the organizations' responses. AM c. Maintain a current file of the names, addresses and telephone numbers of each minority and female off-the-street applicant and minority or female referral from the union, a recruitment source or .r community organization and of what action was taken with respect to each such individual . If such individual was sent to the union hiring hall for referral and was not referred back to the m,; Contractor by the union or, if referred, not employed by the Contractor, this shall be documented in the file with the reasons therefor, along with whatever additional actions the Contractor may have taken. s. d. Provide immediate written notification to the Director when the union or unions with which the Contractor has a collective ms bargaining agreement has not referred to the Contractor a minority person or woman sent by the Contractor, or when the Contractor has other information that the union referral process has impeded the Contractor's efforts to meet its obligations. mm e. Develop on-the-job training opportunities and/or participate in training programs for the area which expressly include minorities AM and women, including upgrading programs and apprenticeship and trainee programs relevant to the Contractor's employment needs, especially those programs funded or approved by the Department of mm Labor. The Contractor shall provide notice of these programs to the sources compiled under 7b above. f. Disseminate the Contractor' s EEO policy by providing notice of the mm policy to unions and training programs and requesting their cooperation in assisting the Contractor in meeting its EEO obligations by including it in any policy manual and collective me bargaining agreement; by publicizing it in the company newspaper, annual report, etc. ; by specific review of the policy with all management personnel and with all minority and female employees at ,M least once a year; and by posting the company EEO policy on bulletin boards accessible to all employees at each location where constructon work is performed. g. Review, at least annually, the company' s EEO policy and affirmative action obligations under these specifications with all employees having any responsibility for hiring, assignment, layoff, AS termination or other employment decisions including specific review AM 14 AUG 80 TIGARD S.C. 00800 - 11 AS ai mi of these items with onsite supervisory personnel such as Superintendents, General Foremen, etc. , prior to the initiation of construction work at any job site. A written record shall be made "" and maintained identifying the time and place of these meetings, persons attending, subject matter discussed, and disposition of the subject matter. .. h. Disseminate the Contractor' s EEO policy externally by including it in any advertising in the news media, specifically including minority and female news media, and providing written notification to and discussing the Contractor' s EEO policy with other Contractors and Subcontractors with whom the Contractor does or anticipates doing business. "` i . Direct its recruitment efforts, both oral and written, to minority, female and community organizations, to schools with minority and ,.. female students and to minority and female recruitment and training organizations serving the Contractor's recruitment area and employment needs. Not later than one month prior to the date for the acceptance of applications for apprenticeship or other training M" by any recruitment source, the Contractor shall send written notification to organizations such as the above, describing the openings, screening procedures, and tests to be used in the selection process. j . Encourage present minority and female employees to recruit other minority persons and women and, where reasonable, provide after school , summer and vacation employment to minority and female youth jboth on the site and in other areas of a Contractor's work force. k. Validate all tests and other selection requirements where there is an obligation to do so under 41 CFR Part 60-3. 1 . Conduct, at least annually, an inventory and evaluation at least of r. all minority and female personnel for promotional opportunities and encourage these employees to seek or to prepare for through o„ appropriate training, etc. , such opportunites. m. Ensure that seniority practices, job classifications, work assignments and other personnel practices, do not have a "` discriminatory effect by continually monitoring all personnel and employment related activities to ensure that the EEO policy and the 1 Contractor's obligations under these specifications are being �► carried out. n. Ensure that all facilities and company activities are nonsegregated „b except that separate or single-user toilet and necessary changing facilities shall be provided to assure privacy between the sexes. Mb Mb 14 AUG 80 TIGARD S.C. 00800 - 12 1 am mg o. Document and maintain a record of all solicitations of offers for subcontracts from minority and female contruction contractors and suppliers, including circulation of solicitations to minority and female contractor associations and other business associations. =p. Conduct a review, at least annually, of all supervisors' adherence "" to and performance under the Contractor' s EEO policies and affirmative action obligations. 40 8. Contractors are encouraged to participate in voluntary associations which assist in fulfilling one or more of their affirmative action obligations (7a through p). The efforts of a contractor assiciation, joint contractor-union, contractor-community, or other similar group of which the contractor is a member and participant, may be asserted as fulfilling any one or more of its obligations under 7a through p of these Specifications provided that the contractor actively participates 4' in the group, makes every effort to assure that the group has a positive impact on the employment of minorities and women in the industry, ensures that the concrete benefits of the program are reflected in the Contractor's minority and female workforce participation, makes a good faith effort to meet its individual goals and timetables, and can provide access to documentation which demonstrates the effectiveness of actions taken on behalf of the Contractor. The obligation to comply, 'r however, is the Contractor's and failure of such a group to fulfill an obligation shall not be a defense for the Contractor' s noncompliance. A" 9. A single goal for minorities and a separate single goal for women have been established. The Contractor, however, is required to provide equal employment opportunity and to take affirmative action for all minority groups, both male and female, and all women, both minority and non-minority. Consequently, the Contractor may be in violation of the Executive Order if a particular group is employed in a substantially disparate manner (for example, even though the Contractor has achieved 40 its goals for women generally, the Contractor may be in violation of the Executive Order if a specific minority group of women is underutilized) . AO 10. The Contractor shall not use the goals and timetables or affirmative action standards to discriminate against any person because of race, color, religion, sex, or national origin. AA 11. The Contractor shall not enter into any Subcontract with any person or firm debarred from Government contracts pursuant to Executive Order 11246. AO 12. The Contractor shall carry out such sanctions and penalties for violation of these specifications and of the Equal Opportunity Clause, 40 including suspension, termination and cancellation of existing AM • AO 14 AUG 80 TIGARD S.G. 00800 - 13 II 4 l Mb Mb subcontracts as may be imposed or ordered pursuant to Executive Order 11246, as amended and its implementing regulations, by the Office of I Federal Contract Compliance Programs. Any Contractor who fails to carry out such sanctions and penalties shall be in violation of these moi specifications and Executive Order 11246, as amended. Mb 13. -The Contractor, in fulfilling its obligations under these 'specifications, shall implement specific affirmative action steps, at -least as extensive as those standards prescribed in paragraph 7 of these specifications, so as to achieve maximum results from its efforts to m" ( ensure equal employment opportunity. If the Contractor fails to comply with the requirements of the Executive Order, the implementing regulations or these specifications, the Director shall proceed in accordance with 41 CFR 60-4.8. op 1 14. The Contractor shall designate a responsible official to monitor all employment related activity to ensure that the company EEO policy is 1 being carried out, to submit reports relating to the provisions hereof as may be required by the Government and to keep records. Records shall iat least include for each employee the name, address, telephone numbers, Mb trade, union affiliation if any, employee identification number when assigned, social security number, race, sex, status (e.g. 1 mechanic, apprentice trainee, helper or laborer), dates of changes in „ status, hours worked per week in the indicated trade, rate of pay, and locations at which the work was performed. Records shall be maintained i in an easily understandable and retrievable form; however, to the degree that existing records satisfy this requirement, contractors shall not be Mb required to maintain separate records. 1 15. Nothing herein provided shall be construed as a limitation upon the "' application of other laws which establish different standards of iof compliance or upon the application of requirements for the hiring of 1 local or other area residents (e.g. , those under the Public Works Employment Act of 1977 and the Community Development Block Grant ref Program). 15.6 EMPLOYMENT OF LOCAL RESIDENTS AND BUSINESSES (SECTION 3 REQUIREMENTS) .r .i a. The work to be performed under this contract is on a project 1 assisted under a program providing direct Federal Financial Assistance from the Department of Housing and Urban Development and Mb is subject to the requirements of Section 3 of the Housing and i Urban Development Act of 1968, as amended, 12 U.S.C. 1701u. , Section 3 requires that to the greatest extent feasible opportunities for training and employment be given lower income , residents of the project area and contracts for work in connection 1 - with the project be awarded to business concerns which are located in, or owned in substantial part by persons residing in the area of Mb the project. L " 1 Mil j lik 14 AUG 80 TIGARD S.C. 00800 - 14 AM AO b. The parties to this contract will comply with the provisions of said Section 3 and the regulations issued pursuant thereto by the ,,,, Secretary of Housing and Urban Development set forth in 24 CFR Part 135, and all applicable rules and orders of the Department issued thereunder prior to the execution of this contract. The parties to this contract certify and agree that they are under no contractual AS or other disability which would prevent them from complying with these requirements. A+ c. The contractor will send to each labor organization or representative of workers with which he has a collective bargaining agreement, or other contract or understanding, if any, a notice AO advising the said labor organization or workers' representative of his commitments under this Section 3 clause and shall post copies of the notice in conspicuous places available to employees and AO applicants for employment or training. d. The contractor will include this Section 3 clause in every subcontract for work in connection with the project and will, at A. the direction of the applicant for or recipient of Federal Financial Assistance, take appropriate action pursuant to the subcontract upon a finding that the subcontractor is in violation of regulations issued by the Secretary of Housing and Urban am Development 24 CFR Part 135. The contractor will not subcontract with any subcontractor where it has notice or knowledge that the latter has been found in violation of regulations under 24 CFR Part m 135 and will not let any subcontract unless the subcontractor has first provided it with a preliminary statement of ability to comply with the requirements of these regulations. AA e. Compliance with the provision of Section 3, the regulations set forth in 24 CFR. Part 135, and all applicable rules and orders of the Department issued thereunder prior to the execution of the contract, shall be a condition of the Federal Financial Assistance provided to the project, binding upon the applicant or recipient for such assistance, its successors, and assigns. Failure to fulfill these requirements shall subject the applicant or recipient, its contractors and subcontractors, its successors, and assigns to those sanctions specified by the grant or loan agreement or contract through which Federal Assistance is provided, and to such sanctions as are specified by 24 CFR Part 135. f. The project area shall be the smallest political jurisdiction in which AO the project work is to be performed. The Section 3 project area shall be the city for projects located within a municipality. Projects located in unincorporated areas of the county shall include all A' unincorporated parts of Clackamas County as the project area. Within the project area, first consideration should be given to persons living in or businesses located in or closest to the project. AO AM 14 AUG 80 TIGARD S.C. 00800 - 15 pl WO WM15.7 FEDERAL LABOR STANDARDS PROVISIONS .1 APPLICABILITY W► The Project or Program to which the work covered by this Contract pertains is being assisted by the United States of America and the following Federal Labor Standards Provisions are included in this Contract pursuant to the provisions applicable to such Federal assistance. ow .2 MINIMUM WAGE RATES FOR LABORERS AND MECHANICS All laborers and mechanics employed upon the work covered by this Contract shall be paid unconditionally and not less often than once each week, and without subsequent deduction or rebate on any account (except such payroll deductions as are made mandatory by law and such other payroll deductions as are permitted by the Mb applicable regulations issued by the Secretary of Labor, United States Department of Labor, pursuant to the Anti-Kickback Act hereinafter identified), the full amount due at time of payment computed at wage rates not less than those contained in the wage determination decision of said Secretary of Labor (a copy of which 1 is attached and herein incorporated by reference), regardless of OW contractual relationship which may be alleged to exist between the Contractor or any subcontractor and such laborers and mechanics. All laborers and mechanics employed upon such work shall be paid in cash, except that payment may be by check if the 'f` employer provides or secures satisfactory facilities approved by the Local Public Agency or Public Body for the cashing of the same without cost or expense to the employee. For the purpose of this clause, contributions made or costs reasonably anticipated under Section 1 (b) (2) of the Davis-Bacon Act on behalf of laborers or lmechanics are considered wages paid to such laborers or mechanics, Mb subject to the provisions of Section 5.5(a)(1)(iv) of Title 29, Code of Federal Regulations. Also for the purpose of this clause, regular contributions made or costs incurred for more than a weekly period under plans, funds, or programs, but covering the particular weekly period, are deemed to be constructively made or incurred during such weekly period. .3 UNDERPAYMENTS OF WAGES OR SALARIES In case of underpayment of wages by the Contractor or by any subcontractor to laborers or mechanics employed by the Contractor or subcontractor upon the work covered by this Contract, the Local Public Agency or Public Body in addition to such other rights as may be afforded it under this Contract shall withhold from the Contractor, out of any payments due the Contractor, so much thereof im l um 14 AUG 80 TIGARD S.C. 00800 - 16 ms ms as the Local Public Agency or Public Body may consider necessary to pay such laborers or mechanics the full amount of wages required by this Contract. The amount so withheld may be disbursed by the A" Local Public Agency or Public Body, for and on account of the Contractor or the subcontractor (as may be appropriate), to the respective laborers or mechanics to whom the same is due or in AM - their behalf to plans, funds, or programs for any type of fringe benefit prescribed in the applicable wage determination. ,w .4 ANTICIPATED COSTS OF FRINGE BENEFITS If the Contractor does not make payments to a trustee or other third person, he may consider as part of the wages of any laborer A" or mechanic the amount of any costs reasonably anticipated in providing fringe benefits under a plan or program of a type expressly listed in the wage determination decision of the AO Secretary of Labor which is a part of this Contract: Provided, however, the Secretary of Labor has found, upon the written request of the Contractor, that the applicable standards of the Davis-Bacon Act have been met. The Secretary of Labor may require the 40 Contractor to set aside in a separate account assets for the meeting of obligations under the plan or program. A copy of any findings made by the Secretary of Labor in respect to fringe °M' benefits being provided by the Contractor must be submitted to the Local Public Agency or Public Body with the first payroll filed by the Contractor subsequent to receipt of the findings. AO .5 OVERTIME COMPENSATION REQUIRED BY CONTRACT WORK HOURS AND SAFETY STANDARDS ACT (76 Stat. 357-360: Title 40 U.S.C. , Sections 327-332) 40 (a) Overtime requirements. No Contractor or subcontractor contracting for any part of the Contract work which may require or involve the employment of laborers or mechanics, .r including watchmen and guards, shall require or permit any laborer or mechanic in any workweek in which he is employed on such work to work in excess of 8 hours in any calendar day or in excess of 40 hours in such work week unless such laborer or mechanic receives compensation at a rate not less than one and one-half times his basic rate of pay for all hours worked in excess of 8 hours in any calendar day or in excess of 40 hours in such work week, as the case may be. (b) Violation: liability for unpaid wages liquidated damages. In A the event of any violation of the clause set forth in paragraph (a), the Contractor and any subcontractor responsible therefor shall be liable to any affected employee 41111for his unpaid wages. In addition, such Contractor and subcontractor shall be liable to the United States for • 14 AUG 80 TIGARD S.C. 00800 - 17 AO spur liquidated damages. Such liquidated damages shall be computed with respect to each individual laborer or mechanic employed in violations of the clause set forth in paragraph (a), in the AA sum of $10 for each calendar day on which such employee was required or permitted to work in excess of 8 hours or- in excess of the standard workweek of 40 hours without payment of AA - the overtime wages required by the clause set forth in paragraph (a). (c) Withholding for liquidated damages. The Local Public Agency `A or Public Body shall withhold or cause to be withheld, from any moneys payable on account of work performed by the Contractor or subcontractor, such sums as may administratively �.� be determined to be necessary to satisfy any liabilities of such Contractor or subcontractor for liquidated damages as provided in the clause set forth in paragraph (b) . (d) Subcontracts. The Contractor shall insert in any subcontracts the clauses set forth in paragraphs (a), (b), and (c) of this Section and also a clause requiring the subcontractors to A"! include these clauses in any lower tier subcontracts which they may enter into, together with a clause requiring this insertion in any further subcontracts that may in turn be made. arlp .6 EMPLOYMENT OF APPRENTICES/TRAINEES a. Apprentices will be permitted to work at less than the Am predetermined rate for the work they performed when they are employed and individually registered in a bona fide apprenticeship program registered with the U.S. Department of •" Labor, Manpower Administration, Bureau of Apprenticeship and Training, or with a State Apprenticeship Agency recognized by the Bureau, or if a person is employed in his first 90 days of 40 probationary employment as an apprentice in such an apprenticeship program, who is not individually registered in the program, but who has been certified by the Bureau of Apprenticeship and Training or a State Apprenticeship Agency AA (where appropriate) to be eligible for probationary employment as an apprentice. The allowable ratio of apprentices to journeymen in any craft classification shall not be greater Ar than the ratio permitted to the contractor as to his entire work force under the registered program. Any employee listed on a payroll at an apprentice wage rate, who is not a trainee „i as defined in subdivision (b) of this subparagraph or is not registered or otherwise employed as stated above, shall be paid the wage rate determined by the Secretary of Labor for the classification of work he actually performed. The 40 contractor or subcontractor will be required to furnish to the 40 • 14 AUG 80 TIGARD S.C. 00800 - 18 Ab OA Mb contracting officer or a representative of the Wage-Hour Division of the U.S. Department of Labor written evidence of the registration of his program and apprentices as well as the rb appropriate ratios and wage rates (expressed in percentages of the journeyman hourly rates), for the area of construction prior to using any apprentices on the contract work. The wage rate paid apprentices shall not be less than the appropriate Mb percentage of the journeyman's rate contained in the applicable wage determination. b. Trainees. Except as provided in 29 CFR 5.15 trainees will not be permitted to work at less than the predetermined rate for the work performed unless they are employed pursuant to and r, individually registered in a program which has received prior approval , evidenced by formal certificaton, by the U.S. Department of Labor, Manpower Administration, Bureau of Apprentice and Training. The ratio of trainees to journeymen Mb shall not be greater than permitted under the plan approved by the Bureau of Apprenticeship and Training. Every trainee must be paid at not less than the rate specified in the approved NI program for his level of progress. Any employee listed on the payroll at a trainee rate who is not registered and participating in a training plan approved by the Bureau of Apprenticeship and Training shall be paid not less than the wage rate determined by the Secretary of Labor for the classification of work he actually performed. The contractor or subcontractor will be required to furnish the contracting officer or a representative of the Wage-Hour Division of the U.S. Department of Labor written evidence of the certification of his program, the registration of the trainees, and the r.. ratios and wage rates prescribed in that program. In the event the Bureau of Apprenticeship and Training withdraws approval of a training program, the contractor will no longer �. be permitted to utilize trainees at less than the applicable predetermined rate for the work performed until an acceptable program is approved. Mb c. Equal Employment Opportunity. The utilization of apprentices, trainees and journeymen under this part shall be in conformity with the equal employment opportunity requirements of M„ Executive Order 11246, as amended, and 29 CFR Part 30. .7 EMPLOYMENT OF CERTAIN PERSONS PROHIBITED No person under the age of sixteen years and no person who, at the time, is serving sentence in a penal or correctional institution shall be employed on the work covered by this Mb Contract. am Mb 14 AUG 80 TIGARD S.C. 00800 - 19 AA AA .8 REGULATIONS PURSUANT TO SO-CALLED "ANTI-KICKBACK ACT" The Contractor shall comply with the applicable regulations (a copy of which is attached and herein incorporated by . reference) of the Secretary of Labor, United States Department of Labor, made pursuant to the so-called "Anti-Kickback Act" of June 13, 1934 (48 Stat. 948:62 Stat. 862; Title 18, U.S.C. , Section 874: and Title 40 U.S.C. , Section 276c), and any amendments or modifications thereof, shall cause appropriate r" provisions to be inserted in subcontracts to insure compliance therewith by all subcontractors subject thereto, and shall be responsible for the submission of affidavits required by de subcontractors thereunder, except as said Secretary of Labor may specifically provide for reasonable limitations, variations, tolerances, and exemptions from the requirements AM thereof. .9 EMPLOYMENT OF LABORERS OR MECHANICS NOT LISTED IN AFORESAID WAGE DETERMINATION DECISION Any class of laborers or mechanics which is not listed in the wage determination and which is to be employed under the A, Contract will be classified or reclassified conformably to the wage determination by the Local Public Agency or Public Body, and a report of the action taken shall be submitted by the Local Public Agency or Public Body, through the Secretary of AA Housing and Urban Development, to the Secretary of Labor, United States Department of Labor. In the event the interested parties cannot agree on the proper classification �. or reclassification of a particular class of laborers and mechanics to be used, the question accompanied by the recommendaiton of the Local Public Agency or Public Body shall ,M be referred, through the Secretary of Housing and Urban Development, to the Secretary of Labor for final determination. .10 FRINGE BENEFITS NOT EXPRESSED AS HOURLY WAGE RATES AM The Local Public Agency or Public Body shall require, whenever the minimum wage rate prescribed in the Contract for a class .11 of laborers or mechanics includes a fringe benefit which is not expressed as an hourly wage rate and the Contractor is obligated to pay cash equivalent of such. a fringe benefit, an A hourly cash equivalent thereof to be established. In the event the interested parties cannot agree upon a cash equivalent of the fringe benefit, the question, accompanied by the recommendation of the Local Public Agency or Public Body, A' shall be referred, through the Secretary of Housing and Urban Development, to the Secretary of Labor for determination. AM AM 14 AUG 80 TIGARD S.C. 00800 - 20 or Mr .11 POSTING WAGE DETERMINATION DECISIONS AND AUTHORIZED WAGE DEDUCTIONS go The applicable wage poster of the Secretary of Labor,. United States Department of Labor, and the applicable wage determination decisions of said Secretary of Labor with it respect to the various classification of laborers and - mechanics employed and to be employed upon the work covered by . 1 this Contract, and a statement showing all deductions, if any, um in accordance with the provisions of the Contract, to be made from wages actually earned by persons so employed or to be employed in such classifications, shall be posted at appropriate conspicuous points at the site of the work. M° .12 COMPLAINTS, PROCEEDINGS, OR TESTIMONY BY EMPLOYEES 1 Mb 1 No laborer or mechanic to whom the wage, salary, or other labor standards provisions of this Contract are applicable shall be discharged or in any other manner discriminated r, against by the Contractor or any subcontractor because such employee has filed any complaint or instituted or caused to be instituted any proceeding or has testified or is about to Itestify in any proceeding under or relating to the labor Mb standards applicable under this Contract to his employer. Eil .13 CLAIMS AND DISPUTES PERTAINING TO WAGE RATES Mb r Claims and disputes pertaining to wage rates or to 1 classifications of laborers and mechanics employed upon the work covered by this Contract shall be promptly reported by Mb the Contractor in writing to the Local Public Agency or Public Body for referral by the latter through the Secretary of 1 Housing and Urban Development to the Secretary of Labor, United States Department of Labor, whose decision shall be go final with respect thereto. I .14 QUESTIONS CONCERNING CERTAIN FEDERAL STATUTES AND REGULATIONS Mb All questions arising under this Contract which relate to the application or interpretation of (a) the aforesaid gg Anti-Kickback Act, (b) the Contract Work Hours and Safety Standards Act, (c) the aforesaid Davis-Bacon Act, (d) the regulations issued by the Secretary of Labor, United States gig Department of Labor, pursuant to said Acts, or (e) the labor standards provisions of any other pertinent Federal statute, i - shall be referred through the Local Public Agency or Public „ Body and the Secretary of Housing and Urban Development, to i .r 1 .. 14 AUG 80 TIGARD S.C. 00800 - 21 1 mg 40 A' the Secretary of Labor, United States Department of Labor, for said Secretary's appropriate ruling or interpretation which shall be authoritative and may be relied upon for the purposes A, of this Contract. .15 PAYROLLS AND BASIC PAYROLL RECORDS OF CONTRACTOR AND SUBCONTRACTORS The Contractor and each subcontractor shall prepare his payrolls on forms satisfactory to and in accordance with Ar instructions to be furnished by the Local Public Agency or Public Body. The Contractor shall submit weekly to the Local Public Agency or Public Body two certified copies of all ;,y payrolls of the Contractor and of the subcontrators, it being understood that the Contractor shall be responsible for the submission of copies of payrolls of all subcontractors. Each such payroll shall contain the "Weekly Statement of '"r Compliance" set forth in Section 3.3 of Title 29, Code of Federal Regulations. The payrolls and basic payroll records of the Contractor and each subcontractor covering all laborers dam and mechanics employed upon the work covered by this Contract shall be maintained during the course of the work and preserved for a period of 3 years thereafter. Such payrolls Ai and basic payroll records shall contain the name and address of each such employee, his correct classification, rate of pay (including rates of contributions or costs anticipated of the types described in Section 1(b) (2) of the Davis-Bacon Act), "'"' daily and weekly number of hours worked, deductions made, and actual wages paid. In addition, whenever the Secretary of Labor has found under Section 5.5(a)(1)(iv) of Title 29, Code U of Federal Regulations, that the wages of any laborer or mechanic include the amount of any costs reasonably anticipated in providing benefits under a plan or program ," described in Section 1(b)(2) (B) of the Davis-Bacon Act, the Contractor or subcontractor shall maintain records which show that the commitment to provide such benefits is enforceable, that the plan or program is financially responsible, and that '"" the plan or program has been communicated in writing to the laborers or mechanics affected, and records which show the costs anticipated or the actual cost incurred in providing AA such benefits. The Contractor and each subcontractor shall make his employment records with respect to persons employed by him upon the work covered by this Contract available for inspection by authorized representatives of the Secretary of Housing and Urban Development, the Local Public Agency or Public Body, and the United States Department of Labor. Such representatives shall be permitted to interview employees of A" the Contractor or of any subcontractor during working hours on the job. AM J. 14 AUG 80 TIGARD S.C. 00800 - 22 40 nr 1 Mb .16 SPECIFIC COVERAGE OF CERTAIN TYPES OF WORK BY EMPLOYEES The transporting of materials and supplies to or from the site of the Project or Program to which this Contract pertains by the employees of the Contractor or of any subcontractor, and gm the manufacturing or furnishing of materials, articles, supplies, or equipment on the site of the Project of Program to which this Contract pertains by persons employed by the imp Contractor or by any subcontractor, shall , for the purposes of this Contract, and without limiting the generality of the foregoing provisions of this Contract, be deemed to be work to which these Federal Labor Standards Provisions are applicable. "'° .17 INELIGIBLE SUBCONTRACTORS Mb The Contractor shall not subcontract any part of the work covered by this Contract or permit subcontracted work to be further subcontracted without the Local Public Agency's or Public Body's prior written approval of the subcontractor. The Local Public Agency or Public Body will not approve any am subcontractor for work covered by this Contract who is at the 1 time ineligible under the provisions of any applicable Mb regulations issued by the Secretary of Labor, United States Department of Labor or the Secretary of Housing and Urban Development, to receive an award of such subcontract. ■r .18 PROVISIONS TO BE INCLUDED IN CERTAIN SUBCONTRACTS { The Contractor shall include or cause to be included in each 11 subcontract covering any of the work covered by this Contract, provisions which are consistent with these Federal Labor Standards Provisions and also a clause requiring the subcontractors to include such provisions in any lower tier 011, subcontracts which they may enter into, together with a clause requiring such insertion in any further subcontracts that may Mb in turn be made. .19 BREACH OF FOREGOING FEDERAL LABOR STANDARDS PROVISIONS In addition to the causes for termination of this Contract as Mb herein elsewhere set forth, the Local Public Agency or Public Body reserves the right to terminate this Contract if the Contractor or any subcontractor whose subcontract covers any ma of the work covered by this Contract shall breach any of these Federal Labor Standards Provisions. A breach of these Federal Labor Standards Provisions may also be grounds for debarment as provided by the applicable regulations issued by the Secretary of Labor, United States Department of Labor. moi 14 AUG 80 TIGARD S.C. 00800 _ 23 a. AS (15.7 Continued) ATTACHMENT TO FEDERAL LABOR STANDARDS PROVISIONS SO-CALLED "ANTI-KICKBACK ACT" AND REGULATIONS PROMULGATED PURSUANT THERETO BY THE SECRETARY OF LABOR, UNITED STATES DEPARTMENT OF LABOR AS TITLE 18, U.S.C. , section 874 (Replaces section 1 of the Act of June 13, 1934 (48 Stat. 948, 40 U.S.C, sec. 276b) pursuant to the Act of June 25, 1948, 62 Stat. 862) AS KICKBACKS FROM PUBLIC WORKS EMPLOYEES Whoever, by force, intimidation, or threat of procuring dismissal from employment, or by any other manner whatsoever induces any person employed in the construction, prosecution, completion or repair of any public building, public work, or building or work financed in whole or in part by loans or grants from the United States, to give up any part of the compensation to which he is entitled under his contract of employment, shall be fined not more than $5,000 or imprisoned not more than five years, or both. ! SECTION 2 OF THE ACT OF JUNE 13, 1934, AS AMENDED (48 Stat. 948, 62 Stat. 862 63 Stat. 108, 72 Stat. 967, 40 U.S.C. , sec. 276c) de The Secretary of Labor shall make reasonable regulations for contractors and subcontractors engaged in the construction, prosecution, completion or repair of public buildings, public works or building or works Awi financed in whole or in part by loans or grants from the United States, including a provision that each contractor and subcontractor shall furnish weekly a statement with respect to the wages paid each employee during the preceding week. Section 1001 of Title 18 (United States Code) shall apply to such statements. XXX Pursuant to the aforesaid Anti-Kickback Act, the Secretary of Labor, United States Department of Labor, has promulgated the regulations •w hereinafter set forth, which regulations are found in Title 29, Subtitle A, Code of Federal Regulations, Part 3. The term "this part," as used in the regulations hereinafter set forth, refers to Part 3 last above mentioned. Said regulations are- as follows: AS AA 40 14 AUG 80 TIGARD S.C. 00800 - 24 AM me 110 TITLE 29 - LABOR Subtitle A - Office of the Secretary of Labor PART 3 - CONTRACTORS AND SUBCONTRACTORS ON PUBLIC BUILDING OR PUBLIC WORK FINANCED IN WHOLE OR IN PART BY LOANS OR GRANTS FROM THE UNITED STATES m" Section 3.1 Purpose and scope. Mb This part prescribes "anti-kickback" regulations under section 2 of the Act of June 13, 1934, as amended (40 U.S.C. 276c), popularly known as the Copeland Act. This part applies to any contract which is subject to Federal wage standards and which is for the construction, prosectuion, completion, or repair of public buildings, public works or buildings or works financed in whole or in part by loans or grants from the United States. The part is intended to aid in the enforcement of the minimum om wage provisions of the Davis-Bacon Act and the various statutes dealing with Federally-assisted construction that contain similar minimum wage provisions, including those provisions which are not subject to MbReorganization Plan No. 14 (e.g. the College Housing Act of 1950, the Federal Water Pollution Control Act, and the Housing Act of 1959) , and in the enforcement of the overtime provisions of the Contract Work Hours 1 Standards Act whenever they are applicable to construction work. The Mb part details the obligation of contractors and subcontractors relative to the weekly submission of statements regarding the wages paid on work covered thereby; sets forth the circumstances and procedures governing 11111the making of payroll deductions from the wages of those employed on such work; and delineates the methods of payment permissible on such work. Ns Section 3.2 Definitions. As used in the regulations in this part: (a) The terms "building" or "work" generally include construction am activity as distinguished from manufacturing, furnishing of materials, or servicing and maintenance work. The terms include, s S without limitation, buildings, structures, and improvements of all types, such as bridges, dams, plants, highways, parkways, streets, subways, tunnels, sewers, mains, power-lines, pumping stations, railways, airports, terminals, docks, piers, wharves, ways ms lighthouses, buoys, jetties, breakwaters, levees, and canals ; dredging, shoring, scaffolding, drilling, blasting, excavating, clearing, and landscaping. Unless conducted in connection with and at the site of such a building or work as is described in the foregoing sentence, the manufacture or furnishing of materials, articles, supplies, or equipment (whether or not a Federal or State Mb agency acquires title to such materials, articles, supplies, or } rr� i q 14 AUG 80 TIGARD S.C. 00800 - 25 1 � ma am equipment during the course of the manufacture or furnishing, or owns the materials from which they are manufactured or furnished) is not a "building" or "work" within the meaning of the regulations in this part. ' (b) The terms "construction," "prosecution," "completion," or "repair" mean all types of work done on a particular building or work at the site thereof, including, without limitation, altering, remodeling, painting and decorating, the transporting of materials and supplies to or from the building or work by the employees of the construction contractor or construction subcontractor, and the manufacturing or furnishing of materials, articles, supplies, or equipment on the site of the building or work, by persons employed at the site by the contractor or subcontractor. 411 (c) The terms "public building" or "public work" include building or work for whose construction, prosecution, completion, or repair, as defined above, a Federal agency is a contracting party, regardless of whether title thereof is in a Federal agency. rr (d) The term "building or work financed in whole or in part by loans or grants from the United States" includes building or work for whose construction, prosecution, completion, or repair, as defined above, payment or part payment is made directly or indirectly from funds 4111 provided by loans or grants by a Federal agency. The term does not include building or work for which Federal assistance is limited solely to loan guarantees or insurance. 411 (e) Every person paid by a contractor or subcontractor in any manner for his labor in the construction, prosecution, completion, or repair of a public building or public work or building or work financed in whole or in part by loans or....grants from the United States is "employed" and receiving "wages" regardless of any contractual relationship alleged to exist between him and the real employer. (f) The term "any affiliated person" includes a spouse, child, parent, or other close relative of the contractor or subcontractor; a partner or officer of the contractor or subcontractor; a corporation closely connected with the contractor or subcontractor as parent, subsidiary or otherwise, and an officer or agent of such corporation. (g) The term "Federal agency" means the United States, the District of Columbia, and all executive departments, independent establishments, administrative agencies, and instrumentalities of the United States and of the District of Columbia, including corporations, all or substantially all of the stock of which is 14 AUG 80 TIGARD S.C. 00800 - 26 A0 6 Mb • beneficially owned by the United States, by the District of r. Columbia, or any of the foregoing departments, establishments, agencies, and instrumentalities. Mb Section 3.3 Weekly statement with respect to payment of wages. (a) As used in this section, the term "employee" shall not apply to persons in classifications higher than that of laborer or mechanic and those who are the immediate supervisors of such employees. so 1 (b) Each contractor or subcontractor engaged in the construction, prosecution, completion, or repair of any public building or public i work, or building or work financed in whole or in part by loans or grants from the United States shall furnish each week a statement with respect to the wages paid each of its employees engaged on work covered by 29 CFR Parts 3 and 5 during the preceding weekly 'b payroll period. This statement shall be executed by the contractor or subcontractor or by an authorized officer or employee of the l contractor or subcontractor who supervises the payment of wages, and shall be on form WH 348, "Statement of Compliance", or an Mb identical form on the back of WH 347, "Payroll (For Contractors 1 Optional Use)" or on any form with identical wording. Sample copies of WH 347 and WH 348 may be obtained from the Government Mb contracting or sponsoring agency, and copies of these forms may be L purchased at the Government Printing Office. 00, (c) The requirements of this section shall not apply to any contract of $2,000 or less. I (d) Upon a written finding by the head of a Federal agency, the NM Secretary of Labor may provide reasonable limitations, variations, l tolerances, and exemptions from the requirements of this section subject to such conditions as the Secretary of Labor may specify. r` (29 F.R. 95, Jan. 4, 1964, as amended at 33 F.R. 10186, July 17, 1968) iOb Section 3.4 Submission of weekly statements and the preservation and inspection of weekly payroll records. C (a) Each weekly statement required under s/s 3.3 shall be delivered by 10 the contractor or subcontractor, within seven days after the 1 regular payment date of the payroll period, to a representative of a Federal or State agency in charge at the site of the building or work, or, if there is no representative of a Federal or State agency at the site of the building or work, the statement shall be mailed by the contractor or subcontractor, within such time, to a .. Federal or State agency contracting for or financing the building 1 r i 00 14 AUG 80TIGARD S.C. 00800 - 27 As As or work. After such examination and check as may be made, such statement, or a copy thereof, shall be kept available, or shall be transmitted together with a report of any violation, in accordance ,r, with applicable procedures prescribed by the United States- Department of Labor. �. j(b) Each contractor or subcontractor shall preserve his weekly payroll records for a period-of three years from date of completion of the contract. The payroll records shall set out accurately and completely the name and address of each laborer and mechanic, his A correct classification, rate of pay, daily and weekly number of hours worked, deductions made, and actual wages paid. Such payroll records shall be made available at all times for inspection by the contracting officer or his authorized representative, and by AM authorized representatives of the Department of Labor. am Section 3.5 Payroll deductions permissible without application to or approval of the Secretary of Labor. .. Deductions made under the circumstances or in the situations described in the paragraphs of this section may be made without application to and approval of the Secretary of Labor: 'f (a) Any deduction made in compliance with the requirements of Federal , State, or local law, such as Federal or State withholding income taxes and Federal social security taxes. AO (b) Any deduction of sums previously paid to the employee as a bona fide prepayment of wages when such prepayment is made without Ai discount or interest. A "bona fide prepayment of wages" is considered to have been made only when cash or its equivalent has been advanced to the person employed in such manner as to give him complete freedom of disposition of the advanced funds. AO (c) Any deduction of amounts required by court process to be paid to another, unless the deduction is in favor of the contractor, subcontractor or any affiliated person, or when collusion or collaboration exists. (d) Any deduction constituting a contribution on behalf of the person employed to funds established by the employer or representatives of employees, or both, for the purpose of providing either from principal or income, or both, medical or hospital care, pensions or annuities on retirement, death benefits, compensation for injuries, illness, accidents, sickness, or disability, or for insurance to provide any of the foregoing, or unemployment benefits, vacation A' pay, savings accounts, or similar payments for the benefit of AO AO 14 AUG 80 TIGARD S.C. 00800 - 28 As Mk employees, their families and dependents: PROVIDED, HOWEVER, That the following standards are met: (1) The deduction is not otherwise prohibitied by law; (2) it is either: (i) Voluntarily Mb consented to by the employee in writing and in advance of the period in which the work is to be done and such consent is. not a condition either for the obtaining of or for the continuation of rr� employment, or (ii) provided for in a bona fide collective bargaining agreement between the contractor or subcontractor and representatives of its employees; (3) no profit or other benefit is otherwise obtained, directly or indirectly, by the contractor or subcontractor or any affiliated person in the form of commission, dividend, or otherwise; and (4) the deductions shall serve the convenience and interest of the employee. (e) Any deduction contributing toward the purchase of United States Defense Stamps and Bonds when voluntarily authorized by the MA employee. (f) Any deduction requested by the employee to enable him to repay mi loans to or to purchase shares in credit unions organized and operated in accordance with Federal and State credit union statutes. (g) Any deduction voluntarily authorized by the employee for the making WI of contributions to governmental or quasi-governmental agencies, such as the American Red Cross. (h) Any deduction voluntarily authorized by the employee for the making Mr of contributions to Community Chests, United Givers Funds, and similar charitable organizations. Mb (i ) Any deductions to pay regular union initiation fees and membership dues, not including fines or special assessments: PROVIDED, HOWEVER, That a collective bargaining agreement between the contractor or subcontractor and representatives of its employees provides for such deductions and the deductions are not otherwise prohibited by law. ,0 (j) Any deduction not more than for the "reasonable cost" of board, lodging, or other facilities meeting the requirements of section 3(m) of the Fair Labor Standards Act of 1938, as amended, and Part `` 531 of this title. When such a deduction is made the additional records required under s/s 516.27(a) of this title shall be kept. Section 3.6 Payroll deductions permissible with the approval of the Mb Secretary of Labor. Any contractor or subcontractor may apply to the Secretary of Labor for permission to make any deduction not permitted under s/s 3.5. The Secretary may grant permission whenever he finds that: WA 14 AUG 80 TIGARD S.C. 00800 - 29 AO (a) The contractor, subcontractor, or any affiliated person does not make a profit or benefit directly or indirectly from the deduction either in the form of a commission, dividend, or otherwise; 41 ' (b) The deduction is not otherwise prohibited by law; (c) The deduction is either (1) voluntarily consented to by the employee in writing and in advance of the period in which the work is to be done and such consent is not a condition either for the A+ obtaining of employment or its continuance, or (2) provided for in a bona fide collective bargaining agreement between the contractor or subcontractor and representatives of its employees; and (d) The deduction serves the convenience and interest of the employee. { Section 3.7 Applications for the approval of the Secretary of Labor. Any application for the making of payroll deductions under s/s 3.6 shall comply with the requirements prescribed in the following di paragraphs of this section: (a) The applicaton shall be in writing and shall be addressed to the Secretary of Labor. (b) The application shall identify the contract or contracts under which the work in question is to be performed. Permission will be me given for deductions only on specific, identified contracts, except upon a showing of exceptional circumstances. ,,. (c) The application shall state affirmatively that there is compliance with the standards set forth in the provisions of s/s 3.6. The, affirmation shall be accompanied by a full statement of the facts �+r indicating such compliance. (d) The application shall include a description of the proposed deduction, the purpose to be served thereby, and the classes of Ad laborers or mechanics from whose wages the proposed deduction would be made. A, (e) The application shall state the name and business of any third person to whom any funds obtained from the proposed deductions are to be transmitted and the affiliation of such person, if any, with • the applicant. Am AO 14 AUG 80 TIGARD S.C. 00800- - 30 - Mb ma Section 3.8 Action by the Secretary of Labor upon applications. The Secretary of Labor shall decide whether or not the requested deduction is permissible under provisions of s/s 3.6; and shall notify the applicant in writing of his decision. Mb Section 3.9 Prohibited payroll deductions. Deductions not elsewhere provided for by this part and which are r. not found to be permissible under s/s 3.6 are prohibited. Section 3.10 Methods of payment of wages. .r The payment of wages shall be by cash, negotiable instruments payable on demand, or the additional forms of compensation for m" which deductions are permissible under this part. No other methods of payment shall be recognized on work subject to the Copeland Act. Section 3.11 Regulations part of contract. All contracts made with respect to the construction, prosecution, "` completion, or repair of any public building or public work or building or work financed in whole or in part by loans or grants from the United States covered by the regulations in this part +0 shall 'expressly bind the contractor or subcontractor to comply with such of the regulations in this part as may be applicable. In this { regard, see s/s 5.5(a) of this subtitle. 15.1.20 FEDERAL WAGE RATES Mb The following rates are included for informational purposes. Contractor is responsible for complying with the current prevailing Federal Wage Rates during the construction period: Mb Mb Oh ■. 14 AUG CO TIGARD S.C. 00800 - 31 -_ __ _ ".1 I. i__ 1- • MCDIFICM:'\ FA C 3 DECI'•I01• .:'1, ^000-51" (Cont'dl • Line Construction: • ! . • Group so. • Base Zone Zone. 1 •bone:? Zone 3 Zone 4 i .� Y.DEC'SI^ Nn ^R8n-!104m^2 11 I D 1980) p�. F•. ..t•..u..Pep.... $16.15 $17.40 $18.15 $18.40 $20.15 C • Stetevide, Oregon Hourly rye.„gre 1 2 14.59 15.84 16.59 17.34 18.59 ` ,nR.N. .R. . N 6 M r. ..e,. V...N. .w1 . 1. 0. • Chance: - Are•. T, 3 13.17 14.42 15.71 15.92 17.17 , m O Ironworkers: 1 9 4 12.57 13.82 14.57 15.32 14.57 Structural, Reinfcrcin:, 1 O Ornamental, Riggers, Fence Erectors, 5 10.99 12.24 12.99 13.74 14.99 I X Signal Men 513.66 .13 51.70 .10 Plasterers: 6 10.32 11.57 12.32 13.07 14.30 1 x Benton, Coos, Crook, 47 Curry, Douglas, Fringe Benefits ?ay-eatse Grou^s 1 to 3 Grouts 4 to 6 . " [Deschutes, itarr.ev. - 1 and Jefferson, Health and Welfare 6.45 5,45 • Northern 1!3 of Pension 38+1.70 311.1: 1 It Vacation Klamath, Lane, .10 .10 1 O Southern half of 'i Apprenticeship rair.lra 1/21 1/2% I Lincoln, Linn. Wasco. I c and wheeler Counties 13.76 1.00 1 ^^ .01 Plumbers: E Clackamas, C1al.sop, Columbia. Gilliam, • Hood River, Jefferson, Multnomah, Sherman, --I Masco, Wheeler and 1..4 Northern half of Yamhill and Tillamook Counties 17.77 1.57 1.FS .13 PO Roofers: Benton, Lincoln, Linn, Ln Marion, Polk, and • Yamhill Counties 12.44 .45 .1i Cl Sheet M,,tal workers: Morrow. lnatil:a, Union and ha;lowa Counties 15.1? ;,+.r? l.' 1 .14 CD .. • O CO O • O • W N • 4 ----�' -- -`-" SUPCRSECEAS DECISION - • ' STATE: Oregon • COUNTIES: Statewide Cm 1 DECISION NUMBED: OR80-5106 DATE: Date of Publication Supersedes Decision No. OR79-5127 dated July 13, 1979, in 44 FR 41052 I DESCRIPTION OF WORK: Building Projects (does not include single i family homes and apartments up to and including 4,stories), Heavy 1 and Highway Projects and Dredging. i c D 1 C . CO Q.act hopw fc. .firs P., ...,, O Nw.lr Ebt.,i.. 41 �. •Rept N&V P,wsi.ws V.<,.i.w .w4•.. 0 Ayer. Tr. m ASBESTOS WORKERS S16.14 .82 51.30 .16 V BOILERMAKERS 13.61 1.175 1.25 1.00 .04 A em BRICKLAYERS; Stonemasons: -. et Clackamas, Clatsop, n Columbia, Gilliam, Hood River, Marion, Multnomah, Morrow, Polk, Sherman and Tillamook Counties; Wasco C County (north of the City of Maupin); Washington, J. Yamhill, Baker, Union, -S.' Umatilla and Wallowa Cos.; z► North half of Malheur Co. 14.26 .95 1.20 .15 p Benton, Crook, Coos, Curry. A, Deschutes, Douglas, Grant, op Harney, Jackson, 1 "4 Jefferson, Josephine, ij Klamath, Lake, Lane, D Lincoln, Linn and Wheeler 73 Counties; Wasco County(in- 0 C2 Eluding the City of Maupin '_e Lo and south thereof); and SS • of Malheur County 13.85 .95 1.00 .12 CARPENTERS: C Acoustical and Drywall 2 0 Applicator; Automatic 4. Nailing Machine; Car- penters; Form Strippers; 0D Manhole Builders 12.12 .80 1.00 .65 .04 . v Floor Layers and Finishers; to Stationary Power Saw O Operators 12.27 .80 1.00 .65 .04 Millwrights and Machine Erectors 12.37 .80 1.00 .65 .04 G Certified Welders, Instrument Men 12.52 .80 1.00 .65 .04 ' Piledrivermen; Bridge, to Dock and Wharf Builders 12.22 .80 1.00 .65 .04 Boom Men 12.32 .80 1.00 .65 .04 O CEMENT MASONS: • O Cement Masons 11.50 .90 1.00 1.00 .15 OD O O = 1 W co { . I is ■ It ! I I / 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 IF 4 4 4 4 4 A 4 .A 4 1 I - I____ 4 4 i f 1 i i • -DECISION NO. OR90-5106 Page 2 'DECISION NO. OR80-5106 Page 3 ..r . I i,i.5r II......►.,....r. p' E..ir DF,iw .Benefits P.f-.wr. - H...,:, t4,,,,,.....,,C a..ir t •R.... N& V ►.w.i.w. V.1.r.., .nd .r Neu,l - API.. Tr. r Edv,.s,.. ELECTRICIANS: P.... H&V Pensive,' V.,.ri.n sad ., (Cont'd) OD &pp.. Tr. Harney, Jackson, Josephine, Klamath and Lake Counties; CEMENT MASONS: (Cont'd) that portion of Douglas Composition Workers; Power County lying east of a Machinery Operator $11.65 .90 $1.00 $1.00 .15 line running north and m ELECTRICIANS: south from the NE corner C Malheur County: of. Coos County to the SE Electricians 11.35 .70 31+.70 11 corner of Lincoln County: I to Cable Splicers 12.48:- .70 31+.70 11 Electricians $15.03 .90 31+2.CC .08 7C Baker, Gilliam, Grant, Cable Splicers 16.53 .90 31+2.C3 .08 Morrow, Umatilla, Wheeler ELEVATOR CONSTRUCTORS 13.405 .895 .56 a .035 I as Counties: GLAZIERS • 11.81 .61 .65 .01 Electricians 14.97 .83 31+1.30 .05 IRONWORKERS: I A Lead Cable S2licers 15.72 .83 31+1.30 .05 Structural; Reinforcing; � . Coos, Curry, Lincoln, and Ornamental; Riggers; those portions of Douglas fence Erectors; Signal ; O and Lane Counties lying Men 13.66 .73 1.70 .05 west of a line north and LATHERS: ; .a, south from the NW corner Clackamas, Clatsop, • cn of Coos County to the SE Columbia, Gilliam, Harney, corner of Lincoln County: Hood River, Morrow, p Electricians. 15.45 .90 31+2.00 .04 r-. Multnomah, Sherman, and G, Cable Splicers 17.00 .90 31+2.00 .04 Yamhill Counties 12.42 .75 1.55 .06 m D Benton, Crook, Deschutes Lane County 10.85 .60 .75 .01 0 and Jefferson Counties; ?ARDLE SETTERS: Lane County (eastern pot- Clackamas, Clatsop, o Cr; tion); Linn, Marion and Columbia, Gilliam, Hood c'7 Polk Counties; Sy of River, Multnomah, Morrow, Yamhill Count «. Electriciansy• 13.05 .90 31+1.00 .07 Sherman and Tillamook :' Counties; Masco County y; Lead Cable Splicers 19.86 .90 3 (north+1.00 .07 hof the Cit Clackamas, ClaClatsop, ( y of Maupin); Washington Co.; ; Columbia, Hood River, Nis of Yamhill County 14.26 .95 1.20 .15 Multnomah., Sherman, Baker, Union, Umatilla and =r Tillamook, Wa-co and Wallowa Counties; Ni of Washington Counties: Pty Malheur County 11.06 .55 .50 of Yanhill County: • MASON TENDERS: Electricians 17.25 .90 31+1.80 .10 _ Lead Cable Splicers 18.00 .90 3s+1.80 .10 (including tenders of plasterers, bricbricklayers, I S tile setters, marble setters and terrazzo . worker; Topping for cement finishers and mortar O mixer) 10.71 1.07 1.23 ' ' .10 o CD a. 00 CD CD s Co -1:=. p rr V .._ _ -- i -DECISION NO. ORS0-5106 Page 4 DECISION NO. OR8O-5106 ` rage 5 - Qe IN • R n r• r,i•••F..eMs rew..•s /.:. . i•6•••l:r•P••... .. heu, Peslr C Mewl, rdr.••I.• Howl, Bdrt.a•• • I7 Fel:s H 6 W Pe•sie.• veo:e. e•A •• Fens H i• P•.•i•.• V••••.•. ewe •• CO• AN. T. AN., T. 1 1 1 FAINTERS: rLr•►ln>:,RS: (Cort'd) Malheur County: Clackamas, Flat-op. Painters and Ta••re,-. $ 9.?4 .56 .)5 .0) Columbia, nilliam, Nmr1 I •I; Umatilla C.••nty (T.-:r. hir Piver, Jefferson, ! of r•.nri. 1t-n (,':',V) : Multnomah, Sherman, Masco, 1 n Pr•.uh: c.la:icr; ":•i- Wheeler and Washiniton 1 w . raintnr 5.51 Cnunties; NS of Ya-hill I , i I . F;•ray; f'•anlhl.+^tin:; and Tillamook Counties 516.08 :')..i0 S1.4n 1 . 12 ' I 1 .;wing Stas."; .. Pin^ •and Coos and Curry Counties; Y Pap.rhan.Ir.r 5.57 west Coast portion of I i I I Remaining Ccnti^ : Douglas County; Lane n Brush 10.82 • .c5 .70 .In County (city of Florence) 16.33 .81 1.65 I .10 • Spray 11.22 .5i .70 .10 Lane County (except the Bridges, )t:7h work ober City of Florence) ; Douglas si G 50' (brush• 11.57 .55 .70 .10 County (except Coast nor- Bridges, Iii th t:ork over tion) ; Crook and as 50' (spray) 11.97 .55 .7n .10 Deschutes Counties: NW s nrywall Taccrs 11.42 .65 .60 .5n .06 portion of Harney County; I Z PLASTERERS: Northern portions of Benton, Coos, Crook, Curry, Klamath and Lake Counties; i • --I Douglas, Pe;;h,(•.e:, Sy of Lincoln. Lin,, . a .--• Harney ana ,t,rft.r=on Cos.: Penton ani Jefferson Co•i. GI Northern 1/i of Y1T-lth SW corner of ':rant County 16.52 .51 1.60 I .15 County; Lane Co.•nty; Remainder of Klamath anti I Y. C7 Southern 1/2 of ;.;n ••!n, Lake Covnl in; 14.06 10 1.55 .11 !inn, Wanc' and W'-ler Jackson pal :�;nl•Fiint Con. 14.21 i l,nn 1.00 1,.Z' 1 .n., N Cr+•lnl.lc- 13.^' �'• 1.00 nl ROOFI;RS: C7 :+..o.iining r• .� 1'.'17 .7'• 1.09 i+4 hen0.^n. (jr.)...oo (,inn, Pi.C':'u_RS: Marino. roll. t+"J v_imhI11 I ' 1 'r' h+k.r, Nara,• (,.rrrr Counties lt,lr 71 t' , portion) ; .•,lh, •r C'c.'I.i,. ':. 12 .79 1.11 . in Piker. Cl.Trr:a-.;r.,, C1•�tc•,I+. ' ..' r.r.rn! tr•rr:•.r :7•4 eo, n• : 1 : Columbia. ^t., (,i 11inm, ! _• Morrow, t'rr.•! i l l i, 1.allowa, hood River. M-Frew. 1 ' '< and Union C.•_:ntlnn 14.64 .87 1.70, 2.00 .12 Multnomah, Sherman. I ' NS of Fenton. Lin-..-In Ind Tillamook, i,'r.itilla, 1 J Linn Co,ntl, ,: -t ;•( Union, Wa-,o, Washingt.Dn I Tillamook ,ri Ya-' 11 Cor,.. and Wheel,:. Counti•. . Marton and ;.31' :: .:nti_5 :4. . 1.09 1.65 1.75 .12 Poofe::, l.. i' .A" ,.10 I •) Ilanjlinn of irrit it ir; material (r: ,1, t.l• or Z epoxy) 1:.40 r^ 1.11 .10 O °' O CD O O I W cn • , ! I I V 1 I 1 t 1 1 I I i 1 1 11 f 1 t t - I . t I ! - ! • t ! ' 1 - I I - 1 " ! - t ! I I ! ! DECISION NO. OR80-5106 Page 6 "DECISION NO. OR80-5106 • Page 7 A D C O. fries,tew•Les P.,_..,. Reins,e,..,i,s Peye,e.h Ses'a _ 03 Desi, Morel, E do,.,.., O Nearly Eive.,iee •Revs M 6 W Pewsiees Vero..e. ..d .r •Roes M L W Pee,iews Woollier' int..., App.. Tr. Aro.. T.. TILE SETTERS: ROOFERS: (cont'd) Faker, Clatsop, Clackamas, n Handling of irritating Columbia, Gilliam and material (coal, tar or Hood River Counties; NS m epoxy) in confined area $12.65 .80 $1.10 .10 of Malehur County; Morrow, Coos, Crook, Curry, Multnomah, Sherman, PD Deschutes, Douglas, Tillamook, Umatilla, m Harney, Jackson, Union and Wallowa Cos.; Josephine, Klamath, Lake Wasco County (north of '^ and Lane Counties: Maupin); Washington Co.; • co Roofers 11.60 .96 .50 Ny of Yamhill County $13.64 .80 $1.00 .25 Spray and/or application Benton, Coos, .Crock, of irritating materials Curry, Deschutes, Douglas, C in a confined area 12.10 .65 .10 Grant, Harney, Jackson, Malheur County 9.95 .60 .30 Josephine, Klamath, Lake, a Wallowa County 10.39 .60 .75 .02 Lane, Lincoln and Linn Cn SHEET METAL WORKERS: Counties; Sy of Malheur Z Benton, Clackamas, Clatsop, and Wheeler Counti?s; o -4 Columbia, Crook, Wasco County (Maupin and • I-. Deschutes, Gilliam, Grant, South thereof) 12.95 .70 .70 .10 N D Harney, Hood River, WELDER; RIGGERS: Receive PD Jefferson, Lincoln, Linn, rate prescribed for craft CD Marion, Multnomah, Polk, performing operation to "+7 yl Sherman, Wheeler and • which welding and rigging Yamhill Counties 14.24 3%+.98 1.28 1.00 .08 is incidental. C5 Baker and Malheur Counties 11.98 .68 '.72 .18 Morrow, Umatilla, Union FOOTNOTES: -r, and Wallowa Counties 13.88 31+.68 1.14 .14 a. •Employer credits St of basic hourly rate for employees with 5 m Coos, Curry, Douglas, years' service; 6t basic hourly rate for 6 months' to 5 years' Klamath, Lake, Lane, service to Vacation Plan. Six Paid Holidays: A through F. v Jackson and Josephine Counties 13.71' .71 .61 .045 b. It of all `< gross wages to be placed to the credit of employees SOFT FLOOR LAYERS: with less than one year's service. 61 of all gross wages to be So All Counties except Malheur placed to the credit of employees with more than one year of u County 11.5F' .60 1.05 b .11 service. co Malheur County 8.26 .49 .10 .10 S SPRINKLER FITTERS 14.30 .75 1.05 .08 PAID HOLIDAYS: A-New Year's Day; B-Memorial Day; C-Independence Day: Z D-Labor Day; E-Thanksgiving Day; F-Christmas Day. 0 0 • 0 . H C t 0 . • O . (.A; ON g r.•: __-.. • DECISION ):O. OR80-5106 • Page 8 -OEC ISION NO. 0660-5106 Page 9 j 0 7 LINE CO::,e.TP1N'TION O (All Counties Except Malheur) . _, BASE .p ZONE ZCN1: 1 ZONE 2 ZONE 3 ZONE 4 ..,r,+.14 a....h+.r...,......., n M•..:r E I•,•n.. Group 1: Cable Splicer, r..,, 1 Ni • r«.f«, v.ee..•. ..t.•, G)) Leadman Pale Sprayer $14.41 $15.66 $16.41 $17.16 $13.41 •..• r+ 1 CO Group 2: Lineman, Pole LINE COr:^•*RUrTiO::; frr,^t'd) SO sayer, HeavyLine • Malheur county: Equipment ManCer- Cable Splicer 511.83; .4i 3t4.35 I/21 i : a titled Lineman Welder 1?.01 14.26 15.01 15.76 17.01 Journeyman Lineman 10.12' .45 314.+, 1/21 ) 0. • Lina 11)uip-ent M•Chani- 1 • Group 3: Tree Trimmer 11.75 1?.00 13.75 14.50 15.75 fright. of w.,) 1^.li 45 33+.�5 1/2 + Linn Equipment_ mechanic 1 Group 4: Line Equip- (base shop) 7.47 .45 314.3551 1/21 X ` 2 Line t:Vi(nert S•,rvice•.•an i.4') .45 )14.1' i 1/2= r:f rent Man 11.2: 12.4E 13. 1 13.96 15. 1 Line E)vipmeet Operator 9.Ftf ,4•. 11+,): )iii n• Group 5: Head Ground (Chipper), Head Ground- man, Powderman, Jack- Group 7.87 .45 3 +.s5 1/0• DRFDCI!:G: \ hammer Man 9.50 11.05 11.80 12.55 13.67 Leverr.an: Group 6: Groundman 9.21 10.46 11.21 11.96 13.21 Dipper 12.79 ' 1.00 1.47 ' .5^ .05 Hydraulic 13.44 1.00 1.47 .50 .05 a. i FRINGE PS'NCFITS PAYME':TS: Grouns 1 to 3 Groups 4 to 6 Assistant Enoineer fin- 7n eluding Watch E.ngir.•,^r, : Z welder, Mechanic and P Health and Welfare $.45 $.45 Machinist); Mate 12.42 ( 1.00 1.47 .51 .05 N Pension 31+1.10 31+.70 Ten.ierran (Boatman, CO -i Vacation 1 20 1/2.10 attending Dredge Plant):GI I _ Apprenticeship Training 1/2A 1/2t Fireman 12.181 1.09 1.47 .57 .15 r D ZONE DESCRIPTIONS: Assistant Mate (Deckhand) : p *BASE ZONE 0 to 3 miles radius from the geographical center of the Oiler 11.321 1.00 1.47 z0 .05 Cities listed below. G N ZONE 1 3 to 20 miles radius TIMBER SALES ROADS: I 'c C7 ZONE 2 20 to 35 ^i le. radii-. Orerating Engineer 4.7' 1.00 1.4- i -' : • ZONE 3 35 to 50 :rile: radius Operating Engineer 1 ;15tan' Z1NE 4 Over 50 miles rad: n (Oiled P.9'. i 1.07 1.4' I Spokane Ellen hurl Anotria M•dford Corvallf^ Teamster n.le 7y 77 Tacoma Ephrata ba er Portland Coeur D'A:r-,•- Laborer '. 11 1.0' 1..3 I Walla Walla Everett Barn; Pendleton Kellog (ower Saw, Driller. ) Wenatchee Kennewick Bend Salem Lewiston. Powderman 8.05 1.07 1.23 1 Yakima Longview Euaane Poscbury Oru(ine Wilbur Olympia Seattle Lakeview Th.' Dallcs I ` Klamath Fa1is P"11i^:' :- 1'-+.1ti11i Sand Point *VASE Z('NE rate is paid .--t working out of employer's permanent ::hor. 1 7. O O 00 O O t Ca) V • a 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 b _ t _ t _ 1 - i - 1 - 1 _ I ' I _ 1 - a - 1 - t - t I II I - I - t - DECISION NO. OR80-S106 Page 10 DECISION NO. OR80-5106 • Page 11 ' LABORERS LABORERS* Group 1: General Laborer; Asphalt Plant Laborers; Asphalt Spreaders; D Batch Wcighman; °roomers; Brush Burners and Cutters; Car and Truck GROUPS ZONE 1 ZONE 2 ZONE 3 ZONE 4 ZONE. S ZONE 6 Loaders; Carpenter Tender;'Change-house Man or Dry Shack Kan; Clean GI up Laborers; Culvert, hand laborer; Curing, concrete; Demolition, CO 1 59.08 $9.48 59.83 510.08 510.33 510.58 wrecking and moving Laborers; Driller Tender; Dumpers, road oiling CD crew; Dumpmen (for Grading Crew); Elevator Feeders; Fence Builder 2 9.61 10.01 10.36 10.61 10.86 11.11 (including Guard Rail, Median Rail, Reference Post, Guide Post, Right-of-way Marker); Fine Graders; Form Strippers (not swinging 3 9.96 10.36 10.71 10.96 11.21 11.46 stages); Landscaping or Plant Laborers; Leverman or Aggregate '11 Spreader (Flaherty and similar types); Loading Spotters; Material 4 10.26 10.66 11.01 11.26 11.51 11.76 ' C. Yard Man (including electrical) ; Railroad Track Laborers; Ribbon m Setters (including steel forms); Rip Rap Man (hand placed) ; Road 5 10.51 10.91 11.26 11.51 11.76 12.01 Pump Tender; Sewer Labor; Signalman; Skipmen; Slopers; Spravmen; i Stake Chaser; Stockpiler; Timber Faller and Bucker (hand labor) ; i XI A PTIRGE iblLlITS: Toolroom Man (at job site); Weight Man - Crusher (aggregate when used) ; / °• Health and Welfare 51.07 Pension 1.23 Group 2: Choke Setter; Concrete Laborers; Pittsburgh Chipper Operator -+ or similar types; Powderman Helper,; Tunnel Bull Gang (above ground) j Vacation .80 Apprenticeship Tr. .10 Group 3: Applicator includin Pot Tender for same applying pro- < tective material by hand or nozzle on utlity lines or storage tanks 'See ZONE DESCRIPTIONS - following TRUCK DRIVERS' Classifications on project; Brush Cutters (power saw) ; Burners; Choker Splicers; a Clary Power Spreader and similar types; Clean-up Nozzleman - Green- :' cutter (concrete, rock, etc.); Concrete Power Buggyman; Crusher ! Z Feeder; Demolition and wrecking charred materials; Grade Checker; p G7 Gunite Nozzleman Tender; Gunite and Sand Blasting Pot Tender; tsi D Handlers or Mixers of all materials of an irritating nature (in- Co 77 eluding cement and lime): Power Tool Operators, includes but not limited to: Dry Pack Machine, Jackhammer, Chipping Guns, Paving Ln Breakers, Vibrators (less than 4' in diameter); Post Hole Digger, T air gas or electric, Vibrating Screed, Tampers, Ribbon Setter, head; n CI Rip Rap Man (head) hand placed; Sand Blasting (wet); Stake Setter; a. • Tunnel -•Muckers, Brakemen, Concrete Crew, Bull Gang (underground) ! `C 're Group 4: Asphalt Rakers; Bit Grinder; Drill Doctor; Drill Operators; M. Air Tracks; Cat Drills; Wagon Drills; Rubber-mounted Drills and m other similar types: Concrete Saw Operator; Gunite Nozzleman; High c • Scalers; Strippers and Drillers (covers work in swinging stages, chairs or belts, under extreme conditions unusual to normal drilling, blasting, barring down, or sloping to move, set up, align laser 1 ? • beam; Manhole Builder; Powdermen; Power Saw Operators (bucking and .. falling); Pumperete Nozzleman; Sand Blasting (dry); Sewer Pipe Layers; Sewer Timberman; Track Liners; Anchor Machines; Ballast o CD Regulators; Multiple Tampers; Power Jacks; Tugger Operator; Tun- CD nel - Chuck Tenders, Nippers and Timbermen; Vibrators (4' and OD larger); water Blaster; Welder Z � • O . Group 5: :Laser Beam (tunnel) - Tunnel Miners; Tunnel lowderman W 1a CO I 1 • 1 : g 2 ur7CISzvm-wO. vnrv-Sl:tr'-' ----Va9e-T7-- DECISION NO. OR80-5106 Page 13 p POWER EQUIPMENT OPERATORS' • POWER EQUIPMENT OPERATORS t4 Groups ZONE 1 ZONE 2 ZONE 3 ZONE 4 ZONE 5 ZONE 6 Group 1: Oiler, including Plant, Crane, Crusher. Guardrail equip- '-' 1 $11.43 •511.83 $12.18 $12.43 $12.68 $12.93 ment, and Trenching Machine; Assistant Conveyor Operator; Crusher A Feederman; Deckhand; Self-propelled Scaffolding Operator; Guard- Da 2 11.57 11.97 12.32 12.57 12.82 13.07 rail Punch Oiler; Pump Operator, under. 4`; 'Brakeman; Switchman; C Parts Man (tool room) ; Rear Chainman G7 3 11.67 12.07 12.42 12.67 12.92 13.17 Group 2: Blade Operator, pulled type; Truck crane Oiler - driver, DD 25 ton capacity or over; Crane Fireman (all equipment except O 4 11.83 12.23 12.58 12.83 13.08 13.33 floating) ; A-Frame Truck Ozerator, single drum; Tugger or Coffin ml 5 11.85 12.25 12.60 12.85 13.10 13.35 type Hoist Operator; Driller Tender; Auger; Oiler; Boatman; Fork CL Lift or Lumber Staker Operator (on job site); Oiler, combination 6 11.93 12.33 12.E8 12.93 13.18 13.43 Guardrail Machines; Temporary Heating Plant Operator; Grade Oiler, o required to check grade; Grade Checker; Tar Pot Fireman; Tar Pot `. 7 11.99 12.39 12.74 12.99 13.24 13.49 Fireman (power agitated); H.D. Repairman Tender; Welder's Tender; Z Helicopter Radioman (ground); Roller Operator, grading of base az 8 12.09 12.49 12.84 13.09 13.34 13.59 rock (not asphalt) m 9 12.15 12.55 12.90 13.15 13.40 13.65 Group 3: Asphalt Plant Fireman; Pugmill Operator (any type); Truck mounted Asphalt Spreader, with Screed; Compressor Operator (any --- 1012.21 12.61 12.96 13.21 13.46 13.71 power), under 2,250 Cu. ft. total capacity; Conveyor Operator; C • Mixer Box Operator (C.T.B., Dry Batch, etc.); Cement Hcg; Con- 11 12.23 12.63 12.99 13.23 13.48 13.73 creta Saw; Concrete Curing Machine (riding type) ; Wire Mat or :1. 11 Brooming Machine; Ross Carrier Operator (on job site); Bucket i' Elevator Lader. Barber Greene and similar types; Hydraulic Pipe 9.' 12 12.29 12.69 13.04 13.29 13.54 13.79 Press; Pump Operator (any power), 4" and over; Hydrostatic Pump; Z 13 12.37 12.77 13.12 13.37 13.62 13.87 Motorman; Ballast Jack camper; Bell Boy, phones. etc.; Tamping Ma- . chine, mechanical self-propelled; Hydrographic Seeder Machine, ta -A 14 12.53 12.93 13.29 13.53 13.78 14.03 straw, pulp or seed; Broom Operator, self-propelled (on job site); > 0-1 Air Filtration Equipment; Melding Machine Operator G7 y 15 12.61 13.09 13.44 13.69 13.94 14.19 me PO Group 4: Screed Operator; Compactor, including Vibratory; Com 2. - CD 15 12.87 13.27 13.62 13.87 14.12 14.37 pressor (any power) over 1,250 cu. ft. total capacity; Combi- L (/i nation Mixer and Compressor, Gunnite Work; Concrete Mixer Ope- ...c17 13.C1 13.41 13.76 14.01 14.26 14.51 rator, single drum, under five bag capacity; Helicopter Hoist CI Operator; Floating Equipment Fireman; Lull Hi-lift Operator or �� 18 13.7Q 13.`•= 13.94 14.19 14.44 14.69 similar type; Fork t.ift, over 5 ton: Service Oiler (Greaser) ; _ Hydra Hammer or s;m:lir types; Pavement Breaker: Pump Cperator, .. 19 13.9 1{.7J 14.05 14.33 14.59 14.83 more than 5 (any size) ; Locomotive, under 40 tcns; Roller Ope- rator, Oiling, C.T.B. • t< FRS!:;F. Jt!: C:T;: Group 5: Extrusion Machine; Magner Factor or similar type (with- 7D out blade) ; Concrete Batch Plant Quality Control Operator; Power Health am: welfare $1.00 ^' Jumbo, Setting Slip Forms, etc. in tunnels; Slip Form F•amps, Power , , Peesi.:n 1.47 driven Hydraulic Lifting Device for concrete forms; Hoist, single i V.:za tion .50 drum; Elevator Operator; Pulva-mixer or similar types: Chip . ; rentrcer:l:ip '":mini^; .05 Spreading Machine Operator; Lime Spreading (on job site) ; Sweeper • (wayne type) Self-propelled (en job site) ; Tractor, rubber-tired p •:,:e 2CNE ;,i:.:"i?;('';'!;": - follow)Lg TRUCK nnivERs' Classificatio-s 50 H.P. Flywheel and under; Trenching Machine, maximum digging -- capacity 3 ft. depth • n ii O O OD O O t W '.0 • I I ■ ■ 1 / 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 i 1 f 1 1 f I 4 4 4 4 A 1 .� 1 . .__ i _ i 4 t 4 1 4 ! DECISION NO. OR80-5106 Page 14 DECISION NO. OR80-5106 Page 15 ,a POWER ipUIPMENT OPERATORS (Cont'd) POWER DoUIPMENT OPERATORS (Cont'd) D Group 6: Asphalt Burner and Reconditioner; Pavement Grinder and/ Croup 12: Blade Operator; Batch Plant and/or Wet Mir, 3 units C or Grooving Machine (riding type); Cast-in-place Pipe laying mo- or more; Reinforced Tank Banding Machine (K-17 or similar); chine; Maginnis Internal Full Slab Vibrator; Concrete Finishin•l Hoist, two or more drums; Elevating Loader, Athey and similar; Machine, Clary, Johnson, Bidwell, Burgess Bridge Deck or similar Piledriver (not crane type); Rubber-tired Scraper, single and OD type; Curb Machine, Mechanical Berm, Curb and/or Curb and Gutter: twin engine; Single Scraper, with Push-pull attachments, self- CD Concrete Joint Machine; Concrete Planer; Concrete Paving Machine: loader; Paddle Wheel, auger type; Blade mounted Spreaders, Concrete Spreader; Loaders, rubber-tired type, 21/2 cu. yds. and Ulrich and similar types; Shield Operator under; Rock Spreaders, self-propelled; Head Chainman Group 13: Blade Operator, finish; Blade, externally controlled Group 7: Roller (any asphalt mix); Belterete; Pumperete Operator by electronic, mechanical hydraulic means; Blade, multi-engine; (any type); Fuller-Kenyon and similar; Concrete Pump; Grouting Concrete Paving Road Mixer; Derrick, under 100 tons; Hoist, Stiff n Machine; Concrete Mixer, single drum, five ba.; capacity and ever; Leg, Guy Derrick or similar, 50 tons and over: Cableway operator d Tower Mobile Operator; A-Frame Truck, double drum; Boom ':ruck; 25 ton and over; Crane, over 25 ton and including 50 tons; Pile- Churn Drill and Earth Boring Machine; Hydraulic Backh.'n, wheel driver Operator; Floating Clamshell, etc., under 3 cu .yds.; x type 3/8 cu. yds. and under with or without Front End attact.centsFloating Crane (Derrick Barge), less than 30 ton; Elevating Grader, Y 2y cu.yds. and under (Ford, John Deere, Case type) ; Elevating operated by tractor operator, Sierra, Euclid, or similar; Back -. Grader, Tractor towed requiring Operator or Grader; Pot Pamr' ;: Filling Machine; Shovel, etc. 1 cu. yd. and less than 3 cu. yds.; p Ballast Regulator; Ballast Tamper, Multiple-purpose; Track Liner; Grade-all, 1 cu. yd. and over; Bridge Crane Operator, Locomotive '' tie Spacer; Shuttle Car; Locomotive, 40 tons and over Crane, Gantry and Overhead; Party Chief Group 8: Diesel-electric Engineer, Plant, Crusher, Generator,. Group 14: Towel Crane Operator; Rubber-tired Scraper, with 1 Floating; Batch Plant and/or wet mix, one and two drum; Generator Tandem Scrapers, self-loading, Paddle Wheel, auger type, finish ' Operator: Belt Loader, Kolman and Eo Cal types; Asphalt Paver and/or 2 or more units A Operators Group 15: Rock Hound Operator; Loader, 4 cu. yds., but less z 1-4 Croup 9: Bulldozer; Drill Cat Operator; Side-boom Cat; Compactor, than 6 cu. yds. • 9 17 with blade; Concrete Cooling Machine; Chicago Boom and similar types; Lift Slab Machine; Boom type lifting device, 5 ton capa- Group 16: Autograder or 'Trimmers; Tandem Bulldozer, Quad-nine • d CD city or less; Cherry Picker or similar type Crane-hoist, 5 ton and similar; Automatic Concrete Slip Form Paver; Concrete Canal , capacity or less; Grizzley Crusher; Crusher Plant; Drill Doctor; Line; Cableway, 25 ton and over; Crane, over 40 ton and including Cl) Boring Machine; Guardrail Punch and Auger (all types); Surface 100 ton; Whirlcy, 80 ton and under; Floating Clamshell, etc., 3 m (7 Heater and Planer; Hydraulic Backhoe, track type 3/8 cu. yds.; cu. yds. and over; Floating Crane (Derrick Barge) 30 ton but less Loader, Front End and Overhead, 2y cu. yds. and und-r 4 cu. yd:..: than 80 ton; Loader, 6 cu. yds., but less than 12 cu. yds.: Rubber- Hammer Operator; Pipe Cleaning, Doping, bending and Wrapping Mu- tired Scraper, with Tandem Scrapers, multi-engine; Shovel, etc., 3 chines; Bolt-threading Machine; Drill Doctor (bit grinder) ; H.D. cu. yds. but less than 5 cu. yds.; wheel Excavator, under 750 cu. ne Mechanic and Welder; !lachine Tool Operator; Stationary Drag yds. per hour n-- Scraper; Tractor, rubber-tired over 50 H.F. Flywheel; Tractor • =, with boom attachment; Trench Machine, maximum digging capacity Group 17: Crane over 100 ton and including 200 ton; Whirley, over m over 3 ft. depth; Asphalt Plant Operator; Instrument Man 80 ton and including 150 ton; Floating Crane (Derrick Barge) , 53 ton, but less than 150 ton; Loader, 12 cu. yds. and over; Shovel, Group 10: Bulldozer, twin engine (TC 12 and similar) ; Cable Plow etc., 5 cu. yds. and over; Canal Trimmer (any type); Compactor, multi-engine; Jack Operator, Eleva!in^ .. Barges; Barge Operator, self-unloading; Combination H.D. M,'chanic- Group 18: Crane, over 200 ton; Whirley, 150 ton and over; Floating -- Welder, with dispatcher and/or wnen required to do both; Rubber- Crane, 150 ton but less than 250 ton; Wheel Excavator, over 750 Cu. tired Dozers and Pushers (Michigan, Cat, Hounh type) ; Driller- yds. per hour; Band Wagons, in conjunction with Wheel Excavator •, Percussion, Diamond, Core, Cable, Rotary and Similac type Z Group 19: Helicopter, when used in erecting work: Floating Crane, O Group 11: Mixer Mobile; Concrete breaker; Crane Operator, 25 tons 250 ton and over: Remote controlled earth moving equipment; Under- CD and under; Combination Guardrail Machines, i.e., Punch, Augor, • water equipment, remote or otherwise 00 etc.; Shovels Draglines Clamshell, M e', etc., under 1 cu .yd.; " CD Grade-ails, under 1 cu. yd.; Mucking Machine (tunnel) • CD 1 . A CD I 6 DECISION E:. OP80-5106 Page 1DECISION NO. OR80-5106 Page 17 d TRUCK DRIVERS' GPOUPS ZONE 1 ZONE 2 ZO`.:1: 3 ZONE 4 ZONE 5 ZONE 6 • TRUCK DRIVERS _, 1 510.92 511.32 $11.67 $11.92 +12.17 $12.42 Group 1: Battery Rebuilders; Bus or Manhaal Driver; Concrete 2 10.97 11.37 11.72 11.97 12.22 12.47 Buggies (power operated); Dump trucks, side, end and bottom dumps, including Semi Trucks and Trains or combinations there- =GI 3 11.02' 11.42 11.77 12.02 12.27 12.52 of: 6 cu. yds. and under, Lift Jitneys, Pork Lifts (all sizes in loading, unloading and transporting material on job site); 4 11.07 11.47 11.82 12.07 12.32 12.57 Loader and/or Leverman on Concrete Dry Batch Plant (manually • 0 operated); Pilot Car; Solo Flat Bed and misc. Body Trucks, 0m. - • 5 11.12 11.52 11.87 12.12 12.37 12.62 •• 10 tons; Truck Tender; Truck Mechanic Tender; Warehouseman (ware- G house parts, tool men and parts chaser, checkers and receivers); -1 • 6 11.22 11.62 11.97 12.22 . 12.47 12.72 Water Wagons (rated capacity) - up to 1,600 gallons =. 7 11.32 11.72 12.07 12.32 12.57 12.62 Group 2: 'A' Frame or Hydra-lift Truck with load bearing surface; 2r.O Lubrication Man, Fuel Truck Driver, Tireman, Wash Rack, Steam 8 11.42 11.82 12.17 12.42 12.67 12.92 Cleaner or combinations; Team Drivers ca Groupli 3: DumpTrucks, side, end and bottom durps, includingSemi 9 11.52 11.12 12.27 12.52 12.77 13.02 Trucks and Trains rcombinations thereof: over 6 cu. yds. and 10 11.69 12.09 12.41 12.69 12.94 13.19 including 10 cu. yds.; Slurry Truck Driver or Leverman; Transit e Mix, and Wet or Dry Mix Trucks: 5 cu. yds. and under; Tireman ._ ) 1111.79 12.19 12.54 12.79 13.04 13.29 (full-time basis) ; Water Wagons (rated capacity) - 1,607 to A • 3,000 gallons 91 i 12 11.89 12.29 12.64 12.89 13.14 13.39 •Group 4: Flaherty Spreader Driver or Leverman; Lowbed Equipment, O 13 11.99 12.39 12.74 12.99 13.24 13.49 Flat Bed Semi-trailer, Truck and Trailers or doubles transporting equipment or wet or dry materials; Lumber Carrier Driver - Staddle 1.4 co 14 12.09 12.49 12.84 13.09 13.34 13.59 Carrier (used in loading, unloading and transporting of materials on job site); Oil Distributor Driver or Leverman; Water Wagons D FRINGE BENEFITS: (rated capacity) - 3,000 to 5,000 gallons I nt Health and welfare $ .78 Group 5: Dumpsters or similar equipment, all size.; Transit Mix G' Pension .77 and Wet or Dry Trucks, over 5 cu.yds. and including 7 cu. yds. N Vacation 1.28 Group 6: Dump Trucks, side, end and bottom durps, including Se-i - n Aprrentic• ship Training .05 Trucks and Trains or combinations thereof: over 10 cu. yds. and • 'See ZONE DESCRIPTIO': - following T'='JOY, D9IVr.RS' Clasn.ificationc including 20 cu. yds.; Transit Mix and Wet or Div Mix Truck, over 7 cu. yds. and including 9 cu. yds.; Truck Mechanic - Welder - Body I Repairman; Water.Wagons (rated capacity) - 5,020 to 7,070 gall.-s CO 0 . Z 0 F. CD , CD 0 CD CD 1 5 1 1 1 1 1 1 I 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 i I t I I I I II I i i I I . I_ I II I I , DECISION NO. 0880-5106 Page 18 DECISION NO. OR80-5106Page 19 ' TRUCK DRIVERS (Cont'd) LABORERS POWER EQUIPMENT OPERATORS .A Group 7: Dump Trucks, side, end and bottom dumps, including Semi TRUCK DRIVER9i Trucks and Trains or combinations thereof: over 20 cu. yds. and n including 30 cu. yds.: Transit Mix and Wet or Dry Mix Trucks, over ZONE WALE SCALE GI 9 cu. yds. and including 11 cu. yds.: Water Wagons (rated capacity) • over 7,000 gallons to 10,000 gallons CITIES: 00 CD Group 8: Dump Trucks, side, end and bottom dumps, including Semi Astoria Hood River Newport Tillamook Trucks and Trains or combinations thereof: over 30 cu. yds. and Baker • Klamath Falls Ontario Vancouver including 40 cu. yds.: Transit Mix and Wet or Dry Mix Trucks, over Bend La Grande Pendleton i .71 11 cu. yds. and including 15 cu. yds.; Water Wagon (rated capacity) Brookings Lakeview Port Orford ` r: over 10,000 gallons to 15,000 gallons Burns Longview Reedsport I c Coos Bay Madras Roseburg I m Group 9: Dump Trucks, side, end and bottom dumps, including SAm: Goldendale Medford The Dalles j -- Trucks and Trains or combinations thereof: over 40 cu. yds. and Grants Pass McMinnville 73 including 50 cu. yds.; Transit Mix and Wet or Dry Mix Trucks, over 13 cu. yds. and including 15 cu. yds. ZONE 1 - All jobs or projects located within 10 miles of the j r„' respective City Hall ! Group 10: Dump Trucks, side, end and bottom dumps, including Semi . moi Trucks and Trains or combinations thereof: over 50 cu. yds. and ZONE 2 - More than 10 miles but less than 25 miles from the ' including 60 cu. yds. respective City Hall C Group 11: Dump Trucks, side, end and bottom dumps, including Semi ZONE 3 - More than 25 miles but less than 35 miles from the Trucks and Trains or combinations thereof: over 60 cu. yds. and respective City Hall a including 70 cu. yds. 9, ZONE 4 - More than 35 miles but less than 45 miles from the Z Group 12: Dump Trucks, side, end and bottom dumps, including Semi respective City Hall p ,, Trucks and Trains or combinations thereof: over 70 cu. yds. and G7 including 80 cu. yds. ZONE 5 - More than 45 miles but less than 75 miles from the op respective City Hall ` 71/ C7 Group 13: Dump Trucks, side, end and bottom dumps, including Semi Trucks and Trains or combinations thereof: over 80 cu. yds. and ZONE 6 - More than 75 miles from the respective City Hall Cl) including 90 cu. yds. C. Cl Albany and Corvallis ONLY sr . Group 14: Dump Trucks, side, end and bottom dumps, including Semi I :c Trucks and Trains or combinations thereof: over 90 cu. yds. and ZONE 1 - All jobs or projects located within 5 miles of the I -r) including 100 cu. yds. respective City Hall 's Gr Drivers and Tenders (handling sacked cement - add $.15 per hcvr) ZONE 2 - More than 5 miles but less than 25 miles from the y respective City Hall -+ Winch Truck - takes classification of Truck on which Winch is mounted. ...c ZONE 3 - More than 25 miles but less than 35 miles from the ! respective City Hall -+ ZONE 4 - More than 35 miles but less than 45 miles from the 3 respective City Hall I • ZONE 5 - More than 45 miles but less than 75 miles from the ! Z respective City Hall A. CD ZONE 6 - More than 75 miles from the respective City Hall m CD ' 00 CD 1 • N ` '.Zi 3 C7 • DECISION NO. OR80-5106 Page 20 tdADORERS (Cnnt'd) POWER EQUIPMENT OPERATORS (Cont'd) TRUCK DRIVERS (Cont'd) ZONE WAGE SCALE (Cont'd) Dz. C Portland ONLY COGI ZONE 1 - All jobs or projects located within 25 riles of the City CD Hall of Portland ZONE 3 - More than 25 miles but less than 35 miles from City Hall ZONE 4 - More than 35 miles but less than 45 miles from City Hall ZONE 5 - More than 45 miles but less than 75 miles from City Hall ZONE 6 - More than 75 miles from City Hall Eugene and Salem O':LY ZONE 1 - All jobs or projects located within 20 miles of the respective City Hall j ZONE 2 - More than 20 miles but less than 25 miles from the respective City Hall ZONE 3 - More than 25 miles but less than 35 miles from the -4 respective City Hall D ZONE 4 - More than 35 miles but less than 45 miles from the PU respecitive City Hall C; Gn ZONE 5 - More than 45 miles but less than 75 miles from the respective City Hall ZONE 6 - Msr' than 75 miles from the respective City Hall !' ENLISTED CU.551FICATIn':S N°FDEP FOR G;ORK NOT MAIMED WITHIN IRE SCOPL OF THE CL• PFIrATIO'J5 L1cTF:n ?LAY BE ADDED AFTER AWARD ONLY AS rkovIDCD I, 1N THE LAMA ;TA:;DARDS COGi'.ACT CLAUSES :5 CFR, 5.5 (a)(t)(ii) { CDCD CO CD CD 15.8. CLEAN AIR AND WATER .POLLUTION CONTROL ACTS au ti5.8 .t Contractor shall comply with all applicable standards , orders , or requirements issued under the Federal Water Pollution Control Act (33 USC 1251 et seq. ) , the Clean Air Act (42 USC 1857 et seq. ) , Executive Order 11738 , and Environmental Pro- tection Agency regulations (40 CFR Parts 15 and 61) including the following requirements : IS. The Contractor warrants that any facility utilized in the performance of this agreement is not listed on the EPA 40 List of Violating Facilities pursuant to 40 CFR 15 . 20 as of the date of contract award. b . The Contractor will comply with all the requirements of Section 114 of the Clean Air Act and Section 308 of the Federal Water Pollution Control Act relating to inspection , monitoring , entry, reports, and information , as well as all other requirements specified in said sections and all regulations and guidelines issued thereunder. • G . The Contractor agrees that as a condition for the award of this contract he will notify the Owner of the receipt of any communication from the Assistant Administrator of EPA that a facility to be utilized for the contract is under consideration to be listed on the EPA List of Vio- lating Facilities; and will make any such notification promptly prior to contract award. b. The Contractor will include or cause to be included the criteria and requirements in paragraphs (a) through (d) of this Article in every non-exempt subcontract and will take such action as the United States Government or its agencies may direct as a means of enforcing such provisions. 40 a a 14 AUG 80 TIGARD S.C. 00800 - 44 a MP 15.9 LEAD BASED PAINT REQUIREMENTS 15.9.1 DEFINITIONS: As used in this article, the following terms have these meanings: rr A. Structure means any structure intended for human habitation or which is accessible to the public. B. Applicable surfaces means all interior surfaces and all exterior surfaces accessible to a person with a reach of at least six (6) feet. C. Defective paint means any paint which may contain lead on applicable surfaces which is cracking, scaling, chipping, peeling, or loose. D. Lead based paint means any paint containing more that 5/10th of one percent lead (0.5%) by weight (calculated as lead metal) in the MO total non-volatile content of the paint or the equivalent measure of lead in the dried film of paint already applied. r,,, With respect to paint manufactured after June 22, 1977, lead based paint means paint containing more than 6/100th of one percent (0.06%) by weight (calculated as lead metal ) in the total M'" non-volatile content of the paint or the equivalent measure of lead in the dried film of paint already applied. ' r 15.9.2 CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS. A. In the design, construction or rehabilitation of any structure, the use of lead based paint on all applicable surfaces is prohibited. me B. In the rehabilitation of any structure, all defective paint on l applicable surfaces shall be cleaned so as to remove all chipping, scaling, cracking, or loose paint and the surfaces so cleaned shall MI be given at least two coats of suitable non-leaded paint. 15.10 SAFE EMPLOYMENT ACTS r 15.10.1 Contractor is responsible for compliance with state and federal safety and health acts, ORS 654.001 et seq. , and 29 U.S.C. 651 et "" seq. , and the regulations promulgated thereunder. 15.10.2 The provisions of ORS 654.150 regarding sanitary facilities at construction projects do not apply to this project. mb END OF SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS mb mm 14 AUG 80 TIGARD S.C. 00800 - 45 Mb AM 15.11 ADDITIONS TO GENERAL CONDITIONS ,fir A. DEFINITION OF TERMS: 1 . The word "provide" shall be interpreted to mean furnish, AM install , connect and maintain until accepted by the- • Owner. AO 2. The words "approval , written approval , acceptable, directed, required, selected," or like words are in reference to the judgment of the Architect. ms 3. The word "indicated" means as shown on Drawings, as called for in the Specifications, or both. m' 4. The words "approved, approved equal , equal or approved" shall mean approved equivalent. mg m. .r AO AM AN AO AO AO AM AO 14 AUG 80 TIGARD S.C. 00800 - 46 END Ai mm SECTION 00900 DRAWING SCHEDULE ,m ARCHITECTURAL Al Site Plan, Details A2 Foundation Plan, Details Al Floor Plan „b A4 Schedules, Details A5 Elevations A6 Elevation A7 Sections Details �" A8 Details A9 Interior Elevations A10 Mechanical and Electrical Plans mm All Mechanical and Electrical Schedules Mr M' Mb Mb Mb I. Mb t Mb "" Mb MI 14 AUG 80 TIGARD S.C. 00900 - 1 END Mb SECTION 00901 INDEX TO TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS arr DIVISIONS AND SECTIONS NUMBER OF PAnFS ms DIVISION 1 : GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 40" 01010 SUMMARY OF WORK 1 - 01040 COORDINATION 1 01072 STANDARDS ORGANIZATIONS 2 Orr 01100 ALTERNATIVES 1 01300 SUBMITTALS 2 01500 CONSTRUCTION FACILITIES AND TEMPORARY CONTROLS 2 ,r, 01532 TREE AND PLANT PROTECTION 1 01600 MATERIAL AND EQUIPMENT 3 01700 CONTRACT CLOSEOUT 3 a DIVISION 2: SITEWORK .. 02050 DEM'4OLITION 1 02100 SITE PREPARATION 1 02200 EARTHWORK 3 02400 DRAINAGE 2 die 02513 ASPHALTIC CONCRETE PAVING 2 02526 PRECAST CONCRETE CURBS 1 02577 PAVEMENT MARKING 1 40 DIVISION 3: CONCRETE a 03100 CONCRETE FORMWORK 2 03200 CONCRETE REINFORCEMENT 1 03250 CONCRETE ACCESSORIES 1 a 03300 CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 3 40 DIVISION 4: MASONRY (not used) DIVISION 5: METALS 4111 05505 STEEL FABRICATIONS 2 05522 STEEL PIPE RAILINGS 2 • DIVISION 6: WOOD AND PLASTICS a 06110 FRAMING AND SHEATHING 3 06181 GLUE LAMINATED STRUCTURAL UNITS 1 06200 FINISH CARPENTRY 1 06220 MILLWORK 1 06311 PRESERVATIVE TREATED LUMBER 1 06410 CABINETWORK 2 14 AUG 80 TIGARD S.C. 00901 - 1 Ai DIVISIONS AND SECTIONS NUMBER OF PAGES raw ram DIVISION 7: THERMAL AND MOISTURE PROTECTION 07160 BITUMINOUS DAMP PROOFING 1 07210 BUILDING INSULATION 1 Ni` 07240 EXTERIOR INSULATION AND FINISH SYSTEMS 3 07311 ASPHALT SHINGLES (ALTERNATE) 1 07461 WOOD SIDING 1 .D 07600 FLASHING AND SHEET METAL 3 07900 JOINT SEALANTS 2 Mb DIVISION 8: DOORS AND WINDOWS 08114 STANDARD STEEL DOORS AND FRAMES 1 M" 08116 PREFINISHED STEEL FRAMES 1 08211 FLUSH WOOD DOORS 1 08411 PREFINISHED STEEL ENTRANCE FRAMING 3 Mr 08421 PREFINISHED STEEL ENTRANCE DOORS 2 08523 ALUMINUM FIXED AND CASEMENT WINDOWS 1 08524 ROLLING ALUMINUM WINDOWS 1 08710 FINISH HARDWARE 2 ma 08800 GLAZING 1 ass DIVISION 9: FINISHES 09250 GYPSUM WALLBOARD 1 .■ 09512 ACOUSTICAL TILE 09560 WOOD STRIP FLOORING 1 09650 RESILIENT FLOORING 2 09680 CARPETING 3 Mb 09692 RUBBER CARPET MAT 1 09900 PAINTING 5 MbDIVISION 10: SPECIALTIES ok 10162 METAL TOILET PARTITIONS AND URINAL SCREENS 2 10210 METAL LOUVERS 2 10442 HANDICAPPED ACCESS SIGNS 2 10524 FIRE EXTINGUISHERS AND CABINETS 1 r" 10623 ACCORDION FOLDING PARTITIONS 3 10805 TOILET ACCESSORIES 1 Mb DIVISION 11 : EQUIPMENT 11411 WAREWASHING EQUIPMENT 2 .k Ob 14 AUG 80 TIGARD S.C. 00901 — 2 vs DIVISIONS AND SECTIONS NUMBER OF PAGES DIVISION 12: FURNISHINGS 12514 INSULATING WINDOW SHADES 1 DIVISION 13: A 13980 SOLAR ENERGY SYSTEMS 1 d„ DIVISION 15: MECHANICAL 15050 BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS 3 15060 PIPE AND PIPE FITTINGS 3 Am 15100 VALVES, COCKS, AND FAUCETS 1 15120 PIPING SPECIALTIES 1 15250 INSULATION 2 «■ 15450 PLUMBING FIXTURES AND TRIM 2 15461 ELECTRIC HOT WATER HEATER 1 15821 RANGE HOOD AND EXHAUST FAN 1 15822 RANGE HOOD MAKEUP AIR FAN 1 15824 AIR-TO-AIR ENTHALPY HEAT EXCHANGER 1 DIVISION 16: ELECTRICAL am 16010 GENERAL PROVISIONS 7 16050 BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS 4 mi 16110 RACEWAYS 2 16120 WIRES AND CABLES 2 16130 BOXES 1 16140 WIRING DEVICES 2 am 16160 PANELBOARDS 1 16180 OVERCURRENT PROTECTIVE DEVICES 1 16450 GROUNDING 1 16500 LIGHTING 1 16600 LOW VOLTAGE SWITCHING 1 16700 ELECTRIC HEAT 1 AA Am Am AM A• 14 AUG 80 TIGARD S.C. 00901 - 3 END .W a. SECTION 01010 SUMMARY OF WORK r 1 .1 WORK COVERED BY CONTRACT DOCUMENTS: I � A. Work includes new construction of Tigard Senior Center,'Tigard, Oregon. ■r B. Provide and pay for labor, materials, tools, equipment, superinten- dence, temporary facilities and services necessary for proper execution and completion of the work. lb C. Government Requirements: Comply with ordinances and regulations of public authorities. Specific clarifications, modifications, or waivers of building code requirements are listed in the applicable MO Sections. 1 .2 CONTRACTS: Mb A. Submit itemized quotation for this Work on Section 00300 BID FORM and obtain written Notice to Proceed from Owner before starting Work. Mb B. Carefully examine the documents and construction site to obtain first-hand knowledge of existing conditions. 1 .3 ITEMS FURNISHED BY OWNER INSTALLED BY CONTRACTOR: Contractor is responsible for coordinating pick-up, delivery and installation of the following items: A. Convection oven B. Range Mb C. Steam table D. Refrigerator (single) E. Refrigerator (double) Mb F. Freezer 1 1.4 FIELD ENGINEERING: Provide and maintain grades, lines and levels. Mb Report errors in dimensions before commencing work. Report discrepancies between existing structure and Drawings. 1 .5 PERPIITS: Owner will pay for plan check fee and building permit fee. All Mb other required permits to be included in this contract. I _ ■b Mb 1 lr 14 AUG 80 TIGARD S.C. 01010 - 1 END 1 "' d• SECTION 01040 COORDINATION d„ 1.1 MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL COORDINATION: A. Mechanical and electrical Drawings are diagrammatic. Install addi- tional offsets and bends in the systems where required by. field " conditions. B. The Architect may make minor adjustments in fixture, outlet, grille, A louver or ventilator locations prior to rough-in work. C. Coordinate rough-in, plumbing and wiring requirements for equipment with equipment supplier and install in accordance with equipment 40 manufacturer's printed instructions. 1.2 CLEARANCES: AA A. Provide adequate clearance between Architectural , Structural , Mechanical and Electrical Systems. Verify physical dimensions of A, equipment with its available space. Check access routes through concealed spaces. B. Review Drawings for possible conflicts prior to rough-in. Contractor '" is responsible for verification that equipment will fit in the space provided. Resolve conflicts with Architect prior to rough-in work. .. 1.3 CUTTING AND PATCHING: A. Execute cutting, fitting or patching of work required to remove and A, replace defective work and work not conforming to Contract Documents. B. Inspect existing conditions of work, including elements subject to movement or damage during cutting and patching. dr C. Provide shoring, bracing and support as required to maintain structural integrity of the Project. AA D. Execute cutting, product removal and patching by methods which will prevent damage to other work, will provide proper surfaces to receive installation of repairs, and comply with specified tolerances and As finishes. E. Fill openings cut oversized to install equipment systems or sleeves until finished surface is tight against the equipment, system or sleeve installed in the opening. F. Repair surfaces adjacent to cut areas to match the adjacent finish. as am 14 AUG 80 TIGARD S.C. 01040 -LEND MO am SECTION 01072 - STANDARDS ORGANIZATIONS r PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 STANDARDS ORGANIZATIONS: The following list includes abbreviations of rrr organizations commonly used in this specification. AA Aluminum Association Mr 'AAMA Architectural Aluminum Manufacturer's Association .AASHTO American Association of State Highway & Transportation Officials ACI American Concrete Institute AGC Associated General Contractors of America Mb AIA American Institute of Architects AISC American Institute of Steel Construction AISI American Iron & Steel Institute Mb ' AITC American Institute of Timber Construction ANSI American National Standards Institute APA American,Plywood Association „b ASHRAE American Society of Heating, Refrigerating & Air Conditioning Engineers ASTM American Society for Testing and Materials ASSE American Society of Sanitary Engineers " AWI American Woodworking Institute I AWPA AWPB American Wood Preservers Association American Wood Preservers Bureau ■. AWPI American Wood Preservers Institute AWS American Welding Society AWWA American Water Works Association CRSI Concrete Reinforcing Steel Institute CS Commercial Stanard, Commodity Standards Division, U.S. Department of Commerce FS Federal Specifications of General Services Administration "` HMI Hoist Manufacturer's Institute IAPMO International Association of Plumbing & Mechanical Officials MSS Manufacturer's Standardization Society of the Valve & Fittings r Industry NAAMM National Association of Architectural Metal Manufacturers I NBS National Bureau of Standards 1 NEC National Electrical Code ga NEMA National Electrical Manufacturers Association I NFPA NKCA National Fire Protection Association National Kitchen Cabinet Association "b NSF National Sanitation Foundation ORS Oregon Revised Statutes OSH Oregon State Highway Commission - OSHA Occupational Safety & Health Administration PCA Portland Cement Association j PDCA Painting & Decorating Contractors of America Mr PDI Plumbing & Drainage Institute PS Voluntary Product Standard of the National Bureau of Standards Mb i r 14 AUG 80 TIGARD S.C. 01072 - 1 Mb WO SMACNA Sheet Metal & Air Conditioning Contractor's National Association, Inc. SSPC Steel Structure Painting Council Ami TCA Tile Council of America UBC Uniform Building Code of the International Conference of Building Officials (ICBG) UL Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. WCLIB West Coast Lumber Inspection Bureau - WWPA Western Wood Products Association WO ars • AW 06 AO WO am 40 AO WO AW AM AM AO 'A 14 AUG 80 TIGARD S.C. 01072 - 2 END mi Ike SECTION 01100 ALTERNATIVES 61, 1.1 DESCRIPTION: Alternatives indicated in Section 00300 BID FORM, include so changes in Work as described by the Alternatives listed in this Section. 1.2 REFERENCED SECTIONS: Specification Sections referenced in each Alternative contain pertinent requirements for materials and installation to achieve ' the work described by each Alternative. 1.3 COORDINATION: Coordinate related work and modify surrounding work as WM required to complete the Project under each alternative designated in the Owner-Contractor Agreement. 1 .4 ALTERNATIVE NO. 1 : bb A. Work Deleted: (At multi-purpose 002, craft room 001 , men 003, women 004, pool room 005, storage 006) Non-bearing interior partitions, gypsum wallboard, conduit and wiring, outlets and light fixtures, cabinetry, finish plumbing and fixtures, painting, interior doors and frames, toilet room accessories, rest room exhaust fans , sheet vinyl flooring in rest rooms. Mb B. References: Divisions 6, 8, 9, 10, 15 and 16. Mb 1.5 ALTERNATIVE NO. 2: A. Work Deleted: (At multi-purpose 104, kitchen 103) coat rack, folding partitions, dishwasher including overhead spray, stainless steel counter and sink and disposal . B. References: Divisions 6, 10, 11 . 1 .6 ALTERNATIVE NO. 3: • A. Work Deleted: (At multi-purpose 104, reception 109) Air-to-air M. heat exchangers, insulting window shades, insulating window panels, casework associated with insulating shades and panels. 1 B. References: Divisions 6, 12. 1 .7 ALTERNATIVE NO. 4: Mb is A. Work Deleted: (At multi-purpose 104) Substitute 3/32 V.A.T. for hardwood floor. 06 B. References: Division 9. 1.8 ALTERNATIVE NO. 5: Mb A. Work Substituted: Substitute asphalt shingles for metal roofing. B. References: Division 7. UM 14 AUG 80 TIGARD S.C. 01100 - 1 rr am 1.9 ALTERNATIVE NO. 6: AM A. Work Substituted: Substitute plywood siding for lx6 cedar T & G. ,. B. References: Division 6. 1 .10 ALTERNATIVE NO. 7: A. Work Deleted: Parking lot lighting (retain underground conduit to light standard locations) . - B. References: Division 16. AN AM AN AN AO AO AO AO AO 14 AUG 80 TIGARD S.C. 01100 - 2 END +rr SECTION 01300 SUBMITTALS Mb 1.1 CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE: A. Content: Show product and installation dates for major products. Mb Show dates for enclosing interior space, mechanical system comple- tion, substantial completion, final completion and Owner occupancy. - B. Updating: Indicate progress of each activity, show revised com- pletion dates. Provide listing of anticipated accelerations and delays. 1.2 SHOP DRAWINGS: Submit shop drawings showing connections, details, dimensions, finishes and fasteners. Index shop drawings to a master index. Cross-reference drawing and detail numbers in the Contract Documents. 1.3 PRODUCT DATA: VI A. Submit manufacturer's catalog sheets, brochures, diagrams, schedules, performance charts, illustration and other descriptive data on manufactured products and systems. B. Where the specific catalog number and manufacturer specified will be furnished, the contractor may submit a statement of conformance with the Contract Documents in place of the product data. C. Identify data sheets with the section and paragraph numbers where the product or system is specified. Bind data sheet submittal in .r loose-leaf notebook binding system. D. Equipment and systems must meet performance data even when specified by manufacturer's name and catalog number. "b 1.4 OFFICE SAMPLES: Submit office samples of size and quantity specified or of sufficient size and quantity to clearly illustrate functional M, characteristics of product, material , or system with integrally related parts and attachment devices. 1.5 SCHEDULE OF VALUES: Submit a Schedule of Values covering various parts ` of work, including quantities aggregating the total sum of the Contract. This Schedule will be the basis for the Contractor's Application for Payment. 1.6 PRODUCTS LIST: Not more than seven days from the Contract date, submit a complete list of major products proposed to be used with the name of rs the manufacturer and the installing subcontractor. See Section 00800 SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS. 3.1 CONTRACTOR'S SUBMITTAL: A. Review submittals prior to submission and provide stamp of approval signed or initialed by Contractor, indicating the Contractor has Mb inspected the submittals and certifying that they are complete, correct, in compliance with the Contract Documents and suitable for the project. 14 AUG 80 TIGARD S.C. 01300 - 1 las A" B. Submit to Architect submittals required for each Specification Section. Notify Architect in writing at time of submission of deviation in submittals from requirements of Contract Documents. 46 3.2 ARCHITECT'S REVIEW: A. Architect will review submittals for design concept and conformance AS with the Contract Documents and return submittals requiring correct- ing with corrections noted thereon. B. Contractor's responsibility for deviations in submittals from requirements of Contract Documents is not relieved by Architect's review of submittals unless Architect gives written acceptance of ,. specific deviations. 3.3 CORRECTIONS: Immediately incorporate all required corrections in the submittals and resubmit for further review, if required. AO 3.4 QUANTITY OF REQUIRED SUBMITTALS TO ARCHITECT: A. A. Construction Schedule, Shop Drawings, Product Data, Schedule of Values and Product List: Submit two opaque prints of 8-1/2" x 11" submittals and one opaque print and one reproducible transparency d„ of submittals larger than 8-1/2" x 11". B. Office Samples: See Section covering specific product, material or system for size and quantity required. 3.5 TIME SCHEDULE FOR SUBMITTALS: (quantities in days) Contractor ,,. Architect Update and First Submittal Review in Resubmit in A. Construction 30 after 10 60 AO Schedule: contract award B. Shop Drawings: 15 prior to need 10 -- AA C. Product Data: 15 prior to ordering 10 -- A„ D. Office Samples: 15 prior to ordering 5 E. Schedule of prior to payment 5 30 Values application AO F. Product List: 7 after 10 -- contract award Ar AM AO A,. 14 AUG 80 TIGARD S.C. 01300 - 2 END AM m. SECTION 01500 CONSTRUCTION FACILITIES AND TEMPORARY CONTROLS Mb 1.1 GOVERNMENT REQUIREMENTS: Temporary facilities shall comply with building codes, ordinances and regulations of public authorities. 1.2 TEMPORARY POWER: Provide power to all areas of site for temporary light- 'b ing, temporary heating and ventilating, temporary communications systems, construction equipment and testing equipment. Contractor may 'use permanent _ power system after obtaining written approval . .r 1.3• TEMPORARY LIGHTING: Provide temporary lighting throughout construction period as required by governing agencies. Provide 5 foot candles in occupied spaces during presence of authorized personnel and 10 foot Mb candles in areas of construction activity during scheduled work periods. Provide additional lighting for finish work when required. ■. 1.4 TEMPORARY HEAT AND VENTILATION: A. Minimum Temperatures: After temporary enclosures are installed, s provide 40° F in construction areas and 60° F in finish work areas for 24 hours per day until Substantial Completion. B. Minimum Ventilation: Provide local exhaust ventilation to prevent Mb harmful dispersal of hazardous substances into atmosphere at all times. Provide ventilation for materials being cured. Mb 1.5 TEMPORARY TELEPHONE SERVICE: Provide one direct line instrument in tempor- ary field office. Toll calls paid by party making call . Mb 1.6 TEMPORARY WATER: Provide service standpipe inside Project area with one 3/4 inch diameter hose bibb at 20 psi minimum discharge pressure. 1.7 SANITARY FACILITIES: Provide potable water, enclosed toilet facilities "" and washing facilities for construction personnel . 1.8 SECURITY: Provide temporary locks and doors at all openings after build- ing is enclosed. Cover and protect equipment and materials stored at the Site. 1.9 FIRST AID: Provide required first aid facilities. `` 1.10 FIRE PROTECTION: A. Fire Safety: Take all precautions to prevent the possibility of fire resulting from construction operations. Particularly avoid hazardous accumulations of rubbish and unsecured flammable materials. ,r B. Fire Fighting Equipment: Provide emergency fire extinguishers of adequate type and quantity, properly maintained. Obtain local Fire Department approval of emergency fire extinguishers. M" "` ■r 14 AUG 80 TIGARD S.C. 01500 - 1 Mb " 1.11 CONSTRUCTION AIDS AND- BARRIERS: A. Provide ramps, ladders, stairs, guardrails, chutes and material O. hoists. Construct and maintain to requirements of governing agencies. Furnish for safety of public and construction personnel . B. Provide barriers to protect materials, equipment, new work, con- struction personnel and public. _ C. Provide temporary support of the structure prior to completion of As the vertical and lateral load systems. 1.12 ACCESS ROADS, PARKING AREAS AND TRAFFIC REGULATION: Keep access roads, ,11 parking areas and loading areas clear. Provide barricades, warning signs, flagmen or other traffic regulators which may become necessary for protection of public, construction personnel or property. 40 1.13 CONTROLS: A. Dispersal Control : Comply with local ordinances. Do not dispose of mi volatile wastes in storm or sanitary drains. B. Exterior Dust Control : Wet down exposed earth materials to prevent AO blowing dust as required. C. Interior Dust Control : Vacuum clean interior spaces prior to and during painting. AO 1.14 FIELD OFFICE: Provide temporary field office until Project completion. 1.15 SHEDS: Provide temporary buildings used for material and equipment storage. Provide adequate ventilation, fire extinguishers and temperature control for materials being stored. AM 3.1 FACILITY REMOVAL: Completely remove temporary materials and equipment upon completion of construction. Repair damage caused by installation 4" of temporary items and restore exposed finishes to specified condition. AO Am al AM A' 14 AUG 80 TIGARD S.C. 01500 - 2 END AM • SECTION 01532 TREE AND PLANT PROTECTION mm 1.1 WORK INCLUDED: Preserve and protect existing trees and plants at the site which are designated to remain, and those adjacent to the site as indicated on Drawings and specified herein. Mb 3.1 INSPECTION: A. Conduct on-site inspection of trees and plants with Architect's representative and Owner prior to start of construction. Mb B. Remove agreed-on roots and branches which interfere with construction. 3.2 MARKING: Mark all plants within project area to be saved. "` 3.3 ABOVE GRADE PROTECTION: Mb A. Provide temporary barricades or guard rails where required to protect trees and plants, which are to remain, from above grade damage. B. Employ qualified tree surgeon to prune trees and plants and treat cuts. 3.4 ROOT SYSTEM PROTECTION: A. Do not store construction materials, debris or excavated material within drip line. Mb B. Do not permit vehicular traffic or parking within drip line. C. Restrict foot traffic to prevent excessive compaction of soil over root system. D. Protect root systems from damage due to noxious materials in solution wa caused by run-off or spillage during storage or placement of construc- tion materials. E. Protect root systems from flooding or soil erosion. Mb 3.5 ADJUSTMENTS: Replace or suitably repair trees and plants designated to remain which are damaged or destroyed due to construction operations. "' Mb Mb MO 14 AUG 80 TIGARD S.C. 01532 - 1 END Mb err •" SECTION 01600 MATERIAL AND EQUIPMENT A. 1.1 MATERIAL AND EQUIPMENT SELECTION: A. Comply with Standards and Specifications including: Size,- make, type and quality specified, or as approved in writing by the Architect. AM B. Manufactured and Fabricated Products: Design, fabricate and assemble in accord with the best engineering and shop practices. Two or more 40 items of the same kind shall be identical and by the same manufac- turer. Adhere to equipment capacities, sizes and dimensions as shown or specified unless variations are specifically approved in writing. AM C. Do not use material or equipment for any purpose other than that for which it is designed or specified. ' D. Select, fabricate and install equipment to deliver its full rated capacity at the efficiency for which it was designed and operate at full capacity without objectionable noise or vibration. AO E. Provide electrical products with Underwriters' Laboratories label or as approved by the local inspection authority. di 1.2 MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS: 40 A. Perform work in accord with manufacturer's printed installation instructions, obtain and distribute copies of such instructions to parties involved in the installation, including two copies to AO Architect. B. Provide one set of complete instructions at the site during installa- mo tion and maintain at the site until completion. C. Handle, install , connect, clean, condition and adjust products in strict accord with manufacturer's printed instructions and in conform- ity with specified requirements. D. Do not omit any preparatory step or installation procedure unless "' specifically modified or exempted by Contract Documents. AM AS Ai 14 AUG 80 TIGARD S.C. 01600 - 1 or 1.3 TRANSPORTATION AND HANDLING: A. Arrange deliveries of products in accord with construction schedules; coordinate to avoid conflict with work and conditions at the site. 1. Deliver products in undamaged condition, in manufacturer's OM original containers or packaging, with identifying labels intact and legible. 2. Immediately on delivery, inspect shipments to assure compliance Mb with requirements of Contract Documents and assure products are properly protected and undamaged. B. Provide equipment and personnel to handle products by methods to lb prevent damage to products or packaging. 1 .4 STORAGE AND PROTECTION: rr A. Store products in accord with manufacturer's instructions, with 1 seals and labels intact and legible. B. Store products subject to damage by moisture in weathertight enclosures. Maintain temperature and humidity within the ranges required by manufacturer's instructions. } C. Exterior Storage: Mr 1. Store fabricated products above the ground, on blocking or skids, prevent soiling or staining. Cover products which are subject to deterioration with impervious sheet coverings, provide adequate ventilation to avoid condensation. "` 2. Store loose granular materials in a well-drained area on solid surfaces to prevent mixing with foreign matter. D. Protection after Installation: 1. Provide substantial coverings as necessary to protect installed products from damage from traffic and subsequent construction operations. Remove when no longer needed. 2. Keep pipe and conduit openings closed with plugs or caps to prevent entrance of foreign matter. mi 3. Protect piping, conduit, ductwork, fixtures, equipment, and apparatus against dirty water, chemical or mechanical damage, both before and after installation. 4. Protect bright finished shafts, bearings, housings, and similar items until in service. Rust will not be permitted. 1.5 PRODUCT OPTIONS: A. For products specified only by reference standard, select any product 1 meeting that standard. 06 B. For products specified by naming one or more products or manufacturers and "or approved," Contractor must submit a substitution request for Mb any product or manufacturer not specifically named. so 14 AUG 80 TIGARD S.C. 01600 - 2 1 4" 1 .6 SUBSTITUTION PROCEDURES: A. Format: Substitution requests will be considered only if they are 00' prepared on a copy of the Portland Chapter Construction Specifications Institute "Substitution Request Form" at the end of this Section. Additional copies may be obtained from the Architect. am B. Supporting Data: Submit a separate request for each product supported with complete data, drawings and samples as appropriate. AO C. Engineering Requests: Mechanical and electrical requests may be sent directly to respective consulting engineers with copy to Architect. 404 D. General Requirements: See Paragraph 3.3 in Section 00100 INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS. 1 .7 PRE-BID REQUESTS: A. Time Limitation: See Subparagraph 3.3.2 in Section 00100 INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS. 401 B. Acceptance: If the bidder complies with the requirements of this Section and in the Owner's and Architect's opinion the proposed �.{ product is acceptable in lieu of the one or more specified, the Architect will include it in an addendum which will be issued to all bidders. 40 1 .8 AFTER AWARD OF CONTRACT REQUESTS: A. Consideration: Requests for substitution of specified products after the construction contract is signed will be considered only for tt,o following reasons: 4111 1. Owner's or Architect's request. 2. Reduction in contract time or contract sum. - 3. Specified product is not available from any source. 4. Specified product would cause significant delay in contract time. B. Acceptance: If the Contractor complies with the requirements of this Section and in the Owner's and Architect's opinion the proposed product is acceptable in lieu of the one or more specified, the Architect will issue a Field Order where contract sum or time is not affected or a Change Order where contract sum or time is affected. 40 a 0 14 AUG 80 TIGARD S.C. 01600 - 3 AO rt+U THE CONSTRUCTION SUBSTITUTION REQUEST FORM % SPECIFICATIONS INSTITUTE .�. Portland Chapter TO: nw PROJECT: We hereby submit for your consideration the following product instead of the specified item for the above project: 11116 Section Paragraph Specified Item rib Proposed Substitution: rw Attach complete technical data, including laboratory tests, if applicable. Include complete information on changes to Drawings and/or Specifications which proposed substitution willrequire for its proper installation. Fill In Blanks Below: ilibA. Does the substitution affect dimensions shown on Drawings? 1 � B. Will the undersigned pay for changes to the building design, including engineering and detailing costs caused by the requested substitution? rlir C. What affect does substitution have on other trades? ISOD. Differences between proposed substitution and specified item? rlr E. Manufacturer's guarantees of the proposed and specified items are: 0 Same ❑ Different (explain on attachment) The undersigned states that the function, appearance and quality are j equivalent or superior to the specified item. Submitted By: Signature For Use By Design Consultant: 0 Accepted ❑ Accepted As Noted Firm 0 Not Accepted 0 Received Too Late Address By Date Date Remarks - Telephone Revised 7/Z0/76 14 AUG 80 TIGARD S.C. 01600 - 4 END AM SECTION 01700 CONTRACT CLOSEOUT W"' 1.1 SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION: A. Submit written notice to Architect that Work, or designated portion AM thereof, is substantially complete. Architect and his consultants will inspect Work within 7 days. .. = B. If Architect determines that Work is not substantially complete, he will immediately notify Contractor in writing. Contractor shall complete Work and submit a second written notice of substantial completion to the Architect. Architect will reinspect the Work. AM C. When Architect concurs that Work is substantially complete, he will prepare a Certificate of Substantial Completion on AIA Form G704 with a tentative list of items to be completed or corrected. Architect will submit Certificate and tentative list to Owner and Contractor for their written acceptance of responsibilities assigned to them in the Certificate. Awe 1.2 CLEANING PRIOR TO FINAL INSPECTION: 410) A. Remove grease, dust, dirt, stains, manufacturer's labels, finger- prints, etc. from sight on exposed surfaces. Repair, patch and touch up marred surfaces. AO B. Clean heating and cooling ducts, blowers, coils, fixtures, equip- Aj ment, piping and grilles. Replace disposable air filters and clean permanent filters. Flush water systems and disinfect domestic water lines. 41/11 C. Broom clean exterior paved surfaces and walks. Rake clean land- scaped areas. Vacuum clean interior spaces. Wash interior and exterior glazing and mirrors. 1 D. Maintain in cleaned condition until final completion of Owner occupancy. 1.3 FINAL INSPECTION: A. Submit written certificate that Contract Documents have been reviewed, Project has been inspected, Work is completed in accordance with Contract Documents, equipment and systems have been tested in the presence of the Owner's representative and are operational , and Work is ready for final inspection. Architect, and his consultants, will inspect Work within 7 days. AM B. Should Architect consider that the Work is incomplete or defective, he will notify Contractor in writing, listing the incomplete or defective work. Contractor shall remedy the deficiencies and send a second written certification to Architect that the Work is complete. Architect will reinspect the Work. AM 14 AUG 80 TIGARD S.C. 01700 - 1 Mb C. When the Architect finds that Work is acceptable under the Contract Documents, he shall request the Contractor to make closeout Mb submittals. 1.4 REINSPECTION FEES: Should Architect perform more than one reinspection due to failure of the Work to comply with the claims of status of comple- ■r tion made by the Contractor, Owner will compensate Architect for such additional services and deduct the amount of such compensation from the final payment to the Contractor. Mr 1.5 PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS: A. Maintain at the site one copy of: Bid Documents, Contract Forms, Project Manual , Contract Drawings, Field Orders, Addenda, Change Orders, Reviewed Shop Drawings, Office Samples, Field Test Records, and Field Observation Reports. Mb B. Store documents and samples in Contractor's field office separate from documents used for construction. C. Keep current record of documents and label "Project Record. " Record location of concealed items and utility lines, field changes in dimension or detail and changes in materials furnished "b on Project Record Documents. Record changes from Field Orders, Change Orders and Details not on Contract Drawings. 1.6 CLOSEOUT MANUALS: Mb A. Form of Manuals: Mb 1. Prepare data in the form of instructional manuals for use by Owner's personnel . Use 8-1/2" x 11" format in 3-ring binder. 2. Include drawings, indexed tabs and title for each manual . 01 B. Content of Manuals: 1 Mb 1. List products, equipment and systems used, product installers, maintenance program and local source for replacement parts. 2. Include product data with specific product clearly identified. 3. Include drawings of wiring and flow diagrams and system parts. "` C. Materials and Finishes Manual : mb 1. Include manufacturer's data, catalog number, color and texture. 2. Include instructions for care and maintenance of finishes. D. Equipment and Systems Manual : 1. Include manufacturer's description, operating characteristics, performance data, testing and balancing data and printed operating and maintenance instructions. 2. Include manufacturer's catalog number and replaceable parts list. 3. Include instructions for start-up, break-in, summer and winter operating, control diagrams, stopping, shut-down, emergency pro- cedures, operating sequence, maintenance procedures and servicing schedule. Mb 14 AUG 80 TIGARD s.r. 01700 - 2 a 4. Include as-installed color coded piping diagrams and valve charts with valve tag numbers and valve functions. 5. Include circuit directories of panel boards and as-installed am color coded wiring diagrams. 6. Include as-installed color coded duct and damper layouts with air flow ratings and fan sizes. AO E. Spare Parts and Maintenance Materials Manual : Tabulate -list of spare parts and maintenance materials showing product description, a„ paragraph in Project Manual listing product and quantity delivered to Owner. 3.1 INSTRUCTION OF OWNER'S PERSONNEL: A. Prior to final inspection or acceptance, fully instruct Owner's A+ designated operating and maintenance personnel in the operation, adjustment and maintenance of all products, equipment and systems. B. Closeout manuals shall constitute the basis of instruction. 1. Review contents of manual with Owner's personnel in full detail to explain all aspects of operations and maintenance. 2. Review complete heating and cooling cycles with Owner' s per- sonnel . Review location of dampers , valves and control equipment. ®. 3.2 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL HANDLING: Label packages and deliver spare parts and maintenance materials to Owner's storage area. Submit quantity specified in each product section. 3.3 SCHEDULE OF CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS: A. Preliminary Equipment and Systems Manual : Submit two copies of preliminary draft of proposed formats and outlines of contents prior to start of work. Architect will review draft and return one copy with comments. B. Final Inspection Manuals: Submit one preliminary copy of materials and finishes manual , equipment and systems manual and spare parts and maintenance materials list in final form fifteen days prior to final inspection or acceptance. A marked up copy will be returned after final inspection or acceptance. C. Closeout Manuals: Submit three corrected copies of each reviewed preliminary manual in final form within ten days after final inspection or acceptance. A. D. Keys and Certificate of Occupancy: Submit two copies of keying schedule. Submit keys and key blanks in quantities specified. Obtain and submit Certificate of Occupancy. .r I AO aw 14 AUG 80 TIGARD S.C. 01700 - 3 END AO AA SECTION 02050 DEMOLITION AM 1.1 DESCRIPTION:` A. Work Included: Remove existing storage building, remove and dispose of demolished material as indicated on Drawings and A. - specified herein. 1 .2 JOB CONDITIONS: AS A. Dust Control : Sprinkle debris, as necessary to limit dust to lowest practicable level . Do not use water to extent causing flooding, contaminated runoff or icing. AA 3. 1 DEMOLITION: A. Remove wood frame storage building. 3.2 DISPOSAL: Ad A. Transport demolition debris as soon as practicable to the approved and licensed land fill area. A0 Aw 40 AA 40 40 41 .r 14 AUG 80 TIGARD S.C. 02050 - 1 END SECTION 02100 SITE PREPARATION M" 1 .1 PROTECTION: A. Protect trees and shrubs indicated to remain. See Sect ion 01532 TREE AND PLANT PROTECTION. Mb 3.1 CLEARING: Mb A. Remove trees, shrubs, grass and other vegetation, bituminous concrete paving, concrete curbs, foundation concrete, and other obstructions which interfere with new construction. Protect Mbblackberry bushes not directly affected by construction. { 3.2 GRUBBING: mitA. Remove stumps to 12 inches below finished grade. Treat stumps over 4 inches in diameter to prevent growth. Mb B. Remove roots over 3 inches in diameter and matted roots within 5 feet of building perimeter or paving areas to 12 inches below finished grade. r 3.3 DISPOSAL: Remove excess materials from the Site as approved by City of Tigard. Mb M` Mb Mb Mb MbMb 14 AUG 80 TIGARD S.C. 02100 - 1 END AM SECTION 02200 EARTHWORK ma 1 .1 ELEVATION TOLERANCES: Shape soil and aggregate to +0.10 feet above or below the indicated elevations. . 1.2 PROTECTION: Protect existing utility lines. "M 1 .3 WORK AREA: Limit work to authorized street improvements and the areas - within Owner's property limits. W" 1 .4 BARRICADES: Barricade open excavations and provide warning lights from dusk to dawn each day. we _ 1.5 SOILS ENGINEER REPORT: Report S-593, L.R. Squier Associates, Inc. , MAR 17, 1980. 2.1 ENGINEERED STRUCTURAL FILL: Well graded clean granular crushed rock, sand, angular gravel or moisture controlled on-site material when approved } by Soils Engineer. No aggregate larger than 4 inches in lower fill areas ■r and 1-1/2 inches in the top 12 inches of fill . Provide non-plastic fines with not more than 5% passing the number 200 sieve. Obtain Soils Engineer's approval of fill material prior to placement and delivery. AR 2.3 GRANULAR FILL: Well graded granular material free of clay, aggregate larger than 1-1/2 inches in any dimension, debris, vegetable matter and sj waste. Free draining with not more than 2.0% passing a #200 sieve. 2.4 DRAINAGE FILL: Pea gravel (3/8 to 1/2 inch) or crushed drain rock (3/8 inch minimum size). 2.5 CONCRETE SLAB BASE: Well graded clean granular crushed rock or sand. No aggregate larger than 1 inch in any dimension. Not more than 2% passing a #200 sieve. 3.1 PREPARATION: Establish and maintain property, building and paving lines AM and elevations. 3.3 EXCAVATION AND TRENCHING: Alt A. Remove and dispose of material encountered to obtain required sub-grade elevations. B. At building area remove existing fill plus the upper 6 inches of the original in-place soil . AR AR 41. 14 AUG 80 TIGARD S.C. 02200 - 1 Mb C. Removal of materials beyond indicated subgrade elevations may be filled and compacted with acceptable fill material , filled with lean concrete, or corrected by extending the indicated bottom elevation of the concrete or paving base to the lower elevation, as directed by the Architect. D. Trench for footings 12 inches minimum below original grade and 18 inches measured from either top of interior floor slab or outside rrc finished grade. Do not excavate closer than one to one slope below footings. 3.4 BACKFILL AND FILL: A. Place and compact backfill and fill materials in lifts to required elevations. mi B. Backfill at trenches and retaining walls as promptly as work permits. Mb C. Do not place fill materials on muddy or frozen subgrade. D. Engineered Structural Fill : Place below concrete slabs on grade and paving surfaces in 8 inch lifts before compaction. Place under the continuous inspection of the Soils Engineer. See Soils Engineer report for Fill Procedures. E. Granular Fill : Place continuous behind retaining walls. Place behind retaining wall 18 inches wide from base of wall to within 12 inches of finished grade. F. Drainage Fill : Place all around drain lines to 6 inch depth in perforated drain line areas. Mb G. Concrete Slab Base: Place concrete slab base aggregate to not less than 6 inch depth below new concrete slabs on grade and to not less than 2 inch depth below new concrete walks. Do not mix aggregate with ib soil material . 3.6 COMPACTION: lir A. Compact each layer of engineered structural fill and concrete slab base to 95% of maximum density at optimum moisture content as obtained by AASHTO T-180 or ASTM D 1557-70. B. Heavy compactors and large pieces of construction equipment shall be kept at least 5 feet away from any retaining walls. Use hand operated compactors and shore top-restraint walls until floor diaphragm is installed. C. Compact each layer of granular fill to 93% of maximum density at "b optimum moisture content as obtained by AASHTO T-180 or ASTII D 1557.70. D. Compact with vibratory roller or approved compaction equipment. Mb 14 AUG 80 TIGARD S.C. 02200 - 2 M► di 3.7 GRADING: Grade areas indicated, including adjacent transition areas, with AM uniform levels or slopes between finish grades. 3.8 ADJUST AND CLEAN: we A. Maintenance: Repair and re-establish grades in settled; eroded, rutted or otherwise damaged areas. Scarify the surface, reshape and compact to required density. During wet weather, place 4 inch lift at of engineered structural fill crushed aggregate at bottom of footing excavations. AO B. Disposal : Remove trash, debris, waste material and unusuable excess excavated soil material from the Site. C. Compaction: Recompact or remove and replace materials not meeting AM required density. ar do AP a a AO a 14 AUG 80 TIGARD S.C. 02200 - 3 END AM AO I1 Mb SECTION 02400 DRAINAGE Mb 1 .1 WORK INCLUDED: M' - A. Provide complete footing, floor slab and parking area drainage system as indicated on Drawings and specified herein. Mb 1 .2 work specified elsewhere: A. Drainage System Trenching and Backfilling: Section 02200 EARTHWORK. B. Granular Fill , Drainage Fill and Concrete Slab Base: Section 02200 EARTHWORK. Me C. Storm and Sanitary Sewer Lines: Section 15050 BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS. a 2.1 CORRUGATED POLYVINYL CHLORIDE DRAINAGE TUBING: Mb A. Perforated Tubing: ASTM F 405-74, slotted corrugated plastic drainage tubing #401 with drain guard by A.D.S. , Inc. or approved. Mb C. Tubing Accessories: ( 1 . Tubing Joints: Coupling, reducing coupler, Tee, 90 degree ell , 45 degree "Y" and end plugs by A.D.S. , Inc. or approved. 2. Solvent Cement: ASTM D 2235-76a. Mk 2.2 NON-REINFORCED CONCRETE SEWER PIPE: ASTM C 14-75, Class 1 , 2 or 3. Inside diameter as indicated on Drawings. 2.3 CATCH BASINS: A. Concrete Catch Basin: ASTM C 14-75, Non-Reinforced Concrete Sewer Pipe, Class 1 , with 6 inch thick cast-in-place concrete base. 24 inch diameter x 4'-0" long. B. Medium Duty Catch Basin Frame and Grate: r� 1 . ASTM A 48-74, Class 30, 24 inch diameter, gray iron frame and cover, medium duty. lb 2. Neenah Foundry Co. #$2510, 500 Winneconne Avenue, Box 729, Neenah, Wisconsin 54956 (404) 725-3041 . rr 3. Valley Iron and Steel Co. #123 frame with grated cover, 4090 Awbrey Lane, Route 1 , Box 616, Eugene, Oregon 97402 (503) 688-7741 , or approved. ,p„ ea 14 AUG 80 TIGARD S.C. 02400 - 1 AM 411 2.4 BEDDING AGGREGATES: A. Drainage Sand: 0% retained on 3/8 inch sieve. B. Drainage Gravel : 3/8 to 1/2 inch pea gravel with 0% retained on 3/8 inch sieve. - AS 3.1 PREPARATION: _ A. Excavation: Trench size as required for installation, inspection and backfill compaction. See Section 02200 EARTHWORK. B. Bedding: Fill trench with drainage sand or drainage gravel to A" height required for 1% slope in drain tubing and drain pipe. 3.2 INSTALLATION: 4111 A. Tubing Drain System: 1 . Install tubing system in size and locations indicated on Drawings. 2. Install ells, tees, "Y"s, couplers and end plugs as required am to complete the drainage system. B. Pipe Drain System: ar 1 . Install pipe system in size and locations indicated on drawings. 4411 2. Install ells, tees, Y's, couplers and end plugs as required to complete the drainage system. 3. Install non-perforated pipe at locations indicated on Drawings. 4. Connect waste to existing sanitary sewer and storm lines to existing Fanno Creek Drainage Area. 5. Use concrete pipe under parking and driveways. AO C. Backfilling: 4111 1 . Install drainage sand or drainage gravel in lifts not to exceed 8 inches before compaction. 2. Solidly ram and tamp first layer around tubing and pipe. AO Avoid tubing and pipe displacement. 3. Solidly tamp subsequent layers of granular fill and compact in accordance with Section 02200 EARTHWORK. do 14 AUG 80 TIGARD S.C. 02400 - 2 4 me 3.3 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL: .■ A. Non-perforated Tubing and Pipe: Test by filling with water to 1 highest point. Allow to stand one hour. No lowering of water level permitted. im B. Notify Architect 24 hours before conducting tests. Test in large sections before covering or concealing. VI C. Repair or replace defective lines. mi "" Mb .O OW 1 ] MI 14 AUG *) TIGARD S.C. 02400 - 3 END m` mm SECTION 02513 ASPHALTIC CONCRETE PAVING Ai 1.1 WORK INCLUDED: Provide aggregate subbase, aggregate base, and asphaltic concrete paving as indicated on Drawings and specified herein. AS 1.2 WORK SPECIFIED IN OTHER SECTIONS: A. Vehicular and Pedestrian Traffic Control : Section 01500 CONSTRUCTION Am FACILITIES AND TEMPORARY CONTROLS. B. Compaction and Grading of Subgrade: Section 02200 EARTHWORK. Am C. Pavement Marking: Section 02577 PAVEMENT MARKING. 1.3 STANDARDS: Conform to "Standard Specifications for Highway Construction," mm 1974 edition by Oregon State Highway Commission. OSH references in this section are to this standard specification. AM 1.4 ALLOWABLE SURFACE TOLERANCES: Top of paving plus or minus 0.08 feet from line and grade indicated. mm 1.5 PROTECTIONS: Protect paving materials before, during and after installa- tion. Protect installed work or other trades. 1.6 ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS: Apply paving when air temperature is above 4' 40 degrees F and aggregate base is dry. am 2.1 BASE AGGREGATES: Comply with OSH subsection 703.07. Crushed gravel , crushed rock or sand. 0% retained on 1 inch sieve. Source material maximum abrasion per AASHTO T96 of not more than 35 percent. Sand ,w equivalent of not less than 30. 2.2 ASPHALTIC CONCRETE: Comply with OSH subsections 401.11 through 401.16 and OSH Section 702. Asphalt concrete Class C as described in OSH subsection m'" 403.11. AR-8000 viscosity grade based on aged residue from Circulating Rolling Thin Film Oven Procedure at 140 degrees F in accordance with the Uniform Pacific Coast Asphalt Specifications by the Asphalt Institute, •, dated January 1976. 2.3 TACK COAT ASPHALT: Comply with OSH Section 702. Asphalt emulsion: SS-1, SS-lh or approved. Am 2.4 PAVING EQUIPMENT: Spreading, self-propelled machine capable of maintain- ing line, grade and course thickness indicated. Spreader box or manual m" methods may be used in small areas. 2.5 COMPACTING EQUIPMENT: Roller capable of achieving specified degree of - compaction. Use hand operated mechanical vibrators in small areas. mm Am 14 AUG 80 TIGARD S.C. 02513 - 1 Am Mr 3.1 INSPECTION: Examine areas and conditions under which paving work will be installed. Notify Architect of conditions detrimental to proper and timely completion of work. Starting work constitutes acceptance of subgrade conditions. 3.2 BASE INSTALLATION: 1 Mb A. Installation Requirements: Comply with OSH Section 304.- Compact to 95% of maximum density. B. Paving Base: Apply 8 inch compacted thickness of base aggregates at all areas to receive new asphaltic concrete paving. 3.3 PAVEMENT INSTALLATION: m' A. Tack Coat: Apply tack coat asphalt at the rate of 0.02 to 0.06 gallons per square yard to inplace asphalt or concrete contact Mb surfaces. Comply with OSH Section 407. B. Asphaltic Concrete: Mb 1. Comply with OSH subsections 401.31 through 401.49. 2. Deposit on aggregate base at temperatures between 250 degrees and 300 degrees F. 'b 3. Place and compact per OSH Section 401. 4. Hand fill low areas, roll to 92% of relative maximum density and eliminate roller marks. .r► 5. Apply Class C paving in one lift of 2 inch compacted thickness on aggregate base in new paving areas. 3.4 ADJUSTMENTS: Repair cracks, soft areas or variations from surface grade W" indicated by more than 0.08 feet. mb Mk Mb 1 14 AUG 80 TIGARD S.C. 02513 - 2 END AA SECTION 02526 PRECAST CONCRETE CURBS "' 1.1 WARRANTY: Provide manufacturer's standard one year warranty that curbs broken under normal traffic conditions will be replaced. AA 2.1 CONCRETE MIX: Not less than 6 sacks per cubic yard with compressive strength of 4000 psi in 28 days.AM _ 2.2 PRECASTING: Cast not more than 5 inches high with sloping sides. Cast 6 . feet long with two holes for anchor bolts into surface below. Place holes not more than 12 inches from each end of precast curb. AA 3.1 INSTALLATION: Install where indicated. Anchor curbs with 1/2 inch diameter AM anchor bolts near each end. 3.2 ADJUST AND CLEAN: Remove and replace chipped, cracked and defective curbs. AA AM AM MP MP am al a a a 14 AUG 80 TIGARD S.C. 02526 - 1 END AA Mb SECTION 02577 PAVEMENT MARKING 1.1 ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS: Apply pavement markings when paving and Mb curb surfaces are dry. MI 2.1 PAINT: - A. Synthetic rubber traffic paint, FS TT-P-115, type III . 1. Miller Yellow: S-261. 2. Miller White: S-260. 3. Rodda Yellow: 670. 4. Rodda White: 671. or approved. ma 3.1 PAVEMENT MARKING: A. Clean pavement surfaces. Apply paint per manufacturer's instructions m, at locations indicated. Make traffic markings by template of design indicated or approved by Architect. B. Apply white lines to asphalt paving and apply yellow paint to curbs 1/6 where painting is indicated, including handicapped parking symbols. 3.2 ADJUSTMENTS: Paint misplaced lines on asphalt paved surfaces black. .■ Remove misplaced lines from concrete surfaces. .r Mb Mb 1 r Mb Mb Mb Mb 14 AUG 80 TIGARD S.C. 02577 - 1 END sr SECTION 06410 CABINETWORK 1.1 STANDARD: Comply with Sections 100, 200, 400 and 600, AWI "Architectural "` Woodwork Quality Standards." 1.2 SHOP DRAWINGS: Submit drawings showing details of cabinetwork, cabinet .ft hardware and field dimensions. See Section 01300 SUBMITTALS, 1.3 OFFICE SAMPLES: Submit samples of cabinet hardware for Architect's review. 2.1 OPEN SHELVING: Custom grade, or Custom grade interior softwood plywood ` or particleboard for stain finish. 2.2 CUSTOM BUILT CABINETS: A. Provide Custom grade of Natural Birch lumber and closed grain hardwood Natural Birch face veneer for paint finish. B. Provide countertops of grade matching cabinetwork, with plastic laminate cover, including splash backs and edges as indicated. 2.3 PLASTIC LAMINATE: A. Type: NEMA No. Ld-1, Class I (high pressure) ; 0.062" general purpose �. type for countertops, and 0.020" backup sheets for concealed back face where required by AWI 400-26. B. Approved Manufacturers: Nevamar by Exxon Chemicals, Textolite by G. E. , Wilson Art or approved. Color to be approved by Architect. 2.4 HARDWARE: .r A. Quantity: Provide cabinet hardware as required for a complete cabinetwork system. „ . B. Finish: Provide satin brass finish or nearest match available, except as otherwise indicated. C. Drawer Slides: #329 or #335 by Grant, #1305 or #1330 by Knape and Vogt Mfg. Co. , or approved. Ball bearing nylon rollers with recom- mended load of 75 lbs. D. Light Storage Wall Shelf Standards: Knape and Vogt #80A Satin Anochrome, Garcy #604, GP Satin Zinc or approved. E. Light Storage Wall Shelf Supports: Knape and Vogt #180A Satin Anochrome, 12" size, Garcy #689, Silver Zinc, 12" size or approved. F. Cabinet Shelf Standards: #255 AL by Knape and Vogt, #S-373 by Garcy or approved, 4 per adjustable shelf. eft G. Cabinet Shelf Brackets: #256 or #346 by Knape and Vogt, #Y73 by Garcy or approved, 4 per adjustable shelf. 14 AUG 80 TIGARD S.C. 06410 - 1 as SECTION 06311 PRESERVATIVE TREATED LUMBER di 2.1 PRESERVATIVE: ASTM D 1625-71(76) . Water Borne Preservatives, CCA, Chromated Copper-Arsenate, ASTM D 1625-71(76) . a 3.1 PREPARATION: Where possible, pre-cut material before treatment. di 3.2- TREATMENT: A. Treat in accordance with AWPA C-2 for lumber and AWPA C-9 for plywood. Ad B. Pressure treat in accordance with AWPB standard #LP-2 for above- ground use and FDN for wood in contact with soils. Ai C. Treat cants, nailers, blocking, stripping and similar items in conjunction with roofing and flashing. MOi D. Treat sills, sleepers, blocking, furring, stripping and similar items in direct contact with concrete or masonry. E. Treat poles, posts, stakes, paving headerboards, and similar items in direct contact with soils. a a� di di Www ar AO AM sir 14 AUG 80 TIGARD S.C. 06311 - 1 END air rg SECTION 06220 MILLWORK Ma 1.1 STANDARDS: Comply with Sections 100, 200 and 300 in AWI "Architectural Woodwork Quality Standards. " 1.2 SHOP DRAWINGS: Submit drawings showing sections of millwork items. +a See Section 01300 SUBMITTALS. 2.1 PREFABRICATED WOOD: A. Exposed Softwood Species: White Fir, West Coast Hemlock, Douglas Fir, Western Larch, or approved. `" B. Exposed Hardwood Species and Cut: Red Oak or White Oak rift sawn or approved. Mk C. Concealed Wood Species: Douglas Fir or Pine or approved. D. Moisture Content: Kiln dry interior wood to average 8% moisture .w content. 2.2 ADHESIVE: UBC Standard 25-19, 1973; Part I , Type II , water and mold "' resistant casein except Type I , resorcinol-formaldehyde resins at areas exposed to moisture. Mw 2.3 FABRICATION: A. Trim and Base: Sand exposed edges. Shape to profile indicated on 10. Drawings. Comply with AWI Custom grade requirements using Custom grade lumber. B. Closet Shelf: Sand exposed edges. Comply with AWI Custom grade Nib requirements. C. Storage Shelving: Secure to building. Set exposed finish nails, sand exposed edges. Comply with AWI Custom grade requirements. 3.1 INSTALLATION: A. Install plumb, level , true and straight. Shim as required. Cut to fit. Miter corners. .• B. Secure with finishing nails; set nails and fill holes. 46, mw 14 AUG 80 TIGARD S.C. 06220 - 1 END ails � SECTION 06200 FINISH CARPENTRY 1 .1 WORK INCLUDED: Provide exterior and interior finished solid wood and „,m plywood work as indicated on Drawings and specified herein. 1 .2 OFFICE SAMPLES: Submit finished samples of each wood species-and cut where indicated to receive a transparent finish. See Section 09900 dr PAINTING. 2.1 MATERIALS: A. Exterior Wood Trim: Douglas Fir or Western Hemlock kiln dried to a average 15% moisture content. Preservative pressure treat after cutting. Grades: Superior by WWPA and C and BTR by WCLIB. B. Exterior Stair Treads: Douglas Fir or Western Hemlock kiln dried "t to average 15% moisture content. Preservative pressure treat after cutting. Grades: Superior by WWPA and C and BTR by WCLIB. C. Exterior Fasteners: Finish nails, aluminum or galvanized. D. Insect Screen: Aluminim 18 x 14 mesh. di E. Steel Connectors: Numpers indicated on Drawings are from Simpson Company; Bowman connectors of equal design and strength are approved. F. Exterior Plywood: APA, exterior type, 303 Siding, 3/8 inch thick Douglas Fir on exposed face, PS 1-74. Plain face saw textured on exposed face. Face grade premium. a 3.2 INSTALLATION: A. Install plumb, level , .rue and straight. Shim as required. B. Cut to fit, scribe whe'e necessary. ro C. Distribute defects totrI�est overall advantage. AdD. Install exterior woodrim with bark side of wood exposed to weather. E. Nail wood trim at 12 inches on center, staggered. 'ar F. Set exposed nails, countersink screws and drill and plug lag and machine bolts. Provide steel washers at bolts bearing on wood. rri G. Install insect screen where indicated, staple to wood framing at edges. AM de 14 AUG 80 I TIGARD S.C. 06200 - 1 END r rr SECTION 06181 GLUE LAMINATED STRUCTURAL UNITS aft 1 .1 STANDARDS: Comply with PS 56-73 and with the applicable requirements and recommendations of AITC Series 100 "Timber Construction Standards." .w 1.i' SHOP DRAWINGS: Submit shop drawings showing dimensioned layout and details _ for the entire laminated timber work. 1.3 AITC CERTIFICATE: Submit AITC Certificate of Conformance with PS 56-73. rra 2.1 STRUCTURAL WOOD: Douglas Fir or Larch; L2-d Dense Laminating Struct. Lam. , 15% moisture content, WCLIB. Stress grade of Fb = 2,400, Fv = 165, E = 1 ,800,000. ■► 2.2 HARDWARE: Provide nails, screws, bolts, washers, rods, connectors, hangers, plates, angles and welded connection assemblies as indicated and as „k required for installation of timber. Clean metal surfaces and prime with rust-inhibitive primer prior to installation. 2.3 FABRICATION: "O A. Fabricate exposed members to Architectural appearance grade with waterproof adhesive. Furnish main members wrapped in waterproof .. paper. 1 B. Camber: 1 .50 times dead load deflection for true lines except where otherwise indicated on Drawings. C. Cutting and Finishing: Cut, notch, shape and finish members as indicated. "6 3.1 INSTALLATION: .b A. Comply with manufacturer's instructions and applicable standards for { erection, anchorage and nailing of laminated structural units. 5 rr, B. Comply with AITC Specification Number 105-65 for erection of members. Illkt Eft I 14 AUG 80 TIGARD S.C. 06181 - 1 END do J . Temporary Support: Adequately brace structure for wind and earth- quake forces until roof and wall panels have been secured. Interior gypsum wallboard panels are used for bracing. Continue bracing until de interior gypsum wallboard is fully nailed. 3.2 MINIMUM NAILING SCHEDULE: A. Framing: • 1. End Nailing: di a. Blocking to joist each end 2-8d b. Stud to plate 2-16d 2. Toe Nailing: di a. Blocking to plate 2-16d b. Bridging to joist each end 2-8d c. Stud to plate 4-8d d. Stud to header 4-8d e. Joist to plate or beam 3-8d f. Rafter to plat 3-8d 3. Parallal Face Nail ng: a a. Double plates pike together 16d at 16" o.c. b. Double header, top and bottom, edge staggered 16d at 16" o.c. .r c. Double studs 16d at 24" o.c. d. Bottom plate to joist or blocking 16d at 16" o.c. e. Rafter to joist 3-16d di f. Double joist lap over partition or lam 3-16d g. Double plates t laps 2-16d each face 4. Perpendicular Face Nailing: di a. Double plates i'Lt intersections 2-16d or 4-10d each face b. Roof stripping ,to subpurlins 2-8d or 2-10d a B. Plywood: (See drawings for special mailing requirements.) C. Gypsum Sheathing: Nail to studs, plates and blocking with 8d at „o 6" o.c. (See notes on drawing. ) 3.3 MINIMUM BOLTING: A. Anchor Bolts, Plates to Foundation: 5/8 inch diameter by 10 inches long at 4'-0" o.c. See drawings for spacing elsewhere. ar B. Lag Bolts, Pre-drill Holes: 1 . 5/8 inch Diameter Bolt: Drill 1/2 inch diameter hole. 2. 3/4 inch Diameter Bolt: Drill 9/16 inch diameter hole. 44a a 40 14 AUG 80 TIGARD S.C. 06110 - 3 END 44 C. Concrete Anchors:- Parabolt by USM Corporation or approved. 2.6 CONSTRUCTION ACCESSORIES. .� A. Building Paper: Asphalt saturated unperforated felt, ASTM D 226-75, 15 pound type, 30 pounds at roof. 3:1 INSTALLATION: MbA. Steel Connectors: Install with nails or bolts of sizes and type specified by manufacturer of connector. Provide "U" type hangers where joists and beams frame into side of beams or headers. Provide ,,,' PC post caps at post to beam connections and pb or epb post bases at post to footing connections. Connect beams and joists with steel connectors to develop full strength of members. Mb B. Nailing: Minimum nailing per 1976 UBC Table No. 25 and as indicated in minimum nailing schedule or on Drawings. C. Bolting: Provide standard plate washers under heads and nuts of bolts bearing on wood. Soap threads of lags immediately prior to installing with wrench only. D. Blocking: Locate as indicated and as required to support toilet accessories, cabinets, metal toilet partitions, mechanical and electrical equipment and to provide required fire blocking in wood "'t framing. Solid block joists and rafters at bearing walls and beams. E. Bridging: Provide code-required bridging between structural joists, rafters and trusses. F. Framing: Install framing members at not more than 24 inch o.c. and at spacing indicated on Drawings. Double joists under parallel partitions. } G. Install preservative treated framing and sheathing at locations .r indicated on Drawings and specified in Section 06311 PRESERVATIVE TREATED LUMBER. Ledger may be separated from concrete or masonry with 30 pound building paper in lieu of preservative treatment. H. Plywood Sheathing: See notes on sheet A5. 1. Floor: Install plywood with face grain perpendicular to supports and with end joints staggered. 2. Roof: Install plywood with face grain perpendicular to supports and with end joints staggered. r. 3. Wall : Install plywood either horizontal or vertical with all panel edges backed with 2 inch nominal framing. See notes on Ali. 4. Small Pieces: Eliminate pieces less than 1 '-O" wide with adjust- — ment in layout. I . Gypsum Sheathing: Stagger end joints. Block square panel edges with 2 x 4's flat. 14 AUG 80 TIGARD S.C. 06110 - 2 w. AN SECTION 06110 FRAMING AND SHEATHING 'r' 1.1 QUALITY ASSURANCE: A. Lumber Standard: American Softwood Lumber Standard PS 20-70. aW B. Plywood Standard: American Plywood Association, Construction and Industrial Softwood Plywood, PS 1-74. d 2.I CONCEALED FRAMING LUMBER: 'r A. Douglas Fir or West Coast Hemlock smooth four sides (S4S) . B. Minimum Grades and Bending Stress Rating: (WCLB and WWPA) di 1. Posts and Timbers: (5x5 and larger) No. 1 grade. 2. Beams and Stringers: (5x9 and larger) No. 1 grade. 3. Structural Framing: a. Joists, Pressure Treated Plates and Ledgers: (2x6 to 4x14) No. 2 grade. b. Studs at Bearing Walls and Over 10' in Height: Standard grade. A' 4. Studs: (2x2 to 4x4) Stud grade. 5. Light Framing for Blocking and Bridging: (2x2 to 4x4) Utility grade or No. 3 grade. as C. Kiln-Dried: Kiln-dry all lumber 3x or less. 2.3 WOOD SHEETS: AN A. Plywood Roof Sheathing: 1/2 inch thick, Structural II or C-D Interior with exterior glue, Index 32/16 Al B. Plywood Floor Sheathing: 5/8 inch thick, C-D Interior, Index 32/16, exterior glue, unsanded, T & G edges. do C. Plywood Wall Sheathing: 3/3 inch thick, Structural II or C-D Interior with exterior glue, Index 24/0. do D. Particleboard Underlayment: 3/8 inch thick, FHA UM-28, National Particleboard Association mat formed particleboard for floor under- layment. .w 2.4 GYPSUM SHEATHING: 1/2 inch thick, 4 feet by 8 feet sheets, square edged or 2 feet by 8 feet sheets, vee-grooved long edges. ASTM C79-67(73) . 2.5 STEEL ACCESSORIES: - A. Steel Connectors: Numbers indicated on Drawings are from Simpson do Company; Bowman connectors of same strength are acceptable. B. Fasteners: Expansion shields, lag screws and lag bolts, FS FF-B-561; 40 wood screws FS FF-S-111; nails and staples, FS FF-N-105; power driven fasteners, code approved, Ramset Fastening Systems, ITT Phillips Drill Co. , Hilti Fastening Systems or approved. err 14 AUG 80 TIGARD S.C. 06110 - 1 3.1 INSTALLATION: A. Perform cutting, drilling and fitting required for installation; set work accurately in location, alignment and elevation, measured .b from established lines and levels. Provide anchorage devices and fasteners where necessary for installation to other work. 8. Touch up shop paint and galvanizing after installation. Clean field welds, bolted connections and abraded areas and apply same prime paint as used in shop. 3.2 ADJUST AND COVER: Correct or replace defective members, refinish scratched coatings to match adjacent surfaces and adjust alignment as required. Cover railings and protect installed work until finish .� painted. ow mc O. Ma Mb OW OW Mb Mb z - Mk OW 14 AUG 80 TIGARD S.C. 05522 - 2 END ! - • . - • Mi SECTION 05522 STEEL PIPE RAILINGS 1.1 WELDING: Use only certified welders and shielded arch process. Comply with AWS "Code for Welding in Building Construction." a 1.2 SHOP DRAWINGS: Provide complete details, dimensions and instructions for fabrication, assembly and installation. Comply with Section 01300 SUBMITTALS. ar 2.1 STEEL MATERIALS: Ai A. Steel Plates, Shapes, Bars: ASTM A 36-75. B. Steel Tubing: Round, square and rectangular, ASTM A 501-76, Grade a B. C. Steel Pipe: 'ASTM A 53-76, Type E and S, Grade A or B, Schedule 40. D. Bolts: ASTM A 307-76b, Grade A except where noted otherwise. As E. Electrodes: E60XX, E70XXX or as recommended by AWS. F. Handrail Brackets: Cast Iron, Ives #158, R & B Wagner #P-2, "O Julius Blum #374 or approved. 2.2 PRIMER PAINT: Tnemec 99R or 99W, Miller #468, manufacturer's standard rust-inhibitative primer or approved. 2.3 NON-METALLIC, NON-SHRINK GROUT: Corps of Engineers CRD-C588-76. AA 2.4 FABRICATION PROCESS: A. Use materials of size and thickness indicated. Form exposed con- 'i nections with hairline joints. Use alien screws or other con- cealed fasteners where possible. B. Weld corners and seams continuously. Grind exposed welds smooth and flush. Provide brackets, flanges and anchors for railing posts and supports. .r C. Provide 2.0 mil zinc coating on exterior steel railings and struc- tural connectors, including pipe, fittings, brackets and fasteners in accordance with ASTM A 386-78, ASTM A 153-78 or ASTM A 123-78. Ai 0. Shop prime black steel for interior railings except members or por- tions of members to be embedded in concrete or surfaces to be A' field welded. Apply primer at a rate to obtain a dry film thickness of 2.0 mils. F. Fabricate to dimensions indicated. Secure posts as indicated or as required to meet structural loading. Minimum design load 200 pounds in any direction on any member without excessive deflec- tion or stress. NO 14 AUG 80 TIGARD 5.C. 05522 - 1 a MO D. Fill structural steel pipe bumpers with non-metallic, non-shrink grout. Smooth trowel to slope at top of pipe. .E E. Galvanic Protection: Protect contacting dissimilar surfaces against galvanic action. Apply galvanic protection to each dissimilar „r contacting metal face. . F. Structural Beam Connectors: Furnish custom fabricated connectors with bolts, nuts and washers to support and anchor wood beams. Mk Ikk ( .E Mk Mk Mk, MW Mk 14 AUG 80 TIGARD S.C. 05505 - 2 END SECTION 05505 STEEL FABRICATIONS di 1.1 WELDING: Use only certified welders and shielded arc process. 1.2 SHOP DRAWINGS: Show complete details and instructions for fabrication, assembly and installation. See Section 01300 SUBMITTALS. a 2.1 STEEL MATERIALS: dr _A. • Steel Plates, Shapes, Bars: ASTM A 36-75. -B. Steel Tubing: Round, square and rectangular, ASTM A 500-76, Grade B or ASTM A 501-76, Grade B. a C. Steel Pipe: ASTM A 53-76, Type E and S, Grade A or B, Schedule 40. D. Bolts: ASTM A 307-76b Grade A except where noted otherwise. E. Electrodes: E60XX, E70XX or as recommended by AWS. 2.2 SHOP PAINT: Manufacturer's standard rust inhibitive primer. 2.3 NON-METALLIC NON-SHRINK GROUT: Corps of Engineers CRD-C588-76. 2.4 FABRICATION PROCESS: Use materials of size and thickness indicated. Form exposed connections with hairline joints. Weld corners and seams a as indicated and as required. Grind exposed welds smooth. Shop paint exposed steel after fabrication. Provide 2.0 mil zinc coating on exposed exterior steel in accordance with ASTM A 386-78, ASTM A 153-78, a or ASTM A 123-78. 2.5 FABRICATED ITEMS: Provide as required to complete work. Fabricate of a welded construction in as large units as possible; drill and tap as required to receive hardware and similar items. Include required anchors for building into other work. ■r 3.1 INSTALLATION: A. Perform cutting, drilling and fitting required for installation; set work accurately in location, alignment and elevation, measured from established lines and levels. Provide anchorage devices and ,S fasteners where necessary. B. Set loose items on cleaned bearing surfaces, using wedges or other adjustments as required. Solidly pack open spaces with non- metallic, non-shrink grout. C. Touch up shop paint after installation. Clean field welds, bolted connections and abraded areas, and apply same type primer paint as used in shop. de 14 AUG 80 TIGARD S.C. 05505 - 1 a 1 IYr 3.4 FINISHING: A. Wall Surfaces Exposed to View: Provide a smooth finish for exposed concrete surfaces. Remove fins and projections and patch defective areas with cement grout. B. Exterior Pedestrian Walks: Apply broom finish to exterior concrete walks, slabs, stair treads and ramps. Broom perpendicular to traffic r. direction. Tool radius slab edges and cut or form crack control joints. C. Exterior Concrete Curbs: Apply smooth trowel finish to exterior concrete formed curbs. Hand trowel and form 1 inch diameter round exterior corner at exposed surfaces. ma D. Interior Floor Slabs: Apply smooth trowel finish to all interior floor slab surfaces. Consolidate concrete surface by hand troweling to provide surface free of trowel marks and level . +r� E. Exterior Pedestrian Walks: Apply broom finish to exterior concrete walks, slabs, stair treads and ramps. Broom perpendicular to traffic direction. Tool radius slab edges and cut or form crack control joints. 3.5 CURING: 116 . A. Begin initial curing as soon as free water has disappeared from exposed surfaces. B. Where possible, keep continuously moist for not less than 72 hours. Keep forms moist until removed. Apply moisture-retaining cover to exterior walk surfaces. .k C. Provide protections as required to prevent damage to exposed concrete { surfaces. ma D. Apply floor hardener to areas with exposed concrete slab finish. 3.6 SURFACE REPAIRS: A. Thoroughly clean, dampen with water and brush-coat the area to be patched with neat cement grout. B. Fill honeycomb voids and rock pockets with non-shrink, non-metallic grout. Compact grout in place and strike off flush with surrounding surface. C. If defects cannot be repaired, remove and replace the concrete. Mk Mk 14 AUG 80 TIGARD S.C. 03300 - 3 END all'' 2.2 MIXING: A. Mix Design: Comply with ACI 211.1-70. Mix designs may be adjusted when material characteristics, job conditions, weather, test results or other circumstances warrant. Proportion concrete per ACI 301-72(75) , a Article 3.8. B. Entrained Air: Provide not less than 4% nor more than 8% entrained AM air for concrete exposed to freezing and thawing. C. Job Site Mixing: Use drum type batch machine mixer, mixing not less than 1-1/2 minutes for one cu. yd. or smaller capacity. Increase di mixing time at least 15 seconds for each additional cu. yd. or fraction thereof. ''lD. Ready Mixed Concrete: ASTM C 94-74a. E. Minimum 28 Day Compressive Strength: 3500 psi . di F. Maximum Slump: 5 inches for footings, pedestrian walks on grade. 4 inches for exposed concrete. ail 3.1 NOTICE: Notify Architect and Testing Laboratory 24 hours prior to concrete placement. di 3.2 PREPARATION: Clean and adjust forms, joints and embedded items. Check • placement and adjust reinforcing. dm 3.3 PLACEMENT: A. Comply with ACI 304-73, placing concrete in a continuous operation within planned joints or sections. B. Consolidate placed concrete using mechanical vibrating equipment with •+l hand rodding and tamping so that concrete is worked around reinforce- ment and other embedded items and into all parts of forms. „M C. Protect concrete from physical damage or reduced strength due to weather extremes. In cold weather comply with ACI 306-66(72) . In hot weather comply with ACI 305-72. " D. Backfill pipe trenches below footings with lean concrete. MN AM AS d" 14 AUG 80 TIGARD S.C. 03300 - 2 aW NM SECTION- 03300 CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 1.1 STANDARDS: ACI 301-72(75) "Specifications for Structural Concrete for 1116 Buildings. " ACI 304-73 "Recommended Practice for Measuring, Mixing, Transporting and Placing Concrete. " Comply with applicable provisions. 1.2 GOVERNMENTAL REQUIREMENTS: Comply with governmental requirements. Obtain and pay for required City permits and inspection fees. - 1.3 CONCRETE TESTING: A. Employ acceptable testing laboratory or concrete supplier to perform materials evaluation, testing and design of concrete mixes. .0 B. When required by UBC Section 305, employ a separate testing laboratory to evaluate concrete delivered to and placed at the site. Concrete -• strength tests for quantities less than 50 cu. yds. will not be required when waived by the Building Official and the Architect. 1.4 LABORATORY REPORTS: Submit two copies of laboratory test or evaluation reports for concrete materials and mix designs. 0.2.1 MATERIALS: A. Portland Cement: ASTM C 150-76a, type as required. ,,0 B. Aggregates: ASTM C 33-74a. C. Water: Clean, free of oils, acids, organic matter. `0 D. Air-Entraining Admixture: ASTM C 260-74. E. Water-Reducing Admixture: ASTM C 494-71, Type A, water-reducing. F. Bonding Agent: Liquid emulsion, Daraweld C by W. R. Grace, ,. Weld-Crete by Larsen Products Corp. , Acryl 60 by Standard Dry Wall Products or approved. G. Non-Shrink, Non-Metallic Grout: Corps of Engineers CRD-C588-76. .0 H. Liquid Chemical Floor Hardener: Blend of magnesium and zinc fluosilicates combined with wetting agent, not less than two pounds of fluosilicate .a per gallon. .0 14 AUG 80 TIGARD S.C. 03300 - 1 ... di SECTION 03250 CONCRETE ACCESSORIES aW 2.1 JOINT MATERIALS: A. Preformed Expansion Joint Fillers: ASTM D 1751-73, asphalt saturated cane fiber or asphalt bound granulated cork with felt face, 1/2 inch _ thick, full depth of slab except depress 3/8 inch at joints where rrr sealant is indicated. B. Construction Joints: Metal keyed joint, John Load Key Joint, Burke Keyed Kold, Greenstreak screed joint, Vulcan Vulco Joint or approved. di C. Control Joints: Quick strip, quick joint, zipcap by Greenstreak or approved. dB 3.1 EMBEDDED ANCHORAGE INSTALLATION: Set and build into the work anchorage a devices and other embedded items required for other work that is attached to, or supported by, cast-in-place concrete. Use setting diagrams, tem- plates and instructions provided by others for locating and setting. .�r 3.2 JOINT INSTALLATION: Provide construction, isolation, expansion, and con- trol joints as indicated 'or required. Locate construction joints so as not to impair the strength and appearance of the structure. Place isola- tion, expansion, and control joints in slabs-on-grade to stabilize differ- ential settlement and random cracking. A. Maximum construction joint spacing in floor slabs: See drawings for locations. B. Maximum control joint spacing in exterior concrete walks: 5 feet on center. C. Maximum expansion joint spacing in exterior concrete walks: 30 feet on center. ar a ar ar 41 14 AUG 80 TIGARD S.C. 03250 - 1 END .a SECTION 03200 CONCRETE REINFORCEMENT Mb 1.1 STANDARDS: CRSI "Manual of Standard Practice," UBC Standard No. 26-4 mg and 26-16, and "Manual of Standard Practice for Detailing Reinforced Concrete Structures," ACI 315-74, and "Specifications for Structural Concrete for Buildings," ACI 301-72(75). Comply with applicable provisions. 1.2 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS: Construct concrete reinforcement in accordance with ACI 301-72(75) as supplemented in this Section. 2.1 REINFORCING BARS: ASTM A 615-76a, Grade 40. •* 2.2 WELDED WIRE FABRIC: A STM A 185-73, 6" x 6" - W2.9 x W2.9, furnish in flat sheets 3.1 INSTALLATION: um A. Position, support and secure reinforcement against displacement. Locate and support with metal chairs, runners, bolsters, spacers and hangers, as required. } B. Lap continuous bars 36 diameters minimum. Double bars around open- ings. Reinforce at corners and intersections of walls and footings with 2'-0" x 2'-0" corner bars of size and spacing to match horizontal bars, except as noted on Drawings. ab C. Minimum Concrete Cover: 1. Bottom of Footing: 3 inches ± 1/2 inch. 2. Earth Face of Wall : 2 inches ± 1/4 inch. "` 3. Air Exposed Face of Wall : 1 inch ± 1/4 inch. D. Mechanical and Electrical Penetrations: Splay reinforcing around openings not more than 1 inch in 10 inches. Mb Mht Mb 14 AUG 80 TIGARD S.C. 03200 - 1 END V di 3.4 ADJUST AND CLEAN: Adjust forms and clean interior surfaces prior to concrete placement. Retighten forms immediately after concrete placement and eliminate mortar leaks. 3.5 FORMWORK REMOVAL: Remove formwork as soon as concrete meets structural design requirements. .i err di AM di do Ai di mi 411 am di mi di 14 AUG 80 TIGARD S.C. 03100 - 2 END di rw SECTION 03100 . CONCRETE FORMWORK oft 1.1 STANDARDS: Comply with applicable provisions of ACI 347-68, Recommended Practice for Concrete Formwork. 1.2 STANDARD SPECIFICATION: Construct formwork in accordance with ACI 301- 72(75) as supplemented in this Section. 2.1 FORM MATERIALS. A. Exposed Concrete Surfaces: Plyform Class I or Class II , High Density „a Overlaid Plywood or approved. B. Unexposed Concrete Surfaces: Suitable material , dressed on at least two edges and one side for tight fit. 2.2 ACCESSORIES: 00 A. Chamfer Strip: #612 or #622 by Greenstreak Plastic Products, Chamfer strip by Vinylex Corporation, Vulco VE-1 by Vulcan Metal Products, Inc. , RFF by Burke Concrete Accessories, Inc. or approved. B. Form Release Agent: Form release "N" by Madden Construction Supply, Duogard by W. R. Meadows, Inc. or approved. Nio C. Water-Vapor Barrier: Clear 8 mil thick polyethylene, polyethylene coated barrier paper, or approved. ASTM C 171-69(75) . Nis 2.3 DESIGN OF FORMWORK: Design formwork to support vertical and lateral loads and to be removable without damaging cast-in-place concrete or adjacent materials. ,. 1 3.1 FORMWORK CONSTRUCTION: oft A. Construct so that concrete members and structures are of correct size, shape, alignment, elevation and position. Support form facing materials by structural members spaced to prevent deflection beyond allowable tolerances. B. Provide openings in formwork to accommodate work of other trades. Accurately place and securely support items built into forms. Provide "° chamfers at corners. 3.2 FORMS FOR EXPOSED CONCRETE: Drill forms and place ties to prevent mortar leakage around tie holes. Do not patch defects in forms with metal cover plates. Set corners and intersections flush without visible offsets. Solid block behind intersections, chamfer corners and seal joints. 3.3 FORM COATINGS: Apply form release agents or wet forms as required. 1 14 AUG 80 TIGARD S.C. 03100 - 1 H. Concealed Hinges: #1511 by Stanley, Grass 1000 or approved. .r I. Wire Pulls: 4" x 1-5/16" by Stanley or approved. J. Door Locks: #0737 dead bolt x metal strike by Corbin with 5 pin tumbler lock or approved. AO K. Closet Rod: #660 by Knape and Vogt or approved. A„ - L. Shelf and Rod Support: #1195 by Knape and Vogt or approved. 2.5 FABRICATION: A. Construct countertop with radius corners and integral backsplash and edge trim. AO ! B. Construct cabinets to dimensions indicated on Drawings. Provide connections as required by AWI standards. C. Finish open shelving with manufacturer's standard urethane varnish '" finish. di 3.1 INSTALLATION: A. Placement: Install plumb, level , true and straight, shim as required 401 using concealed shims. Where cabinetwork abuts other finished work, scribe and cut for accurate fit. { B. Fasteners: Secure to grounds, stripping and blocking with counter- sunk, concealed fasteners and blind nailing as required for a complete installation. C. Locks: Install locks on cabinet doors and drawers where indicated. 3.2 ADJUSTMENT AND CLEANING: A. Adjust and lubricate hardware for proper operation. Repair damaged or defective work as directed. AJ B. Touch up finish as required and remove and refinish damaged or soiled areas of finish. Clean exposed and semi-exposed cabinet surfaces. Ai AO AO Ar 14 AUG 80 TIGARD S.C. 06410 - 2 END MI SECTION 07160 BITUMINOUS DAMPPROOFING Mb 1. 1 ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS: Do not install during wet weather, when ambient temperature is less than 40°F. , or on wet, damp or frost covered surfaces. MD 1.2 EXISTING CONDITIONS: Do not proceed with dampproofing work until blocking, nailers, piping, conduit and other projections through the substrate have _ been installed with substrate properly patched and sealed or flashed to „r, receive the dampproofing. 1.3 PROTECTION: Protect exposed concrete or finish surfaces from dampproofing splatters and staining. Protect dampproofing materials from rain or mechMb - anical damage until backfill is complete. Mb 2.1.. DAMPPROOFING SYSTEM: Use one of the following: A. Troweled System A: W. R. Grace Dehydratine No. 6 over Dehydratine No. ,r„ 4 Primer. Dehydratine No. 6 to meet FS SS-C-153, Type 1. B. Troweled System B: Madden Seal Coat 40 over Madden Seal Coat 20. Seal VI coat 20 to meet FS SS-A-00701. I , 3.1 INSPECTION: Examine substrates and conditions under which dampproofing is to be applied. Starting work constitutes acceptance of existing conditions. 3.2 PREPARATION: Fill concrete surface cracks and voids. Remove ridges and fins from concrete surface. Fill around pipes, drains and other penetrations ( of concrete surface. Clean surface of concrete with wire brush. 3.3 APPLICATION: i" A. Location: Apply to exterior face of exterior concrete walls where ■. finished grade is above adjacent finished floor line. Apply from bottom of footing to 6 inches above finished grade. Mb B. Troweled System A: Spray or brush on continuous #4 primer coat with coverage not over 65 square feet per gallon. Apply #6 full mastic material by trowel in first coat, in accordance with manufacturer's printed instructions and with coverage not over 25 square feet per gallon. Do not thin material . Apply second coat with a trowel with coverage not over 25 square feet per gallon. Allow to cure overnight before backfilling. r. C. Troweled System B: Brush apply Seal Coat 20 in continuous, unbroken film, free from pinholes or other surface breaks. Brush apply Seal r. Coat 40 continuous over Seal Coat 20 at right angle to first coat. Allow 36 hours minimum curing before backfilling. 3.4 CLEANING: Remove overrun and splatters from exposed concrete surfaces. M` rr 14 AUG 80 TIGARD S.C. 07160 - 1 END ,,,,, AS SECTION 07210 BUILDING INSULATION 2.1 THERMAL BLANKET INSULATION: ms A. Fiberglass Data: Glass Fiber, FS HH-I-521E, 1 .5 lb. minimum density. B. Approved Manufacturer: Fiberglass rolls or batts by Owens-Corning, Johns-Manville, CertainTeed Corporation or approved. C. Wall Insulation: 6 inches thick, minimum thermal resistance of R-19. m" Type II , Asphalt/Kraft paper vapor barrier, 1 .0 perm rating, 1-inch flanges on vapor barrier (warm) face. D. Under Roof Insulation: Two layers each, 6 inches to 6-1/2 inches thick, minimum combined thermal resistance of R-38. Type II , Asphalt/Kraft paper vapor barrier, 1 .0 perm rating, 1-inch flanges on vapor barrier (warm) face. E. Sill Insulation: 1 inch thick, 6 inches wide, 50 feet long. Type I, unfaced. 2.2 THERMAL BOARD INSULATION: .O A. Molded Polystyrene Insulation Board: FS HH-I-524b, Type I , Class A, K-value of 0.27. Insul-foam by Western Insul-foam Corporation or approved. 2-inches thick for minimum R-8.3 under floor slab and outside exterior concrete walls. mJ 2.3 NOISE CONTROL INSULATION: A. Fiberglass Data: Mineral Fiber Insulation Blanket, FS HH-I-521E, Type I , unfaced, 1 . 5 lb. minimum density. B. Approved Manufacturer: Fiberglass Noise Barrier Batts by Owens- Corning, Sound Control Blankets by Johns-Manville, Sound Control Batts by CertainTeed Corporation, or approved. C. Wall Insulation: 2-1/2 inch or 2-3/4 inch thick. 2.4 VAPOR BARRIER: 4 mil thick polyethylene film. 3.1 INSTALLATION: A. Thermal Blanket Insulation: 1. Install batts between framing members with vapor barrier on A" the inside (heated) face. Install in exterior wall , and roof framing spaces separating heated from unheated space. 2. Tape joints, ruptures and terminal edges of vapor barrier faces with adhesive vapor barrier tape to form a completely sealed vapor barrier. AM 14 AUG 80 TIGARD S.C. 07210 - 1 AO Mb 3. Staple flanges to wood framing members at 12-inches on center .. over entire length. 4. Install sill insulation between concrete and exterior wood Mb framing. B. Thermal Board Insulation Under Concrete Slab On-Grade: Install single layer of board insulation under new concrete floor slab. Cut around obstructions where required. Place vapor barrier over insulation prior to placing concrete. r. C. Thermal Board Insulation Outside Concrete Walls: Install single layer of board insulation on the outside face of concrete walls. Cut around obstructions where required. Apply adhesive to insulation +b prior to placing insulation boards. D. Noise Control Wall Insulation: Install between studs of interior iMbpartitions where indicated from floor to roof, restrain insulation from dislocation. MR MbMb M` Mb .. MO MO MO14 AUG 80 TIGARD S.C. 07210 - 2 END Mb AA SECTION 07240 EXTERIOR INSULATION AND FINISH SYSTEMS AO 1.1 SAMPLES: AA A. Office Sample: Submit one 12" x 12" sample of the exterior synthetic _ plaster finish on an insulation board with edge casing bead and expansion joint. Architect will review sample for color and texture AO only. 1.2 SHOP DRAWINGS: Provide detailed drawings of exterior insulation and AA finish system showing details and locations of all joints. Architect will review for compliance with contract documents. A 1.3 EXISTING SUBSTRATE CONDITIONS: Planar irregularities not greater than 1/4 inch. Structurally stable, free of high temperatures, releasing agents and residue. A 1.4 ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS: Minimum ambient temperature for 24 hours before, during and 24 hours after application of the synthetic plaster, 40 degrees F. Store synthetic plaster at not less than 40 degrees F. Keep AA synthetic plaster free of residual moisture for 48 hours after application. " 2.1 APPROVED MANUFACTURERS: A. Synthetic Plaster: Dryvit System, Inc. or approved. A. B. Insulation Board: Western Insul-Foam Corporation or approved. AM 2.2 SYSTEM COMPONENTS: A. Adhesive Prime: Dryvit Primus/Adhesive or approved. - B. Portland Cement: ASTM C-150-76a, Type 1. C. Insulation Board: AA 1 . Expanded Polystyrene: FS HH-I-524B, Type I , Class A. Flame spread less than 25. Average density 1 .0 pounds per cubic foot. K-valve of 0.23 per inch. 2 inches thick, minimum R-valve of 8. 2. Special Dimensional Requirements: Edges square to within 1/32 inch per foot and thickness tolerance plus or minus AA 1/16 inch. D. Reinforcing Fabric: MIL Y1140C. Dryvit Reinforcing Fabric or A - approved. E. Synthetic Plaster: Dryvit Quarzputz Finish by Dryvit System, Inc. AO - or approved. Manufacturer's standard color as selected by Architect. AM 14 AUG 80 TIGARD S.C. 07240 - 1 Mb Mb 2.3 SYSTEM MIXES: A. Adhesive Primer Cement: Mix one part fresh Portland Cement to one Mb part adhesive primer. Mix prior to installation of insulation. Water may be added to improve workability. Conform to manufacturer's re- _ commended pot life. Mb - B. Synthetic Plaster: Mix factory prepared materials with high speed mixer until uniform consistency. Clean water may be added to improve workability. ' .o 3.1 PREPARATION OF INSULATION BOARD: Air dry insulation boards for six weeks r, prior to installation. Precut as required to fit substrate. 3.2 INSTALLATION OF INSULATION BOARD; A. Begin installation at top of in-place insulation board which is not to receive Dryvit system and which ends 24" below finish grade or as Mb shown. B. By trowel or extrusion apply 2 inch wide by 1/4 inch to 3/8 inch thick ribbon of adhesive primer cement mix to perimeter and at 8 ,r,r inches on center to field of each insulation board. C. Install board with pressure over entire surface. Make joints between Mb insulation boards tight and flush. 3.3 INSTALLATION OF REINFORCING FABRIC: � rW A. With stainless steel trowel apply adhesive primer cement mix to installed insulation board at 1/16 inch thickness. Install corner bead and edge stops as required. B. Immediately place reinforcing fabric against applied adhesive primer cement coating and trowel from center to edges until reinforcing Mb fabric is embedded in coating. C. Install reinforcing fabric continuous at corners and lap edges 2-1/2 inches at fabric edges. Apply additional adhesive primer cement mix where required to fully embed the reinforcing fabric. • M' 14 AUG 80 TIGARD S.C. 07240 - 2 AM A. 3.4 APPLICATION OF SYNTHETIC PLASTER: A. With stainless steel trowel apply coat of synthetic plaster on reinforced adhesive primer cement coating. B. Texture surface by rolling trowel on plaster aggregate to match reviewed office and field samples. C. Final thickness not to exceed diameter of largest aggregate in synthetic plaster. as 3.5 ADJUST AND CLEAN: Replace finish not matching reviewed sample. Remove material drippings from the site and clean adjacent surfaces where required. me41, A AM MO 41 AM AM AM AM 14 AUG 80 TIGARD S.C. 07240 - 3 END mi SECTION 07311 ASPHALT SHINGLES MI 1.1 STORAGE AND HANDLING: Store and handle materials to minimize damage. 1.2 GUARANTEE: A. Provide manufacturer's standard limited shingle warranty for not less than 20 years. 2.1 APPROVED MANUFACTURERS: A. CertainTeed Corporation: Glassguard. B. Johns-Manville: Fiberglass. Mb C. Bird & Son: Glass Bilt (Fire/Screen) . D. Malarkey Roofing Co. : 225# Metric Duraseal Fiberglass. Mb E. Approved Equivalent. 2.2 ASPHALT SHINGLES: r A. Product Data: Fiberglass base, U.L. Class A rating, 215 pounds per square minimum. Comply with ASTM D 3018-72, Type I or ASTM D 3462-76, Type I . Mb B. Color: As selected by Architect. 2.3 BUILDING FELT: Asphalt saturated, unperforated felt, ASTM D 226-75, 15 pound type. 3.1 INSPECTION: A. Examine the plywood substrate and check that it is dry, clean, sound, mi properly nailed and/or glued, free of voids and without offsets at joints. B. Ensure that nail heads are driven flush with roof surface. 3.2 INSTALLATION: mb A. Install in accordance with manufacturer's printed instructions. _ B. Install on building felt with galvanized roofing nails. Mb 1 Mb 14 AUG 80 Tigard S.C. 07311 - 1 END SECTION 07461 WOOD SIDING 1.1 OFFICE SAMPLES: Submit finished samples of wood siding for Architect's review prior to ordering. See Section 01300 SUBMITTALS. .01 2.i BOARD SIDING: AO A. Specie: Western Red Cedar. B. Grade: WWPA, Grade B. AO C. Grain: Mixed. A" D. Maximum Moisture Content: 19% at time of dressing. E. Edge Profile: Olva-neA profile indicated on Drawings. AO F. Surface Texture on Exposed Face: Smooth sawn. G. Board Size: 1" x 8" nominal dimension. AM 2.2 ACCESSORIES: A. Nails: Hot dip galvanized steel nails. B. Adhesive: Waterproof. 3.1 PREPARATION: A A. Backprime siding prior to installation. B. Verify proper installation of gypsum sheathing, building paper and am wall flashings prior to installation. 3.2 INSTALLATION: AS A. Install siding vertically on top of gypsum sheathing and building paper. Keep siding plumb, true and straight. Cut to fit, scribe where necessary. B. Align nails at 1'-4" o.c. maximum and face nail . Set exposed nails. ,. C. Nail and adhesive apply siding at external corners. D. Set for 6" exposure. AM AW 14 AUG 80 TIGARD S.C. 07461 - 1 END MO SECTION 07600 FLASHING AND SHEET METAL, METAL ROOFING Oft 1.1 WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE: +210 A. Sealants: Section 07900 JOINT SEALANTS. _ Mb = B. Field Painting: Section 09900 PAINTING. C. Exterior Louvers: Section 10210 STEEL LOUVERS. MO D. Ducts and Duct Flashing: Section 15840 DUCTWORK. i E. Conduit Flashing: Section 16110 RACEWAYS. Mb 1.2 STANDARDS: Conform to profiles and sizes indicated and comply with the 1 "Architectural Sheet Metal Manual " by SMACNA for each general category Mb 4 of work required. j 1.3 SHOP DRAWINGS: Submit shop drawings of flashing and roofing details showing dimensions, anchorage and joint construction. Mk 1.4 WARRANTY: A. Provide installers written warranty against defects in materials and .m workmanship for a period of not less than two years. B. Provide manufacturer's standard 20-year warranty on coated steel sheet. r"' I 2.1 SHEET METAL: rs A. Galvanized Commercial quality ASTM A 526-71(75) or lock- forming quality ASTM A 527-71(75) G90 coating in accordance with ASTM A 525-76. 76. Minimum thickness 26 gauge. Furnish with zinc aw chromate prime coat, FS TT-P-645. B. Coated Steel : t 1 . Approved manufacture: ColarKlad by Vincent Brass and Aluminum Co. or approved. "" 2. Metal : 24 gauge galvanized steel , ASTM A 446-76, Grade A, Armco Zincgrip. 3. Finish: 1 .0 mil dry film thickness, Duranar 200 by PPG rr Industries, Inc. with strippable plastic film. Color as selected from manufacturer's standard. 4 4. Back coat: 0.35 mil dry film thickness, Duranar 200 by PPG , Industries, Inc. MI f 14 AUG 80 TIGARD S.C. 07600 - 1 r, 1 Mi C. Coated Steel : 1 . Approved manufacturer: Marwais Steel Company or approved. 2. Metal 24 gauge galvanized steel , ASTM A 44676, Grade A, Class G90 galvanized coating. 3. Finish: 0.8 mil dry film thickness, Dextar 500 silicone polyester baked enamel . Color as selected from manufacturer's a. _ standard. 4. Back coat: 0.2 mil dry film thickness, galvanized steel primer. 2.2 METAL ACCESSORIES: A. Clips: Same gauge and type as metal covering, 2 inches wide. B. Concealed Fasteners: Hot-dip galvanized steel screws. C. Exposed Fasteners: Hot-dip galvanized steel screws with neoprene grommets or washers and nylon head to match sheet metal color. D. Electrodes: As recommended by AWS. 2.3 NON-METAL ACCESSORIES: AO A. Felt Flashing: Asphalt saturated, unperforated felt, ASTM D 226-75, #15 type. B. Sealants: See Section 07900 JOINT SEALANTS. 411 C. Roofing Cement: FS SS-C-153, Type I (asphaltic) or ASTM D 2822-75. D. Building Paper: Rosin sized, FS UU-B-790A. 2.4 FABRICATION: AO A. Minimum Sheet Thickness: ,■ 1. 20 Gauge Items: Roofing, roof caps, scuppers, parapet coping, J�1-t:c.4-6 and exposed wall flashing. 2. 26 Gauge Items: Roof counterflashing, pitch pockets, penetration flashing, base flashing and exposed downspouts. w B. Shop Forming Requirements: 1. Provide for expansion joints and field conditions. 2. Angle bottom edges of exposed vertical surfaces to form drips. 3. Fabricate to dimensions indicated on shop drawings. AO 4. Fabricate sheet metal with lines, brakes and angles sharp and true, and surfaces free from objectionable wave, warp or buckle. 5. Fold exposed edges of sheet metal back to form 1/2 inch wide hem on side concealed from view. air 14 AUG 80 TIGARD S.C. 07600 - 2 .r Mb 3.1 PREPARATION: Mb A. Cover roof and wall surfaces with felt flashing. Overlap felt joints 3 inches minimum. Mr B. Turn felt up 6 inches on abutting vertical surfaces. Double lay felt over hips at ridges. C. Nail felt at 6 inch centers on laps and edges. D. Install building paper between felt and sheet metal to prevent bonding. mi 3.2 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS: Mb A. Finish work free from water leakage under all weather conditions. Workmanship and methods employed for forming, anchoring, cleating, and forming of expansion and contraction joints of sheet metal work, ag must conform to details and description in reference standards unless otherwise indicated on Drawings. B. Galvanic Activity: Where sheet metal abuts or joins adjacent dis106 - similar metals, execute joint to facilitate drainage and minimize possibility of galvanic action. C. Install base flashing where roof meets vertical surface without a cant strip. Extend base flashing 4 inches on roof and 8 inches up ( vertical surface. Mb { D. Felt Flashing: Install where indicated, overlap joints 6 inches minimum. Mb Mb Oft Mb .. M. Mb 14 AUG 80 TIGARD S.C. 07600 - 3 END am SECTION 07900 JOINT SEALANTS A' 2.1 SEALANT COLOR: Exposed joints, black or color to match adjacent surface as selected. Concealed joints, manufacturer's highest performance color. AM 2.2 NON-ELASTOMERIC SEALANTS: A. Acrylic-Latex, S-1: Acrylic Latex by Gibson Homans, Easaply ALS by = W. R. Meadows, AC-20 Acrylic Latex by Pecora Corp. , Sonolac by me Sonneborn/Contech, Acrylicalk by Standard Drywall , Acrylic Latex Caulk by Tremco Mfg. , Sikaflex 420 by Sika Corp. or approved. AM 2.3 ONE COMPONENT EXTERIOR ELASTOMERIC SEALANTS: A. One Component Polysulfide, S-11: Flexiseal 900 by DAP, Inc. , ,. Hornflex One-Component by W. R. Grade, Synthacalk GC-9 by Pecora Corp. , PRC Rubber Caulk 5000 by Products Research & Chemical Corp. , Sololastic 1-Part by Sonneborn/Contech, Thorospan by Standard Drywall , Sikaflex 400 by Sika Corp. or approved. Am B. Exterior Acid Type Silicon Rubber, S-13: Silicone Rubber or 795 by Dow Corning, Silicone Sealant 1200 by General Electric, Rhodorsil 38 Ai by Rhodia, Inc. or approved. C. Exterior Non-Acid Type Silicon Rubber, S-14: 790 or 795 by Dow Corning, ,w„ Silpruf 2000 by General Electric, 862 Silicone Architectural Sealant by Pecora Corp. , Rhodorsil Sealant 4C by Rhodia, Inc. or approved. 2.4 ONE COMPONENT INTERIOR ELASTOMERIC SEALANTS: me A. Interior Non-Acid Type Silicon Rubber Sealant, S-15: S.R.S. Paintable by Dow Corning, Silicone Sealant 1700 by General Electric or approved. 401 2.5 NON-SKINNING MASTIC SEALANTS: „O A. Polybutene Mastic, S-31: Extru-Seal PB 22 Tape by Pecora Corp. , PTI 404 by Protective Treatments, Inc. , Curtain Wall Sealant by Tremco Mfg. or approved. A" B. Polyisobutylene Mastic, S-32: Sound Control #21 by Miracle Adhesives, BB-50, G55 Acoustical Sealant by Pecora Corp. , Acoustical Sealant by Tremco Mfg. or approved. Ai 2.6 TAPE SEALANTS: A. Butyl Rubber, S-41: Extru-Seal B-44 by Pecora Corp. , PTI 303 by Protective Treatments, Inc. , Tremco 440 by Tremco Mfg. or approved. B. Foam Neoprene, S-42: Closed-Cell Sponge by F. H. Maloney or approved. C. Foam PVC, S-43: V-730, V-780, V-790 by Norton Sealant or approved. A. D. Macro-Polyisobutylene, S-44: Polyshim Tape by Tremco Mfg. or approved. 14 AUG 80 Tigard S.C. 07900 - 1 Ms 2.7 PREPARATION AND BACKING MATERIALS: Mb A. Joint Cleaner and Primer/Sealer: Joint cleaning compound and primer/sealer recommended by sealant manufacturer for the joint surface to be cleaned, primed or sealed. Mb B. Bond Breaker Tape: Polyethylene or other plastic self-adhesive tape, compatible with sealant, which will not bond to sealant. gm C. Sealant Backer Rod: Non-absorptive closed cell foam polyethylene compressible rod stock, or approved material compatible with i - sealant, which will not bond to sealant. 0„ 3.1 JOINT SURFACE PREPARATION: Clean, prime and seal joint surfaces as recom- mended by sealant manufacturer. Support sealant from back with construction Mb indicated or with joint filler or backer rod where recommended by sealant manufacturer. ab 3.2 INSTALLATION: A. Install elastomeric sealants in non-traffic joints to size and shape indicated or with slightly concave surface and depth equal to 50% of Mb normal joint width, but not more than 1/2 inch and not less than 1 1/4 inch. B. Install elastomeric sealants in concrete traffic joints to size and shape indicated or with slightly concave surface and depth equal to 75% of normal joint width, but not more than 5/8 inch and not less .b than 3/8 inch deep. I C. Install non-elastomeric sealants to size and shape indicated or with slightly concave surface and depth from 75% to 125% of normal joint alb width. 1 3.3 SEALANT SCHEDULE: Numbers indicated below refer to sealants specified in r. Articles 2.2 through 2.6. SUBSTRATE #1 SUBSTRATE #2 EXTERIOR CONCEALED INTERIOR r 1 A. Metal Metal S-11, S-13, S-31, S-43 S-1 S-42 lb B. Metal Wood S-14 S-32, S-43 S-1 1 Mb C. Metal Glass S-13, S-41, - S-13, S-41, S-44 S-44 D. PlumbingMb Conc. , Tile S-14 S-32 S-15 Fixture or Wood E. Concrete Metal S-14 S-32 S-1 'b F. Gyp. Metal S-14 S-32 S-1 iG. Gyp. Wood S-14 S-32 S-i „, 1 14 AUG 80 Tigard S.C. 07900 - 2 END ■r air SECTION 08114 STANDARD STEEL DOORS AND FRAMES AM 1.1 STANDARDS: Comply with requirements of Steel Door Institute "Recommended Specifications for Standard Steel Doors and Frames": SDI-100. 1.2 FIRE RATINGS: Provide door assemblies with U.L. and F.M. fire ratings as indicated on Door Schedule. AA 1.3 SHOP DRAWINGS: Submit drawings showing specifications, details and eleva- tions of doors and frames. See Section 01300 SUBMITTALS. Ali 2.1 FABRICATED ITEMS: A. Standard Doors: 1-3/4 inch thick full flush with 18 gauge steel skins, go "Regent" by Ceco, "Presidential S" by Fenestra, DE Series by Republic, "L" by Steelcraft, Grand Custom by Grand Metal , Basic Door by Hol-O-Met, "Swinger Dor" by Mesker, or approved. rr„l B. Standard Door Frames: 2 inch face, 5/8 inch high integral stop, width as indicated, standard 16 gauge galvanized steel except 14 gauge at exterior frames and interior double door frames with openings greater than 4'-O" wide. SF34 by Ceco, standard frames by Fenestra, FE Series by Republic, F-16 by Steelcraft, standard frame by Grand Metal , AO B-1 by Hol-O-Met, standard frame by Mesker, or approved. C. Hardware Preparation: Prepare doors and frames to receive finish hardware, including cutouts, reinforcing, drilling and tapping, .r complying with ANSI A115, "Specifications for Door and Frame Preparation." D. Louvers and Relites: Provide manufacturer's standard relites. Provide mi 1/4 inch thick clear tempered plate glass in relites. 2.2 FINISHING: me A. Shop prime paint door and frame surfaces, whether concealed or exposed in the finished work, using manufacturer's standard rust-inhibitive primer. B. Coat inside faces of door frames with high-build fibered asphalt emulsion or other approved sound deadening material . 3.1 INSTALLATION: Install steel door frames in accordance with manufacturer's instructions and final shop drawings. Fit doors to frame providing clear- ances specified in SDI-100. Install fire rated units in accord with NFPA Standard No. 80. Solid grout door frames in reinforced masonry walls. AO 3.2 ADJUST AND CLEAN: Adjust door clearances and hardware placement to allow smooth operation. Clean door and frame surfaces and touch up scratched prime paint. AO AO 14 AUG 80 Tigard S.C. 08114 - 1 END Mb SECTION 08116 PREFINISHED STEEL FRAMES Mb 1.1 FIRE RATINGS: Provide door frame assemblies with U.L. and F.M. 20 minute fire ratings as indicated on Door Schedule. M,, 1.2 SHOP DRAWINGS: Submit drawings showing specifications, details and sizes of frames. See Section 01300 SUBMITTALS. — Mb 2.1 APPROVED MANUFACTURERS: Mr A. Non-Fire Rated Frames: Type 450 frame by Empire Pacific Industries, Inc. , Standard Series "S" by Timely Industries or approved. B. 20 Minute Fire Rated Frames: Fire Door Frames by Empire Pacific O"' Industries, Inc., Timely Industries or approved. 2.2 DOOR FRAMES: M`' A. Casing: 22 gauge cold rolled steel , premitered with aligning corner inserts. Mb B. Hardware: Manufacturer's standard 14 gauge reinforcing plates for hinges, plated adjustable strikes and door silencers. WO C. Factory Finish: Manufacturer's standard brown color. D. Frame: r' 1. Non-Fire Rated Frames: 20 gauge cold rolled steel . 2. Fire Rated Frames: 18 gauge cold rolled steel with 5/8 inch door stop. 3.1 INSTALLATION: "` A. Install steel door frames in accordance with manufacturer's instruc- tions and final shop drawings. B. Install fire rated units in accord with NFPA Standard No. 80. C. Install frames over the finished wall . D. Secure with nails to wood studs. 3.2 ADJUST AND CLEAN: Adjust hardware placement to allow smooth operation. ar Clean frame surfaces and touch up scratched factory finish. r ob 14 AUG 80 Tigard S.C. 08116 - 1 END ma SECTION 08211 FLUSH WOOD DOORS m' 1.1 REFERENCE STANDARDS: Comply with NWMA I.S. 1-78 and AWI Architectural Woodwork Quality Standards by the Architectural Woodwork Institute. m+ 1.2 PACKAGING: Furnish wood doors poly-wrapped or individually cartoned. 1.3 GUARANTEE: Furnish manufacturer' s or NWMA standard five year-door _ guarantee for interior solid core doors. mi 2.1 INTERIOR SWINGING DOORS: ms A. Fitting, Machining and Finishing: Field fit, field machined and prefinished. AS B. Core: Particleboard or staved wood block, solid core. C. Face Veneer, Transparent Finish: Premium grade quarter sliced or plain sliced White Birch. D. Adhesive: Type I waterproof or Type II water resistaant. E. Finish: Polyurethane varnish. m„ F. Thickness: 1-3/4 inches. I. Grade: AWI Custom. 3.1 INSTALLATION: AM A. Install doors per manufacturer's printed instructions. B. Adjust door bottom to clear floor finish where required. op C. Install door hardware as indicated in door schedule. Adjust door hardware for smooth operation. See Section 08710 FINISH HARDWARE. .r AM AA A AM 4. 14 AUG 80 Tigard S.C. 08211 - 1 END Mb SECTION 08411 PREFINISHED STEEL ENTRANCE FRAMING Mb PART 1 - GENERAL ■r 1.1 DESCRIPTION: A. Work Included: Provide prefinished steel entrance framing as indicated on Drawings and specified herein. Mb B. Work Specified Elsewhere: Ohl 1. Perimeter Frame and Glazing Sealants: Section 07900 JOINT SEALANTS. 2. Steel Entrance Doors: Section 08421 PREFINISHED STEEL ENTRANCE DOORS. 3. Glazing: Section 08800 GLAZING. f � 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE: A. Maximum Deflection: 1/175 of the unsupported span of framing system base on 25 psf wind load. m. 1.3 SUBMITTALS: A. Shop Drawings: Submit shop drawings of entrance system showing M" field dimensions, connection details, member spacing, method of attachment to building and member reinforcing. B. Office Samples: Submit samples of factory finish for selection of finish color by the Architect. Mb PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 APPROVED MANUFACTURERS: Mb A. Carmel Steel Products, Santa Fe Springs, CA. Mb 2.2 SYSTEM COMPONENTS: A. Framing System: 373 by Carmel or approved. B. Framing Material : 16 gauge hot dipped galvanized steel . C. Fasteners: Cadmium plated steel. M` D. Frame Finish: "" 1. Galvanize: 0.30 ounce galvanized coating per square foot on each face. 2. Phosphatized: Federal Specification FS TT-C-490. 3. Factory Finish: 1.7 mil epoxy modified enamel baked at 350 degrees F for 15 minutes. 4. Color: As selected from manufacturer's standard colors. 14 AUG 80 TIGARD S.C. 08411 - 1 E. Glazing Accessories: 4" 1. Blocks: Neoprene 2. Shim Tape: 1/4" x 1/2" polyshim 3. Stop Tape: Extruded neoprene strip. �., 4. Ventilator Sealers: Vinyl gasket or polyisobutylene tape and snap-on beads. _ F. Sealants for Framing: S-13 or S-14 silicone sealants, see Section 07900 JOINT SEALANTS. 2.3 FABRICATION: A. Framing System: A, 1. Welded frame with expansion and contraction features. 2. Roll-formed steel sections notched, coped, arc welded and dressed smooth. 3. Exposed Corners: 0.050" maximum radius. B. Window framing: Formed to hold glass from 1/4" to 1" thick and solid panels from 1/4" to 1-1/4". Ai C. Door Frames: Double rabbeted section, mortized and reinforced to receive door hardware. D. Ventilators: tproject-out • with manufacturer's standard hardware and weatherstripping. E. Screens: Charcoal color plastic coated 18 x 16 fiberglas mesh. err PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSPECTION: AO A. Examine rough openings and adjacent surfaces and report items detrimental to the timely completion of work. B. Do not start work until defects in the rough openings have been corrected. ... 3.2 INSTALLATION: A. Install framing system plumb, level and true. Anchor framing with No. 12 wood screws at 18 inches on center maximum. B. Seal metal joints during installation. Apply S-13 sealant between metal to metal joints and S-14 sealant between metal to wood or AO concrete joints. Use sealant color to match framing color. See Section 07900 JOINT SEALANTS. ,.. 14 AUG 80 TIGARD S.C. 08411 - 2 ai 3.3 PROTECTION OF INSTALLED WORK: A. Provide protective covering over framing sections to prevent Mb damage prior to Owner occupancy. B. Remove covering and clean exposed surfaces prior to Owner occupancy. rr► Mb Mb Mb Mb Mb Mb Mb M. Mk MbMb Mb 14 AUG 80 TIGARD S.C. 08411 - 3 END am SECTION 08421 PREFINISHED STEEL ENTRANCE DOORS AM PART 1 - GENERAL 4 1.1 DESCRIPTION: A. Work Included: Provide prefinished steel entrance doors as indi- ,,,, cated on Drawings and specified herein. B. Work Specified Elsewhere: mio 1. Glazing Sealants: Section 07900 JOINT SEALANTS. 2. Steel Entrance Framing: Section 08411 PREFINISHED STEEL ENTRANCE FRAMING. ..i 3. Glazing: Section 08800 GLAZING. 1.2 SUBMITTALS: A. Shop Drawings: Submit shop drawings of entrance doors showing dimensionsodetails, door hardware, hardware preparation and re- inforcing. B. Office Samples: Submit samples of factory finish for selection of finish color by the Architect. mi PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 APPROVED MANUFACTURERS: A. Carmel Steel Products, Santa Fe Springs, CA. 2.2 SYSTEM COMPONENTS AND FABRICATION: 40 A. Door Type: Single acting narrow stile. B. Framing Material : 16 gauge hot dipped galvanized steel. 40 C. Profile: 1-3/4" thick doors with 2-1/2" wide stiles and 4" high rails. A D. Door Finish: 1. Galvanize: 0.30 ounce galvanized coating per square foot on .M each face. 2. Phosphatized: Federal Specification FS TT-C-490. 3. Factory Finish: 1.7 mil epoxy modified enamel baked at 350 degrees F for 15 minutes. 40 4. Color: As selected from manufacturer's standard colors. E. Glazing Accessories: 40 1. Glazing Tape: Preformed polyisobutylene tape. 2. Stops: Snap-on beads with vinyl gasket and spring lock clips. AM F. Sealants for Framing: S-13 or S-14 silicone sealants, see Section 07900 JOINT SEALANTS. 'I' 14 AUG 80 TIGARD S.C. 08421 - 1 Mb G. Reinforcing for Hardware: Concealed internal reinforcing welded to r stiles and rails. 2.3 DOOR HARDWARE: A. Single Acting Single Doors: 1-1/2 pr Butts FBS 179 4-Y2x4Y2 ' IoA STN VMk 1 Closer Overhead, concealed Zo3o DBL. L.[,N - 1 Exit Device SS Nt_ x 55o x12_91 (013 VON DoPe.NJ 1 Threshold 227 A 628 P r-- ' Set Weatherstripping PFP'S 114 3. 1 INSTALLATION: �+ A. Install doors and door hardware plumb, level and true. MI B. Adjust door hardware for proper operation and install weatherstripping to close open spaces. 3.2 PROTECTION OF INSTALLED WORK: 't` A. Provide protective covering over doors to prevent damage prior to Owner occupancy. ■r B. Remove covering and clean exposed surfaces prior to Owner occupancy. MS MI '. Mk Mb Mb -. rs MI 14 AUG 80 TIGARD S.C. 08421 - 2 END Mk yrr SECTION 08523 ALUMINUM FIXED AND CASEMENT WINDOWS Aw 1.1 WORK INCLUDED: Provide fixed and casement aluminum windows as indicated on Drawings and specified herein. 4 1.2 SHOP DRAWINGS: Submit detailed drawings and list of items to- be furnished. See Section 01300 SUBMITTALS. d„ 1.3 WARRANTY: Submit manufacturer's standard warranty against defects in materials and workmanship. A' 2.1 APPROVED MANUFACTURERS: Mercer Industries #1.50 Series, Viking Industries #1600 series or approved. 2.2 ALUMINUM FRAME AND VENTILATORS: m. A. Extruded Frame: 6063-T5 aluminum alloy not less than 0.125 inch thick, profile indicated on Drawings. Z-Bar #235 and #242 by Mercer Industries Arai or approved. B. Corners and Joints: Corners mitered and welded full web depth. Meet- ing rails welded full depth. No mechanical joints. Joints permanently am factory sealed. C. Extruded Glazing Bead: Aluminum extrusion 0.050 inch thick, #257 by AA Mercer Industries or approved. D. Finish: Bronze anodized. A' 2.3 VENTILATOR HARDWARE: Manufacturer's standard hinges. Manufacturer's standard locks and strikes, factory finished. A+ 2.4 INSULATING GLASS: Clear 5/8 inch thick, tempered where indicated. 2.5 GLAZING GASKET: Extruded vinyl or neoprene. mei 3.1 INSTALLATION: Install per manufacturer's printed instructions. Set frame in mastic, S-31. Apply sealant S-14 to frame corners and window frame perimeter. 3.2 ADJUSTMENTS: Replace broken or defective glass prior to final completion O of Project. 411 AM AO '" 14 AUG 80 Tigard S.C. 08523 - 1 END Mb SECTION 08524 ROLLING ALUMINUM WINDOWS Mb 1.1 WORK INCLUDED: Provide horizontal rolling aluminum windows as indicated on Drawings and specified herein. 1.2 STANDARDS: Comply with AAMA HS-B2 (residential) . mg 1.3 SHOP DRAWINGS: Submit manufacturer's product data and elevations with field dimensions. See Section 01300 SUBMITTALS. .b 1 WARRANTY: Submit manufacturer's standard warranty against defect in materials and workmanship. egg 2.1 APPROVED MANUFACTURER: "LOK/TITE IV" by Mercer Industries, Viking Industries, or approved. gg 2.2 WINDOW SYSTEM: A. Frame and Sash Materials: 6063-T5 aluminum alloy not less than rw 0.062 inch thick. B. Finish: Manufacturer's standard bronze anodized finish. Mr C. Weatherstripping: Wool pile or approved. D. Hardware: Self-locking latch meeting AAMA standard on resistance to "b forcible entry. Manufacturer's standard rollers and glides. E. Glazing: 1/2 inch thick clear insulating glass. Provide tempered rrr plate glass where within 18 inches of adjacent floor or within 4'-0" of door opening. { F. Screen Frame: Rolled aluminum. G. Screen Cloth: 14 x 18 fiberglass mesh secured by vinyl screen spline. rr 3.1 INSTALLATION: Install per manufacturer' s printed instructions with screens at all ventilator openings. Set frame in mastic sealant, S-31. Apply Mb •i sealant, S-12 or S-14, to frame corners and window frame perimeter. Mb Mb Ob .r 14 AUG 80 Tigard S.C. 08524 - 1 END ug SECT-ION 08710 FINISH HARDWARE ww 1.1 HARDWARE SCHEDULE: Submit Hardware Schedule showing hardware to be furnished for each door. 2.1 APPROVED MANUFACTURERS: Lawrence, Schlage, Sargent, or approved. AO 2.2 FASTENERS: Provide fasteners with finish matching hardware -finish. 2.3 SPECIFIC REQUIREMENTS: AS - A. Hinges: Square corners, full mortise, flat button tips with matching plug. Provide additional throw where required for proper clearances. B. Cylinders and Keying: A' 1. Provide 3 keys for each lock, plus 3 master keys. 2. Factory key all cylinders to match six-pin system as directed by the Architect. Send tagged and identified keys directly 40 to the Architect by registered mail . 3. Stamp all permanent keys and key blanks "Do Not Duplicate." 2.4 HARDWARE LIST: See Section 08950 DOOR SCHEDULE, for hardware schedule. MANUFACTURER'S NUMBER SYMBOL QUANTITY NAME AND SIZE FINISH MANUFACTURER AO A. Butts and Hinges: BH1 1-1/2 pr Butts FBB 179 4-1/2x4-1/2NRP 10A Stanley BH2 1-1/2 p. Butts RD FBB 179 4x4 10A Stanley 1171 ) � /v .!. ' B. Lockset, Latchset and Deadlocks: 40 LO1 1 Lockset X440 5/8, ASHFORD "'f7 41813 Russwin L02 1 Lockset ER 4.21 ASHFORD 5i-t ' 613 Russwin E. L03 1 Lockset 440 ASHFORD 613 Russwin LO4 1 Lockset 410 ASHFORD - ' 613 Russwin C. Exit Device: ED1 Exit Device 88NLx550x1291 613 Von Duprin ED2 Exit Device 8527NLx1291 613 Von Duprin ED3 Exit Device 8527DT 613 Von Duprin ED4 Exit Device 88DTx550 613 Von Duprin D. Closer: CLI 1 Closer 4110 DBL LCN .O CL2 1 Closer 4041 DBL LCN E. Kickplate: KP1 1 Kickplate 5153 10"x2" LOW 613 Cipco AM *'" 14 AUG 80 Tigard S.C. 08710 - 1 AO ti ' MANUFACTURER'S NUMBER SYMBOL QUANTITY NAME AND SIZE FINISH MANUFACTURER Mb F. Stop-Holder: ST1 1 Stop 407-1/2 B-10B 613 Ives r'.i irim G. Threshold: ITH1 1 Threshold 227A 628 Pemko .r H. Silencers and Sign: j SI1 3 Silencers 20 (3 per single door - Ives _ ri 4 per pair doors) d I . Weatherstripping and Door Bottoms: j WS1 1 Weatherstrip PFPS 114 - Pemko Mit WS2 1 305DR (Head and Hinge Jamb) - Pemko :1.1J. Flush Bolts: t FB1 2 Flush Bolts 458 BlOB 613 Ives 1 K. Removable Mullions: RM1 1 Removable 4954 613 Von Duprin aw Mullion , 1 3.1 INSTALLATION: r A. Hardware Mounting Heights: NBHA "Recommended Locations for Builders 1 Hardware." N M B. Manufacturer's Instructions: Install hardware in compliance with 1 manufacturer's recommendations. SW C. Sequence: 1. Install hardware requiring cutting and fitting prior to • application of field finish. 2. Remove installed hardware prior to application of field finish. 1 3. After field finishing substrate, install all hardware. Ilik D. Setting: Set hardware and doors level , plumb and true. } E. Fasteners: Space fasteners and anchors in accordance with industry r. standards. Countersink exposed fasteners. Reinforce substrate I where required for proper operation. 5 F. Operating Hardware: Adjust operating hardware to ensure proper O" operation. IG. Silencers: Install silencers on interior door frames. Adjust ■► thickness of silencers to allow proper operation of latchbolt. Mk 14 AUG 80 Tigard S.C. 08710 - 2 END I Mk AN SECTION 08800 GLAZING 1.1 WORK INCLUDED: Provide glazing systems as indicated on Drawings and .r specified herein. 1.2 GLASS STANDARD: Federal Specification DD-D415d-1977. Type, class, AA quality, style, kind and form are specified in reference to this standard. 41 1.3 INSTALLATION STANDARDS: Comply with recommendations of "Glazing Manual " by Flat Glass Marketing Association except as otherwise indicated or recommended by product manufacturer. AW 2.1 APPROVED MANUFACTURERS: A• A. Glass: 1. A.S.G. Industries , Inc. 2. C.E. Glass Division, Combustion Engineering, Inc. AM 3. Environmental Glass Products 4. Guardian Industries Corporation (503) 224-9545 5. Libbey-Owens-Ford Company (206) 747-9730 A' 6. PPG Industries, Inc. (206) 696-2534 2.2 PROCESSED GLASS: A++ (SQ. IN. ) THICKNESS QUALITY SIZE A. Clear Tempered: AN 1. 1/4 Select Varies, see Door and Window Schedule. 2.3 INSULATING GLASS THICKNESS (INCHES) 410 OUTDOOR SPACE INDOOR TOTAL QUALITY 1/4 1/2 1/4 1 B A 2.4 GLAZING ACCESSORIES: A. Relite Glazing Tape: Foam neoprene, S-42 or foam PVC, S-43. Am B. Setting Blocks: Solid neoprene, 85-95 Shore A hardness, S-51 . AO AO 14 AUG 80 Tigard S.C. 08800 - 1 ab 3. 1 INSTALLATION: A. Cut glass to size required for measured opening; provide adequate edge clearance and glass bite all around. Cut prior to tempering. Mr B. Do not install sheets which have significant edge damage or other defects. am C. Install setting blocks at quarter points. D. Install glazing tape on frame and stops continuous at glass face. „b Compress at least 25% of thickness. Minimum finished thickness to be 3/32 inch. 3.2 ADJUSTMENTS: Replace glass which is broken or damaged prior to acceptance. m" am l r ■r Mr Mb L mm mm mm 14 AUG 80 Tigard S.C. 08800 - 2 END i" .r SECTION 09250 GYPSUM WALLBOARD 1.1 STANDARDS: Comply with ANSI A97.1-1965, Gypsum Association Specifica- tions GA-216 and manufacturer's printed instructions. am 1.2 FIRE RATINGS: Comply with building code and governing authorities' requirements for fire rated partitions and ceilings. When requested, provide U.L. design numbers for fire rated assemblies. 1.3 TOLERANCES: Do not exceed 1/4 inch variation in 8'-0" from plumb, level and true lines. - 1.4 FIELD SAMPLES: Provide 100 sq. ft. minimum of in-place wall and ceiling joint and fastener treatment for Architect 's review prior to joint finishing wallboard surfaces. Architect will review smoothness and hiding of board joints only. 2.1 GYPSUM FACE PANELS: ASTM C 36-75. Long edges tapered and round or beveled. 1/2 inch thickness except where noted otherwise. Use 1/2 inch type "X" fire rated panels on both' sides of interior partitions separat- ing rooms 101, 104, and 110 from adjacent interior rooms. arm 2.2 EXTERIOR SOFFIT BOARD PANELS: 1/2 inch thick. G-P Soffit Board by Georgia-Pacific, Exterior Gypsum Ceiling Board by U.S.G. , Gypsum Soffit Board by Kaiser Gypsum, Exterior Ceiling/Soffit Board by National Gypsum Co. or approved. Long edges tapered with round edge or beveled. 2.3 GYPSUM BASE PANELS: ASTM C 442-72. 1/2 inch thick, type "X" fire rated panels. 2.4 GYPSUM ACCESSORIES: A. Sealants: Acrylic-Latex, S-1. See Section 07900 JOINT SEALANTS. B. Drywall Trim: 26 gauge galvanized steel , external corner beads mi with metal flanges, casing bead of semi-finishing type with square nose, control joint of one piece metal or vinyl expanding strip with flanges for face attachment to drywall . dm C. Joint Treatment Materials: ASTM C 475-64(70) , types recommended by drywall manufacturer. A" D. Fasteners: Screws, ASTM C 646-76; nails , ASTM C 514-72; adhesive, ASTM C 557-73. 40 3.1 WALLBOARD INSTALLATION: A. Install panels of thickness indicated and as required to meet 40 structural and fire rating requirements. 40 • 14 AUG 80 Tigard S.C. 09250 - 1 am MI B. For vertical partition wallboard installation, offset joints on opposite sides of stud framing. C. Install wallboards in lengths and directions which will minimize number of end joints and avoid end joints in central area of ceilings. Mb D. Nail , glue or screw wallboard to supports as recommended- by manufacturer. Install panels to within 1/4 inch of floor. MI E. Install gypsum soffit board panels on exterior soffit framing as detailed on Drawings. 3.2 ACCESSORY INSTALLATION: Mb A. Install corner beads at external corners. Install casing bead at exposed edges. Install control joints where indicated or required. sr B. Install acrylic-latex sealant, S-1 where required to fill exposed openings. Mb 3.3 FINISHING: A. Exposed Board in Finished Areas: 1. Apply joint tape and compound at joints between boards. 2. Apply compound at accessory flanges , penetrations, fastener ( heads and surface defects. 3. Install compound in three coats per manufacturer's recommenda- tions, sand after last two coats. ■w B. Exposed Board in Unfinished Areas: Apply joint tape and compound at joints between boards. Mb .w M. Mb 14 AUG 80 Tigard S.C. "m 9 09250 - 2 END 1 MI a' SECTION 09512 ACOUSTICAL TILE am 1.1 STANDARDS: Comply with AIMA Bulletin, Acoustic Unit Performance Data as published by Acoustical and Insulating Materials Association. 1.2 OFFICE SAMPLES: Submit sample of ceiling tile to Architect prior to AM ordering materials. Architect will review for color, texture and profile only. am 2.1 APPROVED MANUFACTURER: Armstrong Cork Company, Celotex, Conwed or approved. 2.2 NON-FIRE RATED ACOUSTIC TILE: A. Pattern: Travertone, fine fissured design or approved equivalent. a" B. Tile Data: 3/4 inch thick, 12" x 12" size, square, 1/16 inch bevel at exposed edge for direct glue mounting. STC 35-39, flame spread 25 or less. NRC 0.60, LR-1, 75% or more. AS 2.3 ADHESIVE: W. W. Henry #137 or approved. am 3.1 INSTALLATION: A. Room centerline to match center of tile or edge of tile as indicated a' on Drawings. B. Apply adhesive to ceiling and install ceiling tile as recommended by al manufacturer. C. Install directional patterned tile with patterns running across short direction of room. orb 3.2 ADJUSTMENT AND CLEANING: Ar A. Remove and replace tile improperly placed, broken or damaged prior to Owner occupancy. A. B. Clean surfaces of tile as directed by the Architect prior to occupancy. 40 Ad AM AS A. 14 AUG 80 Tigard S.C. 09512 - 1 END Mb SECTION 09560 WOOD STRIP FLOORING 1.1 STANDARDS: Provide Oa'k bearing the trademark of approval of the National Oak Flooring Manufacturer's Association (NOFMA). 1.2 MOISTURE CONDITIONING: Deliver wood flooring at least seven days in Mb advance of installation in order to permit natural adjustment-of moisture content. Open packages which are sealed against moisture penetration. 2.1 WOOD FLOORING: Manufacturer's standard straight edge tongued-and-grooved M" and end-matched solid wood flooring, 25/32 inch thick x 2-1/4 inch strips, 2'-0" minimum length, averaging 4'-6" long, double channeled base, plain sawn No. 2 common Red Oak, unfinished. Ob 2.2 FLOOR SEALER: Duraseal floor finish by Minawax Co. , Inc. or approved. Color as selected by Architect. mb 2.3 FLOOR FINISH: Synteko Satin Finish by Casco or approved. Mb 3.1 INSTALLATION: A. General : Comply with flooring manufacturer's instructions and recom- ,b, mendations for the preparation of substrates to receive wood flooring, including the application of primers and adhesives. B. Adhesive Installation: Comply with manufacturer's recommendations for r" type of adhesive and method of installation, for a permanent, water- resistant bond to substrate. am C. Nailed Installation: Nail strip-type flooring to subflooring (or sleepers) in accordance with flooring manufacturer's recommendations. 3.2 FINISHING: A. Sanding: After installation machine sand surface of wood flooring smooth, using coarse, medium and fine (No. 00) paper. Sand until no r' offsets or observable unlevel condition exists. B. Sealing and Finishing: Apply two coats of floor sealer and finish Mb with two coats of floor finish. abMk Mb Mb 14 AUG 80 Tigard S.C. r`` 9 09560 - 1 END ;rr SECTION 09650 RESILIENT FLOORING A 1 .1 SUBMITTALS: Submit two copies of manufacturer's instructions for recommended maintenance practices for flooring. Submit 5% extra stock for maintenance. See Section 01300 SUBMITTALS. _ _ 1 .2 FIELD TEMPERATURES: Maintain materials and areas of work at temperatures between 70 and 90 degrees F for not less than 24 hours before, during, and 24 hours after installation. 2.1 VINYL SHEET FLOORING: FS L-F-475, Type II , Grade A; 72 inch wide rolls; 0.090 inch gauge by Armstrong or approved. Color and pattern as selected by Architect. !. 2.2 RUBBER BASE: FS SS-t'J-40, Type I ; 1/8 inch gauge, with matching end stops. Topset rubber, Flex-Cove as manufactured by Textile Rubber Co. , Inc. or approved. Set-on type coved base at resilient flooring. Flat type carpet base at carpet flooring. 4 inches high. Color as selected by Architect. .r 2.3 MASTIC UNDERLAYMENTS: 0" to 3/8" depth, Latex Underlayment, Armstrong S-180 or approved. 1/2 inch and greater depth, polyvinyl acetate under- layment, Madden Unicon 240 or approved. 3.1 PREPARATION: A. Substrate Leveling: Fill substrate openings with mastic or wood underlayments as required to match adjacent floor finish. .■ B. Cleaning and Priming: Clean existing floor surfaces and apply substrate primer in accordance with flooring manufacturer's instructions. AO 3.2 INSTALLATION: A. Comply with flooring manufacturer's recommendations for types of materials, project conditions and intended use. B. Sheet Flooring: Make as few seams as possible with economical use of materials. Follow manufacturer's recommendations for matching color shading and pattern at seams, such as reversing adjoining sheets of the same roller. " C. Apply resilient base in as long lengths as practicable to walls, columns and permanent fixtures. Ar D. Turn flooring up walls 5 inches and flash cove using a wax fillet strip and metal binding strip (at kitchen, kitchen storage, and restrooms only. "" 14 AUG 80 TIGARD S.C. 09650 - 1 sir 3.3 ADJUSTMENTS AND CLEANING: Replace loose or broken sheet flooring or base. Clean floors and accessories after installation and apply a" protective wax coatings in accordance with flooring manufacturer's instructions. Mb Mb MW Mr r�r Mb am Mb Mb MW as mm Mb Mb 14 AUG 80 TIGARD S.C. 09650 - 2 END 'r' AO SECTION 09680 CARPETING A' 1.1 QUALITY ASSURANCE: A. Installers: Carpet shall be installed by professional carpet layers. B. Flame Spread Rating: Carpet shall have passed Federal Flammability Standard DOC-FF-1-70 and Class II flame spread of 75 or less per ASTM E 84-76. as C. Manufacture: Carpet to be first quality material , no seconds or imperfections will be accepted. AO 1.2 SUBMITTALS: A. Samples: Submit for approval of color, texture and pattern only. 1. Carpet: 18" x 27" sample of each color and texture. 2. Carpet Edge Strips: 12 inch long sample of each color and type. B. Manufacturer's Literature: Submit two copies of manufacturer's specifications covering carpet construction and recommended instal- 4111 lation and maintenance procedures. C. Certification: Submit two copies of carpet manufacturer's written certification that carpet delivered was manufactured in accordance with these specifications. -;: D. Overrun Stock and Scraps: as 1. Furnish 2% of total carpet area of each color to Owner for maintenance materials. am 2. Owner will select additional scraps of carpeting to remain. 3. Deliver Owner-selected overrun stock and scraps of carpeting to Owner's storage area. as 1.3 PRODUCT DELIVERY AND STORAGE: A. Delivery: Deliver carpet to site with original registration numbers attached. B. Storage: Coordinate storage location with the Architect. Do not ,. exceed the design live load of the structure during distribution of the carpet rolls. 2.1 CARPET: - A. Manufacturer: Beven, Atlas, Lees Marjon or approved. B. Pattern: "Signet", "Contract 24 or 24", "Faculty II", "Steelpoint" or approved. C. Type of Weave: Tufted level loop. 14 AUG 80 Tigard S.C. 09680 - 1 Mk D. Face Yarn: DuPont Antron III continuous filament nylon with static control or approved. ow E. Yarn Ply: 3 or 4 ply. F. Pitch: 216, machine gauge: 1/10. 1rw G. Stitches per 6 Inches: 45, 62.5. - H. Pile Height: .145" or .1875". „I I. Face Yarn Weight: 21, 28 oz. per sq. yd. J. Total Weight: 52, 68.5 oz. per sq. yd. K. Backing: Polyester or Jute. L. Static Propensity: Recorded propensity readings below the level of human sensitivity when tested in conditions of 20% RH at 70 degrees F. Mk M. Width: 12 feet. N. Color: As selected from manufacturer's standard by Architect. r 0. Flame Spread Rating: Passes Methenamine Pill Test DOC-FF1-70 or ASTM E 84, Class A. MI 2.2 CARPET ACCESSORIES: A. Adhesive: Non-toxic, waterproof, white latex base cement, formulated for installing carpet and recommended by carpet manufacturer. M" B. Carpet Edge Strip: Resilient strip, not less than 1 inch wide x 1/4 inch thick, tapered bullnose edge. Roppe Rubber Corp. #4CR. •• Color as selected by Architect to match carpet color. or 3.1 INSTALLATION: A. Install carpet in accordance with manufacturer's printed instructions. Mk B. Run pile in the same direction throughout the project. C. Cut carpet at columns and floor outlets. r„ D. Install edge strip where change in flooring material occurs. 3.2 ADJUSTMENT AND CLEANING: Mb _ A. Replace or reinstall carpet not smooth and even, free of discolora- tion, soil , sag or buckle. Ok B. After installation, remove debris, clean carpet with spot remover where required. Remove thread with sharp scissors and vacuum clean. „I 1 S 14 AUG 80 Tigard S.C. 09680 - 2 WO C. Remove scraps not retained by the Owner from the site. D. Provide necessary security measures as required to protect carpet- ms ing and close areas to traffic until carpet installation is reviewed by the Architect. .w AW AM WO AO a mm am 1 mi 41 AO AO AO AO MA mg 14 AUG 80 Tigard S.C. 09680 - 3 END SECTION 09692 RUBBER CARPET MAT Mb 1.1 WORK INCLUDED: Provide rubber carpet mat at entrance as indicated on Drawings and specified herein. Mb 1.2 GUARANTEE: Submit to Architect one signed copy of manufacturer's stand- ard three-year unconditional guarantee of materials and workmanship. Mb 2.1 MATERIALS: A. Rubber Carpet Mat: 3/8 inch thick strips of nylon fiber reinforced Mb synthetic rubber tires, buffed on surface and backed by fiber glass cloth; Futurus Floor Covering as manufactured by Futurus, Inc. or approved. Carpet Tile: 12" x 12", FCT-011. ■r B. Carpet Adhesive: FSA-231, Sta-Fast adhesive, calstromeric cement, as manufactured by Futurus, Inc. Mb C. Adhesive Cleaning Agent: Methyl-Ethyl-Kentone (MEK) . Mb 3.1 INSPECTION: Examine substrates and conditions under which mat flooring is to be applied. Do not proceed with mat flooring work until unsatis- factory conditions have been corrected. Mb 3.2 PREPARATION: Check mat recess for proper size and location. Furnish mitered aluminum frame for installation in concrete floor. Mb 3.3 MAT INSTALLATION: Set mat in basket weave pattern. Field cut carpet mat where required and dry fit in proper area. Apply adhesive in accordance with manufacturer's printed instructions. Install carpet r mat with butt edge at perimeter. Do not use border strip. Follow manufacturer's printed installation instructions. 3.4 ADJUST AND CLEAN: Remove and reapply strips that are not properly bonded to substrate. Remove excess adhesive with adhesive cleaning agent. .b Mb Mb Mb .b lib 14 AUG 80 Tigard S.C. 09692 - 1 END i�r AM SECTION 09900 PAINTING AA 1.1 WORK INCLUDED: A. Surfaces to Receive Paint: Paint all exposed surfaces except A„ those surfaces specifically deleted by this Section. --_ B. Exterior Painting: ms 1 . Field paint exposed mechanical and electrical equipment not factory finished. 2. Field paint primed and galvanized steel exposed to weather. AM 3. Paint and backprime lumber and plywood exposed to weather. C. Interior Painting: AA 1 . Sand and finish exposed and semi-exposed surfaces of cabinet work not shop finished by cabinet manufacturer. 2. Field paint exposed steel items in finished rooms. ' 3. Sand and finish exposed wood items in finished rooms. 4. Paint exposed gypsum surfaces in finished rooms. 5. Paint exposed concrete surfaces in finished rooms. AA D. Touch-up: Field paint factory finished items damaged prior to Owner acceptance. A E. Colors to be selected by Architect. 1 .2 WORK NOT INCLUDED: AA A. Shop priming of metal items where shop priming is specified in other sections. am B. Prefinished items, such as light fixtures, plumbing fixtures and door hardware. AA C. Finished metal such as anodized aluminum, stainless steel . finished brass or bronze. 40 D. Do not paint moving parts of operating units, equipment identification, performance rating, name or nomenclature plates or code-required labels. A 1.4 OFFICE SAMPLES: A. Submit samples for Architect's review of color and texture only. A" Resubmit samples as requested until required sheen, color and texture is achieved. •+ B. Opaque Finish: Provide two samples 12" x 12" of each color with texture to simulate finish condition. C. Transparent Finish: On actual wood surfaces provide two 4" x 8" samples for natural and stained wood finish. 14 AUG 80 TIGARD S.C. 09900 - 1 1 .5 EXTRA STOCK: Deliver to Owner extra stock of paint equalling approximately ,■, 10% of each color and gloss used; up to 5 gallons of each color and gloss. 1 .6 PRODUCT DELIVERY: Deliver materials to job site in new, original and unopened containers bearing manufacturer's name, trade name, and label analysis. 1 .7 CONTAMINATED SURFACES: Do not paint over dirt, rust, scale, grease, Mb moisture, scuffed surfaces, or conditions otherwise detrimental to the formation of a durable paint film. 1 .8 COORDINATION: Provide finish coats which are compatible with prime Mb paints used. Provide barrier coats over incompatible primers where required. Notify the Architect in writing of anticipated problems using specified coatings with substrates primed by others. 2.1 APPROVED MATERIALS: Products and manufacturers listed below are approved for use in this Project. Other products may be used when approved by rr the Architect in writing. A. Exterior Primers, Sealers and Undercoats: kb MILLER RODDA AMERITONE TNEMEC 1 . XZSP, Zinc Steel Primer: 468 2447 50 99R or 99W mb 2. XZGP, Zinc Galvanized Primer: 484 4069 50 0 3. XOWP, Oil-Base Wood Primer: 240 155 1252 4. XOWL, Oil-Base Wood Sealer: W-730 500 SSPC ,b 5. WVGW, Vinyl Galvanized Wash: PT3 B. Interior Primers, Sealers and Undercoats: .r MILLER RODDA AMERITONE 1 . IPWF, Paste Wood Filler: 1217 860 - rib 2. IRWL, Resin Wood Sealer: - 482 122 3. IOWP, Oil-Base Wood Primer S-81a 395 85 4. ILYP, Latex Gypsum Primer J-101 7700 W100 Illb 5. ILYR, Latex Gypsum Texture: - - W500 { C. Exterior Opaque Paints: r• MILLER RODDA AMERITONE 1 . XASE, Aklyd Semi-Gloss Enamel : 6750 182 6200 OLYMPIC „. 2. XLHP, Latex Flat House Paint: 7000 AC-911 - Overcoat 3. XLSE, Latex Semi-Gloss Enamel : 7054 908 W2500 Mb • Mb 14 AUG 80 TIGARD S.C. 09900 - 2 MI D. Interior Opaque Paints: AS MILLER RODDA AMERITONE A, 1 . IAFE, Alkyd Flat Enamel : 6580 9101 4700 440 2. IASE, Alkyd Semi-Gloss Enamel : 6750 6840 92 3. IPGE, Polyurethane Gloss Enamel : S-567 12424 9100 E. Exterior Transparent Finishes: AM MILLER RODDA AMERITONE OLYMPIC A„ 1 . XOTS, Oil-Base Semi-Transparent Stain W-700 8322 250 Semi- Transp. 2. XLOS, Latex Opaque Stain: 5900 TR3-XX W600 Solid AM Acrylic F. Interior Transparent Finishes: MILLER RODDA AMERITONE REX 1 . IOSV, Oil Satin Varnish 1281 495 109 Super AM Satinwood 2. IOTS, Oil Semi-Transp. Satin: W-700 8322 250 OLYMPIC Semi- " Transp. 3.1 INSPECTION A. Examination of Surfaces: Examine areas and conditions under which painting work is to be applied. Correct conditions detrimental to proper and timely completion of work. Do not proceed with work A" until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. B. Work Start: Start of painting work will be construed as the Applicator's acceptance of surfaces and conditions within any particular area. AO AO AM AS 14 AUG 80 TIGARD S.C. 09900 - 3 AO MI 3.2 PREPARATION: A. Perform preparation and cleaning procedures in strict accordance with coating manufacturer's instructions for each substrate condition. r B. Protect work of other trades. Remove hardware and accessories, machined surfaces, plates, lighting fixtures and pre-finished items in place and not scheduled for finish-paint, or provide surface ,m applied protection. Reinstall removed items. C. Seal wood required to be job painted. Prime edges, ends, face, undersides and backsides of counters, shelves and cabinets. Mb 3.3 APPLICATION: al A. Apply painting and finishing materials in accordance with the manufacturer's directions. Use techniques best suited for the material and surfaces to which applied. B. For opaque finishes, apply additional coats when undercoats, stains or other conditions show through final paint coat, until paint film is of uniform finish, color and appearance. C. Paint surfaces behind movable equipment and furniture same as similar exposed surfaces. Paint surfaces behind permanently fixed equipment or furniture with prime coat only. D. Sand lightly between succeeding enamel or varnish coats. .r E. Except where accent colors are schedule, paint mechanical and electrical work in finished areas including exposed ducts, piping, conduit, louvers, grilles, etc. to match adjacent surfaces except r. when factory finished to color matching adjacent surface. F. Apply prime coat to material which is required to be painted or finished and which has not been prime coated by the fabricator. G. Apply each material at not less than the manufacturer's recom- mended spreading rate, to provide a total dry film thickness of not less than that indicated in finishing schedules at the end of this Section. H. Match approved finish samples for color, texture and sheen. I. Touch up shop primed or factory finished items damaged during Mb installation. J. Paint interior surfaces of ducts where visible through registers or grilles, flat, non-specular black. rr. r 14 AUG 80 TIGARD S.C. 09900 - 4 Ar 3.4 ADJUSTMENT AND CLEANING: "" A. Remove, refinish or repaint work not in compliance with specified requirements. Recoat work not meeting minimum dry film thickness. Ai B. Correct any painting related damages by cleaning, repairing or replacing and refinishing as directed by Architect. C. Repaint lines between accent colors as directed by the Architect AA to obtain clean straight lines. 3.5 APPLICATION ABBREVIATIONS: The following abbreviations are used in the '" finishing schedules to describe required methods of applying finish: A. BRUSH: Brush apply. AA B. ROLL-BR: Roll or Brush apply. C. SPRAY-BR: Spray or brush apply. D. OIL RUB: Rub on with rag, wipe off excess. A' 3.6 FINISHING SCHEDULES: *Letters refer to materials in Article 2.1 . **Letters refer to application abbreviations in Article 3.5. A. Exterior New Exposed Surfaces: MIN. TOTAL APPLICATION PREPAR- 1ST 2ND 3RD DRY FILM SUBSTRATE FINISH METHOD** ATION* COAT* COAT* COAT* THICKNESS 1 . Galv. Steel Alkyd SPRAY-BR WVGW XZGP XASE XASE 4.5 mils 2. Wood Alkyd SPRAY-BR - XOWP XASE XASE 5.0 mils AO 3. Wood Stain SPRAY-BR - XOTS XOTS - (100 sq. ft./ or gallon) XLOS AA B. Interior New Exposed Surfaces: MIN. TOTAL APPLICATION PREPAR- 1ST 2ND 3RD DRY FILM SUBSTRATE FINISH METHOD** ATION* COAT* COAT* COAT* THICKNESS 1 . Prmd. Steel Alkyd SPRAY-BR Clean IZSP IASE IASE 4.5 mils 41 2. Wood Stain Brush Sand IOTS IOTS - 1 .0 mils 3. Gypsum Alkyd ROLL-BR - ILYP IOWP IASE 4.5 mils Wallboard Gloss 4. Gypsum Alkyd ROLL-BR - IAFE IAFE - 3.5 mils Wallboard Flat - C. Interior Semi-Exposed Cabinet Surfaces: PMIN. TOTAL am APPLICATION PREPAR- 1ST 2ND 3RD DRY FILM SUBSTRATE FINISH METHOD** ATION* COAT* COAT* COAT* THICKNESS 1. Wood Varnish SPRAY-BR - IRWL IOSV - 1 .0 mils. d. 14 AUG 80 TIGARD S.C. 09900 - 5 END SECTION 10162 " METAL TOILET PARTITIONS AND URINAL SCREENS 1 .1 SHOP DRAWINGS: Submit for approval prior to fabrication. Show plans, details of construction, hardware, fittings and fastenings. Mb 2.1 APPROVED MANUFACTURERS: Fiat Products, Global Steel Products, Knicker- bocker Steel Partition Co. , Inc. Sanymetal Products, Accurate or approved. 2:2 TYPE OF CONSTRUCTION: Overhead braced type, flush panel with baked enamel finish. 2.3 PARTITION SYSTEM: MI A. Steel Sheet: ASTM A 591-68(73), Class C galvanized and bonderized stretcher leveled furniture steel . Partitions and pilasters 20 gauge M,,, minimum. Doors 22 gauge minimum. Reinforcing plates for anchorages 12 gauge minimum and reinforcing plates for tapping 14 gauge minimum. B. Core Material : Manufacturer's standard honeycomb Kraft paper. s" C. Hardware: Mb fi 1 . Brackets: Die cast zinc alloy, cast brass or extruded aluminum. 2. Pilaster Base Trim: Stainless steel . 3. Hinges: Manufacturer's standard mortised adjustable pivot hinges at top and bottom, bracketed to pilasters, no part extending above or below the door top or bottom. 4. Latch: Concealed sliding bolt with device for outside opening of door by using screw driver or edge of a coin. "' 5. Keeper and Door Stop: Combination type. 6. Out-swing Door Bumper: Manufacturer's standard rubber tipped bumper. rim 7. In-swing Door Bumper and Coat Hook: Manufacturer's standard bumper type coat hook. D. Exposed Fasteners: Provide bolts and screws with Phillips heads NI (except use vandalproof heads at latch, keeper, door stop, door bumper, and coat hook) and shall be stainless steel or chromium { plated per manufacturer's standard. Sheet metal screws are not w► acceptable. Oa oft 14 AUG 80 Tigard S.C. 10162 - 1 1 � 2.4 FABRICATION: SO A. Doors and Panels: 1-inch minimum thickness, pressure laminate face sheets to core, edges sealed with continuous locking strip or lapped and formed. Furnish units with cutouts, drilled holes, and internal reinforcement to receive partition mounted hardware and grab bars. B. Overhead-Braced Pilasters: 1-1/4 inch thick, with galvanized steel floor supports and leveling bolts. Overhead brace, continuous tube, anti-trip design. Secure brace into top of each pilaster. C. Wall Mounted Urinal Screens: 1-inch thick units. size as indicated, A. of same construction and finish as toilet compartment panels. Provide brackets and anchorages to match compartment units. D. Door Hardware: Provide two hinges, one latch and keeper and one in- .00 swing door bumper and coat hook on each door. Provide one out-swing door bumper on outside face of outswinging doors. E. Finishes: 1 . Chromium and Stainless Steel Finishes: US26D dull chromium over 00 zinc alloy or brass and No. 4 satin finish on stainless steel . 2. Baked Enamel Finish: Clean and sand surfaces smooth and factory finish with one coat of synthetic primer followed by two coats of low gloss synthetic enamel . Color as selected by Architect from manufacturer's standard custom deep tone colors. - 3.1 INSTALLATION: A. Install partitions and screens rigid, straight, plumb and level in A. accordance with manufacturer's printed instructions. Set units with not more than 1/2 inch between pilasters and panels and not more than 1 inch between panels and walls. A' B. Hardware Adjustments: Adjust and-lubricate hardware for proper operation after installation. Set hinges on in-swing doors to hold doors open approximately 30 degrees from the closed position when unlatched. Set hinges on out-swing doors to hold doors closed when unlatched. C. Wall Mounted Urinal Screens: Attach with heavy duty concealed anchoring devices including wall channels, wall plates and studs as recommended by manufacturer. d' 3.2 ADJUST AND CLEAN: Perform final adjustments to leveling devices, door hardware and other operating parts. Clean exposed surfaces and touch up minor finish imperfections using materials and methods recommended by partition manufacturer. Replace damaged products which cannot be satis- factorily field repaired as directed by Architect. AM 14 AUG 80 Tigard S.C. 10162 - 2 END .b . SECTION 10210 METAL LOUVERS Mb 1 .1 STANDARDS: Comply with SMACNA "Architectural Sheet Metal Manual" recommendations for fabrication, details, and installation procedures. iit 1 .2 SHOP DRAWINGS: Submit shop drawings for the fabrication and erection of louver assemblies. Include details of sections and connections. Show bb I anchorage and accessory items. 2.1 APPROVED MANUFACTURERS: 609A by Airolite Co. or approved. I Eli 2.2 MATERIALS: +' A. Galvanized Sheet Steel : ASTM A 526-71 (75) and A 527-71 (75), with Mb ASTM A 525-76 G90 zinc coating, mill phosphatized. 1 B. Fastenings: Hot-dip galvanized. Types, gauges and lengths to suit unit installation conditions. Phillips flat-head screws for ab exposed fasteners. Use steel or lead expansion bolt devices for ` drilled-in-place anchors. C. Paint: Mb 1 . Primer Paint: Manufacturer's standard zinc dust primer. OA 2. Galvanized Wash Pretreatment: Vinyl galvanized wash, SSPC-PT3. l3. Bituminous Paint: Cold applied asphalt mastic, SSPC-PT12. M" 2.3 FABRICATION SIZES: Field verify size and location of louver units prior to fabrication. - 2.4 FORMED SHEET METAL LOUVERS: 1 m" S A. Fabricate from minimum 16 gauge galvanized sheet steel . Form blades and frames to the profiles and sizes indicated. Overlap blades and "hook" edges to prevent blow-through of water. } B. Frame each louver unit as shown, with mitered or coped and continuously welded or riveted and soldered joints. Weld or rivet and solder 1 blades to frame. Reinforce frames and blades as required for r. stiffness. I 2.5 LOUVER SCREENS: Mb A. Provide removable screens of 18 x 14 mesh, copper or bronze wire for exterior louvers. Fabricate screen frames of the same metal _ and finish as the louver units. mit B. Locate screens on inside face of louvers. Secure screens to louver frames with machine screws, spaced at each corner and at 12 inch o.c. ,i ms14 AUG 80 TIGARD S.C. 10210 - 1 40 2.6 SHOP FINISHING: AA A. General : Comply with NAAMM "Metal Finishes Manual" for finish designations and application recommendations. B. Protect finishes on exposed surfaces from damage by application of Am temporary protective covering, prior to shipment. C. Clean, treat and prime paint ferrous metal in the shop, including Am items fabricated from galvanized steel sheets. Apply shop prime finish to all surfaces of the fabricated units. As 3.1 INSTALLATION: A. Locate and place louver units plumb, level and in proper alignment with adjacent work. B. Use concealed anchorages wherever possible. Provide brass or lead ,.+ washers fitted to screws where required to protect metal surfaces and to make a weathertight connection. C. Provide concealed gaskets, flashings and joint fillers , and install 40 as the work progresses to make the installations weathertight. 3.2 ADJUSTMENTS: Repair finishes damaged by cutting, welding, sol-dering and AO grinding operations required for fitting and jointing. Restore finishes and prime coats of paint so that there is no evidence of corrective work. Ar AM At At At AO AO AM °- 14 AUG 80 TIGARD S.C. 10210 - 2 END wa SECTION 10442 HANDICAPPED ACCESS SIGNS MA 1 .1 WORK INCLUDED: Provide handicapped access guide signs in locations shown. sr 1.2 SUBMITTALS: A. Samples: Submit one exterior and one interior sign. Show colors, „b lettering, design, and workmanship. Acceptable samples may be used in the Project. WA 2.1 SIGN SYSTEM COMPONENTS: A. Interior Signs, Embossed: M" 1 . Plates and Letters: Plexiglas plastic as manufactured by Rohm & Haas, or approved. r 2. Letter Adhesive: Comply with manufacturer's recommendation to provide permanent secure bond, and chemical fushions of plastic parts. alb 3. Sign Adhesive: Comply with plastic manufacturer's 1 recommendations to permanently bond sign plates to building ■w surfaces. 4. Fasteners: Concealed or exposed as indicated, tamper proof to suit conditions of application. wa 5. Spacers and Rosettes: Oxidized bronze. B. Exterior Signs: wa 1 1 . Plates: 0.080 inch aluminum plate. M. 2. Baking enamel : Manufacturer's standard. 3. Fasteners: Tamperproof; galvanized, stainless steel , or "` chrome plate; to suit conditions of application. wa I � � - rr► wa ma AUG 80 Tigard S.C. 10442 - 1 ma AO 2.2 FABRICATION: A. Interior Embossed Signs: AO 1 . Plates: 1/4-inch thick plastic, cut accurately to sizes shown, ease corners slightly, polish edges to uniform satin AO finish. 2. Letters and Figures: 1/16 inch thick precision cut plexi- glass plastic letters with polished edges. AO 3. Letter Style: Helvetica Medium, as shown. A' 4. Letter Attachment: Bond letters and figures to plates with adhesives. Provide full , permanent bond. No adhesive or distortion will be permitted on exposed surfaces of finished .,. sign. Match spacing indicated on layout drawings. B. Exterior Signs: AO 1 . Plates: Baked enamel on aluminum plates, manufacturer's standard for exterior application. mm 2. Letters and Figures: Silk screened, manufacturer's standard of size shown. Match letter and figure style and spacing indicated on layout drawings. Am 3. Colors: From manufacturer's standard pallettes as selected by Architect. 3.1 INSTALLATION: A. Location of Signs: Locate and mount as indicated. AO B. Attachment: Secure signs to building with concealed fasteners. Space sign 1/2 inch from building surface with bronze spacers. AM AO 40 AO AN AO AO 14 AUG 80 Tigard S.C. 10442 - 2 END Mb SECTION 10524 FIRE EXTINGUISHERS AND CABINETS iss 1 .1 STANDARDS: U.L. Rated or Factory Mutual approved. _ rnE 2.1 APPROVED MANUFACTURER: Larsen's Mfg. Co., J & L, or approved. 2.2 EXTINGUISHER CABINETS: „b A. Type: (Semi-recessed) B. Rough Opening Required: (10-1/2" x 25" x 4") C. Model Number: (2409-R6) migD. Door Style: (Full Glass) 2.3 FIRE EXTINGUISHERS: ,b A. Type: (Multi-purpose Dry Chemical ) B. Capacity: (10) pounds C. U.L. Rating: (4A-60B:C) 1.0 D. Model No. : (MP10) 3. i INSTALLATION: M` A. Install in recessed opening, secure to metal framing, shim as required. rrr B. Apply sealant S-1 between cabinet and gypsum wall surface. rib 3.2 ADJUSTMENT AND CLEANING: A. Touch up scratched and damaged finish on cabinet frame. atb B. Clean door glass or plastic and cabinet interior. ■. MbMb 14 AUG 80 Tigard S.C. 10524 - 1 END s SECTION 10623 ACCORDION FOLDING PARTITIONS 1 .1 DESCRIPTION: A. Work included: Provide ceiling mounted accordion folding fabric partitions as indicated on Drawings and specified herein. B. Work Specified Elsewhere: AO 1 . Structural Support: Section 06192 FABRICATED WOOD TRUSSES. wrr 2. Wood Framing at Jambs: Section 061100 FRAMING AND SHEATHING. 3. Ceiling Suspension System: Section 02512 ACOUSTICAL TILE. AO 4. Finishing of Track and Head Contact Guard: Section 09900 PAINTING. 411 1 .2 QUALITY ASSURANCE: A. Sound Transmission Class: As obtained by ASTM E 413-73 and ASTM E 90-75. B. Flame Spread Rating: As obtained by ASTM E 84-76. "" 1 .3 SUBMITTALS: A. Office Samples: Submit two samples of fabric in color selected by Architect. Architect will review for acceptable color and texture only. as B. Shop Drawings: Submit shop drawings for review prior to fabrication. Indicate size, jamb and head details, fabric color and type, hardware and installation details. See Section 01300 SUBMITTALS. ar 2.1 APPROVED MANUFACTURER: Modernfold Industries of New Castle, Indiana, Hufcor or approved. 40 2.2 PARTITION SYSTEM DATA: A. Stacking Space: 2-1/8" per lineal foot plus posts. 9" stack models and 1-1/2" per lineal foot on 12-5/8" stack models. B. Partition Type: AM 1 . Modernfold (800) or approved. AO AO 14 AUG 80 Tigard S.C. 10623 - 1 AO 2.3 SYSTEM COMPONENTS: A. Construction: Steel pantograph with 3/16" vertical steel rods welded to steel hinge plates. Double row at top, single row at bottom and MI intermediate rows at not more than 42" on center. B. Hardware: Satin chrome blade type hand pulls with integral pull-in latches and hook bolts recessed in lead post. "'" C. Track: Number 5, 1-1/4" x 1-1/4" aluminium self-cleaning, positive spliced track. aa D. Trolleys: Nylon tires on ball-bearing trolleys. E. Ceiling Contact Guard: Manufacturers standard 22 gauge formed steel wb factory primed on exposed surfaces. F. Lead and Back Posts: 16 gauge steel . Lead post furnished with 3/8" diameter air release holes for 5% of face area. G. Covering: r,,, 1 . Weight: (36) ounce per lineal yard 54" wide. 2. Vinyl Fabric: Cord Mesh, woven glass fabric. "" 3. Film Covering: Tedler polyvinyl chloride polymer on woven glass fabric backing. r. 4. Texture: 'Jute' textured. 5. Color: As selected by Architect. r. 6. Flame Spread: Not greater than 15. 2.4 ACCESSORIES: aa A. Wood header and Blocking: Structural No. 2 grade per WWPA and WCLB, fire retardant treated per AWPA-C20 with flame spread of 25 or less per ASTM E 84-70. Dry lumber to 19% moisture content after treat- ment. B. Bolts: ASTM A 307-76b, Grade A. 1 3.1 PREPARATION: A. Set wood blocking on each side of ceiling track and guard- Install ceiling track guard without exposed fasteners flush with ceiling aa suspension system. r r., ( 14 AUG 80 Tigard S.C. 10623 - 2 Mr mob 3.2 INSTALLATION: A. Install folding partition per manufacturer's printed instructions. Nr B. Install track by securing to wood truss. C. Install receiving and stacking jambs on gypsum wallboard walls by screwing to studs behind jambs. MS AM Am ma Ad AM AM AM air Al AO AA Ad 14 AUG 80 Tigard S.C. 10623 - 3 END Am M11 SECTION 10805 TOILET ACCESSORIES Mb 1.1 COORDINATION: Install accessory items after painting and ceramic tile work is completed within each work area. • 2.1 APPROVED MANUFACTURERS: Bobrick Washroom Equipment, Inc. , Charles MW Parker Co. , or approved. 2.2 SURFACE MOUNTED ACCESSORIES: BOBRICK PARKER Mb A. Flush Mirror Without Shelf: 1 . Plate glass, angle frame, concealed B-290 3020S M. mounting 60-3/4" x 30-3/4" 30" x 60" 24-3/4" x 30-3/4" 30" x 24" B. Toilet Tissue Dispensers Mb 1 . Stainless steel , multi-roll B-288 668SM C. Grab Bars, Concealed Mounting 1-1/2 inch - Mr diameter, 1-1/2 inch space: 1 . Peened, stainless steel , side and M. backwall mounted B6266-99 825-28-CN 2. Peened, stainless steel , 52 inch straight. B6293-99 825-24-CN Mb D. Paper Towel Dispenser: 1 . Stainless steel C-fold and multifold. B-262 694 Ugh Mb 2.4 PARTITION MOUNTED ACCESSORIES: BOBRICK PARKER A. Toilet Tissue Dispensers: 1 . Stainless steel , multi-roll B-386 671 MW 3.1 INSTALLATION: +r. A. Provide solid backing for all surface mount accessories. Comply with manufacturer's printed instructions. am B. Install in locations indicated on Drawings and as directed by Architect. Mir am 14 AUG 80 TIGARD S.C. 10805 - 1 END MI Ago SECTION 11411 WAREWASHING EQUIPMENT de de 1.1 SUBMITTALS: 4* A. Product Data: Submit product data with dimensions and power requirements for the Architect's Review. B. Shop Drawings: Submit drawings of washing table. See Section 01300 SUBMITTALS. C. Maintenance Instructions: Deliver manufacturer's maintenance AA instructions to the Architect prior to final completion. A"'' 2.1 APPROVED MANUFACTURERS: A. Electric Dishwasher: Hobart or approved. B. Stainless Steel Sink: Elkay, Just, Zeigler-Harris or approved. C. Washing Counter Top: Just or approved. D. Disposer: Waste King or approved. 2.2 ELECTRIC DISHWASHER: A. Type: Hobart AM-12 for inline washers. AA B. Controls: Solid State, mounted left. C. Power Required: 200-240 Volt, 60 cycle, single phase; 200-240 volt, "A 60 cycle, three phase, or 400-480/60 cycle 3 phase. Provide with reduced voltage pilot circuit Ytransformer. A6 D. Tank and Wash Chamber Construction: 16 gauge stainless steel , welded with adjustable feet, with satin finish. E. Door Lift: Chrome plated door handle, spring counterbalance and door de guides. F. Pump: 160 GPM capacity, self draining. AA G. Motor: 1 horsepower minimum. H. Controls: Provide standard timer operation, wash and rinse controls, and electric booster heater with 15 kw rating and tank heater at 5 kw rating. de 14 AUG 80 TIGARD S.C. 11411 - 1 s. 2.3 STAINLESS STEEL SINK: A. Type: (single) bowl . rr B. Size: 16" x 20" x 10" Mb C. Faucet Holes: Spaced to fit standard overhead spray unit. Mb D. Material : 16 gauge stainless steel . 2.4 WASHING COUNTER TOP: sr A. Type: Marquis Custom Line by Just or approved. B. Material : 16 gauge stainless steel . sr C. Edge Detail : Standard 3/16 inch high raised marine edge. D. Frame: (steel channel ) Mb E. Joints: Welded. sr 2.5 DISPOSER: A. Type: #FD-150-2D by Hobart or approved. MN 3.1 INSTALLATION: sr A. Comply with manufacturer's printed instructions. B. Provide service connections complying with regulations of governing Mb authorities. C. Trim washing countertop as indicated or required. Mb Mb Mb Mb Mb Mb 14 AUG 80 TIGARD S.C. 11411 - 2 END ir Mb m SECTION 12514 INSULATING WINDOW SHADES AO 1 .1 WORK INCLUDED: Provide insulating curtains as indicated on drawings and specified herein. AM 2.1 METALIZED FABRIC INSULATING WINDOW SHADES: A. Approved Manufacturers: ICW by Thermal Technology Corporation, P. 0. Box 130, Snowmass, Colorado 81654, or approved equivalent. 411 B. Fabric: `Mirror-Fab"metalized fabric with decorative interior layer. Combination of fabrics to achieve R9 to R12 insulating valve. C. Support Tube: Manufacturer's standard support tube for 15' span. D. Control : Supply single controller-timer for 5 individual runs of Ale 15' each located as shown on drawings. Provide manual override for individual operation. a' E. Mounting Supports and Jamb Tracks: Manufacturer's standard single and double curtain tracks and overhead support straps and connection devices. g• F. Casework: Valances and jamb trim supplied and installed by installer. a" G. Wiring: Provide necessary wiring, conduit and all electrical devices for a complete installation. 2.2 FABRICATION: Comply with manufacturer's standards. Finish all components with manufacturer's standard finish. A. 3.1 PREPARATION: Field measure window openings prior to fabrication. 3.2 INSTALLATION: Install at locations shown along south window wall . Install A" controller and adjust timer and all operating mechanisms for proper operation. ,wr ar A" 14 AUG 80 TIGARD S.C. 12514 - % END 40 mor SECTION 13980 SOLAR ENERGY SYSTEMS , 1 .1 WELDING: Use only certified welders and shielded arc process. NO 1 .2 SHOP DRAWINGS: Show complete details and instructions for fabrication, assembly and installation. See Section 01300 SUBMITTALS. MI 2. 1 STEEL MATERIALS: A. Steel Plates ASTM A 36-75. Hot dipped galvanized. B. Solar Storage Tubes: Spiral weld, 12 gauge, hot-dipped galvanized steel pipe. MI C. Bolts: ASTM A 307-76b Grade A except where noted otherwise. Mk D. Electrodes: E60XX, E70XX or as recommended by AWS. 2.2 NON-METALLIC NON-SHRINK GROUT: Corps of Engineers CRD-C588-76. Mb 2.4 FABRICATION PROCESS: Use materials of size and thickness indicated. Form exposed connections with hairline joints. Weld corners and seams as indicated and as required. Grind exposed welds smooth. Provide 2.0 mil zinc coating on steel in accordance with ASTM A 386-78, ASTM A 153-78, or ASTM A 123-78. Touch up with zinc paint. I 2. 5 FABRICATED ITEMS: Provide as required to complete work. Fabricate of welded construction in complete units. Drill and tap as required to receive hardware and similar items. Include required anchors in concrete for field welding to solar storage tubes. MI 3. 1 INSTALLATION: ,r, A. Set work accurately in location, alignment and elevation, measured from established lines and levels. Provide anchorage devices and fasteners where necessary. MI B. Set storage tubes on cleaned floor slab anchors, using wedges or other adjustments as required. Solidly pack open spaces with non- metallic, non-shrink grout. Weld tubes in place. C. Touch up with zinc paint after installation. Clean field welds, bolted connections and abraded areas, and apply same type paint as used in shop. am am 14 AUG 80 TIGARD S.C. 139Bo - 1 END 4 � am SECTION 15050 BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS AO 1 .1 REFERENCE: Division 0 BIDDING AND CONTRACT REQUIREMENTS and Division 1 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS apply to work in this Division. mm 1 .2 WORK INCLUDED: Provide plumbing, heating and ventilating systems as required to complete the work specified and indicated on Drawings. a« 1 .3 WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE: A. Cutting and Patching: Section 01040 COORDINATION. AO B. Shop Drawings and Product Data: Section 01300 SUBMITTALS. A. C. Substitutions: Section 01600 MATERIAL AND EQUIPMENT. D. Louvers: Section 10210 METAL LOUVERS. '"O 1 .4 DESIGN CRITERIA: A. Flex-ducts shall be U.L. labeled Class I ducts with lengths limited AO by U.L. listing and N.F.P.A. #90 approvals. B. All ducts, insulation and liners shall meet the requirements of A, Chap. 10 of the 1976 U.M.C. mm 1 .5 SHOP DRAWINGS: AM A. Layout Drawings: Provide layout drawings of plumbing and heating, ventilating and cooling systems. mm B. Details: Provide details of special connections including connections to: 1 . Work by other contractors. 2. Air distribution and duct systems. 3. Plumbing fixtures. 1 .6 PRODUCT DATA: A. Provide manufacturer's performance data for air supply units, exhaust mm units, fans, air filters, mechanical system insulation, duct systems, controls and instrumentation. "' B. Provide manufacturer's graphic description of louvers, vents, plumbing fixtures and trim. AO .O 14 AUG 80 TIGARD S.C. 15050 - 1 AO 1 .7 WARRANTIES: A. Repair and correct defects in materials and labor within one year following date of final acceptance. B. Apparatus shall deliver its full rated capacity at the efficiency 1116 for which it was designed and operate free from objectionable noise and vibration. 1116 2. 1 ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT: A. Comply with requirements listed in Division 16 ELECTRICAL . B. Electric Motors: Mb 1 . Provide as integral part of driven equipment. 2. Drip-proof induction type with ball bearings. 3. Comply with NEMA Standard for service intended. rr, 4. Motor shall operate in range of 10% above to 10% below • specified voltage. 5. 1/2 horsepower and larger: 3 phase, 60 Hz (208V) except where noted otherwise. Mb 6. Under 1/2 horsepower: Single phase, 60Hz, 120V. 7. Provide with integral thermal protection. 8. Provide nominal nameplate horsepower not less than (120%) of equipment brake horsepower required for performance specified. C. Electric Starters: See Division 16 ELECTRICAL. Provide at least two auxiliary contactors. D. Provide interconnecting wiring within or on a piece of mechanical equipment unless shown otherwise. This does not include the wiring Mb of motors, starters, and controllers specified in Division 16 ELECTRICAL. I Mb E. Control Wiring: See Section 15900 CONTROLS AND INSTRUMENTATION. 3. 1 EQUIPMENT ACCESSIBILITY: Locate valves, thermometers, gauges, cleanout fittings, switches and similar indicating equipment requiring frequent reading, adjustments, inspection, repairs or replacement conveniently accessible to service personnel . Locate indicating equipment to be read while standing on the floor. 3.2 PLUMBING SYSTEM INSTALLATION: 10, A. Continue sanitary sewer and storm lines to nearest manhole on new 8" line and as indicated on drawings. B. Install exposed pipe connections at equal height, plumb and set at right angles to floor and wall . am C. Continue water supply lines to water meter at the property line. .r 14 AUG 80 TIGARD S.C. 15050 - 2 ma 3.3 DISINFECTION OF DOMESTIC WATER LINES: Chlorinate domestic water lines to comply with County and State Health Department requirements. am 3.4 ADJUSTMENT AND CLEANING: A. Motor Testing: Do not test run pump motors until liquid is in the system. B. Adjust Systems: Restore to original condition or replace piping, am conduit, ductwork, fixtures, equipment or apparatus damaged or contaminated prior to final acceptance of the work. Balance air handling system, and submit results to architect. AM C. Cleaning: 1 . Clean systems and lubricate operating parts as recommended by 40 manufacturer. 2. Flush waste and drainage wash debris and sediment from systems. AO 3. Clean air handling equipment, ducts, chases and plenums of debris, dirt and dust before operation of fans. Do not run 41 air handling units without filters in place. ms am AO 40 40 AO AO AO AO 14 AUG 80 TIGARD S.C. 15050 - 3 END mw SECTION 15060 PIPE AND PIPE FITTINGS 1 .1 WORK INCLUDED: Provide pipe and pipe fittings as specified herein. Mb 1.2 WORK SPECIFIED IN OTHER SECTIONS: aw A. Trenching, Backfilling and Compacting: Section 02200 EARTHWORK. B. Sanitary and Storm Sewer Piping more than 5'-0" Outside Building: ma (Section 02400 DRAINAGE) C. Basic Procedures: Section 15050 BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS. Ob 1 .3 SUBMITTALS: A. Shop Drawings: Provide drawings of supply, waste and drainage eb systems. 2. 1 GALVANIZED STEEL PIPE: A. Pipe: Schedule 40, ASTM A 120-76. rw B. Fittings: 1 . 2-1/2 Inch and Smaller: 150 psi screwed malleable iron. 2.2 CAST IRON SOIL PIPE: A. Pipe and Fittings: Service weight cast iron conforming to ASTM A 74-75, or cast iron hubless pipe with neoprene gaskets and stainless steel shields and clamps conforming to Cast Iron Soil Pipe Institute Standard 301 . Vent and waste piping 3" or larger. w„ B. Gaskets: Compression type conforming to ASTM C 564-70. 2.3 COPPER PIPE: 'l" A. Pipe: Hard drawn seamless copper tubing, Type "M" above grade and Type "L" below grade, ASTM B 88-76. •• B. Fittings: Wrought copper, 150 psi ; solder joint type, Chase, Revere. or approved. Dielectric unions by EPCO, the Engineered Products Co. ,b or approved equivalent. 2.4 CONCRETE PIPE: r. A. Pipe and Fittings: ASTM C 14-75, Class 1 , 2 or 3. B. Gaskets: Rubber rings conforming to ASTM C 361 or ASTM C 443-76. s. wr 14 AUG 80 TIGARD S.C. 15060 - 1 rr am 2.5 ASBESTOS-CEMENT PIPE: A. Pipe and Fittings: ASTM C-644 for 4"-6"; ASTM C-428 for 8" and AO larger. B. Gaskets: ASTM D-1869 rubber sealing gaskets. 3. 1 FIELD MEASUREMENTS, LINES AND LEVELS: AO A. Check dimension at the building site and establish lines and levels for the work specified in this section. AO B. Establish inverts and slopes by instrument. Work from established datum point. Use established area lines for location of trenches. ,i 3.2 EXCAVATION, BACKFILL AND COMPACTION: Perform earthwork as required for plumbing lines to 5'-0" beyond building line. Comply with Section 02200 EARTHWORK. 3.3 PIPE INSTALLATION: A. Clean interior of pipe and fittings before installation. B. Install unions in non-flanged pipe connections to apparatus, screwed control valves, traps and appurtenances requiring removal for servicing. Locate to disconnect pipe without disturbing the system. C. Provide dielectric couplings, or unions between galvanized steel pipe d" and copper tubing. D. Install piping to vent and drain. E. Support piping independently at apparatus so its weight will not be carried by apparatus. am F. Install piping clear of cleaning or removal area for apparatus. G. Locate cleanouts for ease of access. 410 3.4 PIPING JOINTS: A. Screwed Joints: 1 . Ream pipe ends, apply pipe dope or teflon tape to make threads. 2. Cut to expose not more than two threads beyond end of fitting. A" 3. Provide cast iron or steel flanges. AO AO AM 14 AUG 80 TIGARD S.C. 15060 - 2 AO Mr B. Soldered Joints:, 1 . Braze with Fos-copper rod and wrought copper fittings or Mb silver brazing alloy and flux. 2. Clean copper tubing and fittings with steel wool before applying flux where silver brazing alloy is used. 001 3. Remove burrs, ream to full bore and make copper tubing round at joints. 4. Apply heat uniformly for full penetration of the rod. 5. Leave a full bead around joint circumference for penetration u' and seal . 6. Do not use softer solders. Do not use Fos-copper on cast r fittings. C. Special Joint Requirements: 1 . Flanges: Match pressure rating and drilling of apparatus, valve or fitting adjacent to flange. 1 Mb 2. Gaskets: 1/16 inch thick, Cranite or approved. Ring type, coated with graphite and oil . Mk 3. Cast Iron to Galvanized Pipe Joints: Tape spigot or install half coupling screwed to end of galvanized pipe to form a spigot end. Mb 4. Copper to Steel Pipe Joints: Provide dielectric union between copper and steel piping. Mb 3.5 PIPING LOCATIONS: A. Galvanized Steel Pipe: Above grade waste and vent piping 2-1/2 „b inches to 1-1/2 inches in size. B. Cast Iron Soil Pipe: Sanitary soil and waste to 5'-0" beyond 1 building line, vent piping 3 inches and larger in size above grade, r"" vent piping below grade and storm water to 5'-0" beyond building line. Ur C. Copper Pipe: Domestic hot and cold water, refrigeration piping, miscellaneous indirect waste and trap priming piping. D. Concrete Pipe: Sanitary soil and waste more than 5'-0" from b" building line. E. Asbestos-Cement Pipe: Non-pressurized sanitary soil and waste more mb than 5'-0" from building line. 3.6 ADJUSTMENT AND CLEANING: Repair work damaged by excavation, backfilling and ■r compaction. Flush out piping system prior to inspection and testing. 14 AUG 80 TIGARD S.C. 15060 - 3 END MM Mb1 am SECTION 15100 VALVES, COCKS, AND FAUCETS 40 1 .1 SUBMITTALS: Submit catalog data for review prior to starting work. Ad 2.1 APPROVED MANUFACTURERS: A. Commercial Valves: Jenkins numbers are listed, provide equivalent " products by Lunkenheimer, Kennedy, Power, Walworth, and Stockham or approved equivalent. Provide all valves of one manufacturer. ,., B. Wall Hydrant: Josam or approved equivalent. 2.2 COMMERCIAL VALVES: A' A. Gate Valves: Bronze body, bronze trim, screwed, union bonnet; solid wedge, 125 psi rating, Jenkins 370, Jenkins 368 for O.S. & Y. valve. Ad B. Globe Valves: Bronze body, bronze mounted. screwed, renewable composition disc, 150 psi rating, Jenkins 106A. A„ C. Check Valves: Bronze body, bronze mounted, screwed. regrinding bronze disc, 125 psi rating, Jenkins 92A. D. Drain Valves: Bronze body, bronze mounted, screwed, renewable "' composition disc, hose end; 3/4 inch size. Jenkins 112 or 113. Install at low points of system. Ad 2.3 WALL HYDRANT: A. Freezeproof, 3/4" hose-end, key operated valve, removable for repair A' from outside. Backflow preventer vacuum breaker. Face plate flush with wall . Brushed chrome finish. 3/4" inlet. A" 3. 1 INSTALLATION: A. Provide valves at connections to equipment where shown or required. Ad B. Install all valves accessible and same size as connected piping. AO 7 AM A. 14 AUG 80 TIGARD S.C. 15100 - 1 END SECTION 15120 PIPING SPECIALTIES .. 1 .1 WORK INCLUDED: ass A. Provide all necessary appurtenances to complete functional , operative piping systems as specified, as intended and as described hereinafter. B. Size of connected pipe unless otherwise shown. M" 2.1 PIPING APPURTENANCES: .r A. Pipe Sleeves: 24 gauge galvanized steel with flanged ends flush with wall or ceiling. ■r B. Floor, Wall and Ceiling Plates: Polished nickel-plated at floor and walls; baked white enamel at ceilings. Mb C. Flashing: 16 oz. copper or 4 lb. lead, unless otherwise shown. D. Adjusting Fittings: sm 1 . 1" and Smaller Red brass composition with finished trimmings. Angle or straight pattern as required. Screwdriver adjusting means. Size as shown Ism on the drawings, otherwise as connected pipe. 125 psi w.p. 2. 1-1/4" and Larger Mr Iron body, lubricated plug or ball valve, wrench operated. 2-1/2" and smaller - screwed; 3" and larger - flanged. With lubricant suitable for water 250°F and lower. Size as connected pipe. „b 125 psi w.p. 3. Manufacturers: Hammond, Walworth, Sarco, DeZurik, or approved. mm 3.1 INSTALLATION: 1 M A. Pipe Sleeves: Through concrete structure and masonry walls; minimum of 2" larger than outside diameter of pipe, flush. Caulk around insulated piping with asbestos rope full length of sleeve. Grout evenly to outside of sleeve where concrete spalling occurs. Insulation applied continuously through sleeve. Resilient caulk minimum 1/2" thick to prevent moisture migration and noise transmission; similar to G.E. Silicone Sealant. "'s B. Floor Wall , and Ceiling Plates: Sufficient height to cover sleeve as applicable. Install on all exposed pipes, except cast iron drainage mm 1 piping, passing through walls, floors, and ceilings; firmly secure wall and ceiling plates to pipe. Size to fit pipe. C. Flashing: Roof openings for vent piping flashed and soldered water- "" tight. Extended each way from side of pipe or drain not less than 8" or as detailed; on roof. All vents counterflashed and counterflashing turned into end of pipe. a* { 14 AUG 80 TIGARD S.C. 15120 - 1 END V a A. SECTION 15250 INSULATION A" 1.1 WORK INCLUDED: Install insulation on piping as indicated on Drawings and specified herein. mkt 1 .2 FIRE RATING: A. Provide insulation materials and adhesives with fire and smoke hazard ratings as follows: 1 . Flame Spread: 25 or less. 2. Smoke Developed: 50 or less. AO B. Test products in accordance with NFPA 255 and U.L. 723. AA C. Provide products or their shipping cartons with identification of the flame spread and smoke developed index. 41 2.1 APPROVED MANUFACTURERS: Johns-Mansville, Owens-Corning Fiberglas or approved. AO 2.2 PIPE INSULATION: A. Rigid Glass Fiber: Preformed, 3.5 pound density glass fiber, one ,O piece, -with or without vapor barrier jacket. J-P1 "Micro-Lok 650 AP-T" or approved. B. Glass Fiber, Blanket: Cie pound density, with vapor barrier jacket. AA J-M with "FSK" jacket or approved. C. Preformed Pipe Coverings: One-piece PVC insulated fitting covers. Ai Ai 3.1 INSTALLATION OF PIPE INSULATION: A. Locations: A" 1 . Domestic cold water above ground: 1-inch. rigid glass fiber with vapor barrier. A.. 2. Domestic hot water above ground: 1-inch. rigid glass fiber, without vapor barrier. A. 3. Roof drain lines above ground: 1-inch, rigid glass fiber with vapor barrier. 4. Heating water: 1-inch, rigid glass fiber, without vapor barrier. AO "` 14 AUG 80 TIGARD S.C. 15250 - 1 MI B. Install in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. Seal insulation to maintain vapor barrier where applicable. Mb C. Insulate cold water fittings utilizing preformed pipe coverings for valve bodies and bonnets, flanges, and unions on cold water Mr system only. Do not insulate valves, flanges or unions on hot water systems. 1 � irr Mb Mb I rr Mb Mb Mb Mb rr► r Mb Mb 14 AUG 80 TIGARD S.C. 15250 - 2 END Mb 1 Mb SECTION 15450 PLUMBING FIXTURES AND TRIM AM 1 .1 WORK INCLUDED: Provide plumbing fixtures and trim as indicated on Drawings and specified herein. 1 .2 WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE: A. Garbage Disposal , Dishwasher, Pre-wash Sink and Overhead Spray: AM Section 11411 WASHWARE EQUIPMENT. 1 .3 SUBMITTALS: " A. Product Data: Submit catalog data on fixtures and trim. See Section 01300 SUBMITTALS. mm B. Installation Instructions: Submit installation instructions for Architect's review. 40 1 .4 WARRANTY: Provide manufacturer's standard warranty against craze color fad and surface deterioration. A"' 2.1 MANUFACTURERS: American Standard, Elkay, Fiat, Eljer, Moen, Zurn or approved equal . a. 2.2 FIXTURES: A. Lavoratory (S-1 ): American Standard 'Contura' 5607.056 with aquarian 2379.018 fitting, 17 Ga. P'Trap, Speedway supply with stop. B. Single sink (S-2): Elkay CR.2522 with LKA 2400 dual handle faucet, Elkay 35 strainer. C. Double Sink (S-3) : Elkay DLR.3322-10 with LKA 2401 dual handle faucet, Elkay 35 strainer. A. D. Mop Service Basin (S-4) : Fiat MSB 2424 with Chicago #897 RNP(VB) faucet. E. Drinking Fountain (DF-1 ): American Standard 'Saratoga' 8310.112 with 1-1/4" trap. 40 F. Urinals (U-1 ): American Standard 'Trimbrook' 6560.015 with 186.11 sloan flush valve. G. Water Closet (WC-1): American Standard 'Madera' 2222.016 with 110-3 Sloan Royal Flush Valve, Olsonite 10-CC-SS White Seat. H Handicapped Water Closet (WC-2) : American Standard 'Cadet' 9468.018 with 110-3 Sloan Royal Flush Valve, Olsonite 10-CC-SS white seat. AO 14 AUG 80 TIGARD S.C. 15450 - 1 AO AO a 3.1 INSTALLATION: �a A. Install fixtures complete with fittings, supports, fastening devices, faucets, valves, traps, stops and appurtenances required. Mb B. Set and connect fixtures to soil , waste, vent and water supply lines. a C. Locate fixtures as indicated on Architectural Drawings. Install fixtures at standard rough-in height listed by manufacturer, except where indicated otherwise on Drawings. .,, D. Install rough-in and make final connections to water closets, urinals, floor drains, drinking fountain, lavatories, sinks, and service basins. a E. Install rough-in and make final connections to commercial dishwasher, electric garbage disposal and pre-wash sink with overhead spray. NO Mr a Mr a ab ma a moo ab ■a 14 AUG 80 TIGARD S.C. 15450 - 2 END a .a AO SECTION 15461 ELECTRIC HOT WATER HEATER As 1 .1 WORK INCLUDED: Provide electric hot water heater as shown on drawings and specified herein. AO 2.1 ELECTRIC HOT WATER HEATER: am A. Commercial , electric, glass-lined tank, fiberglass insulated, enameled steel outer jacket, upright model . Magnesium anode rods. High limit temperature safety cutott. Low water cutoff, circuit fused heavy AA duty magnetic contactors, pre-wired terminal blocks, chrome nickel alloy sheared elements. Safety door interlock. Pressure and temperature gauges. Adjustable immersion control thermostat with 40 minimum modulating 4-step control . 120 volt control circuit. Pilot light and indicator light. ASME pressure-temperature relief valve 125 psi w.p. UL label . 240 volt, 1-phase. AO B. Capacity: 82 gallon; 54 KW. Set 140°. C. Guarantee: Provide full 3-year special guarantee against tank 'O leakage. D. Manufacturers: A.O. Smith DVE commercial series, National . P.V. I . Coates, Rheem or approved equivalent. 3.1 INSTALLATION: AA A. Unit mounted on channel skids. Code pressure-temperature relief valve to sense tank temperature with 1-1/4" copper drain as shown. Gate AA valves on cold and hot water pipes. Di-electric unions at tank connections. See detail drawing, 120 volt control circuit. AM AO O AO J. AO AO 14 AUG 80 TIGARD S.C. 15461 - 1 END mr SECTION 15821 RANGE HOOD AND EXHAUST FAN Mb ti 1 .1 WORK INCLUDED: Provide range hood and exhaust fan at location shown on drawings. mi 2. 1 EXHAUST FAN: err A. Belt driven utility type, forward curved blade. Unit complete with motor, belt guard, adjustable motor sheave, drive. ball bearings, grease points extended to accessible location. Weatherproof motor ,sm cover. Magnetic starter. Capacity to be 1500 cfm, 1 .5 Stat. Mb B. Range hood exhaust fan and range hood make-up fan to operate t separately from range hood control box. ;! 2.2 RANGE HOOD: m; �+ A. Gaylord Model "BDL-MA" series with "custom air" (150 cfm per lineal foot 1 of ventilator), or approved equivalent. 48" x 120". B. Plumb rough and finish as per manufacturers instructions. 1 Mb 3. 1 INSTALLATION: A. Exhaust fan installed on roof. Ductwork connected to range hood with flex connectors. Follow manufacturers recommendations. B. Connect hood fire sprinklers to domestic water supply. Mr C. Run exhaust ductwork in one hour shaft through roof. }1 MO MO Mb .O raw r. r 14 AUG 80 TIGARD S.C. 15821 - 1 END 1 ,wr SECTION 15822 RANGE HOOD MAKE-UP AIR FAN AO 2.1 MAKE-UP FAN: A. Cabinet type forward curved unit with motor mounted internally. Draw-thru fan and motor spring isolated. Belt driven with r„ adjustable Vee belt. Ball bearings with grease fittings extended to access. Hanging support on unit. Quiet operation of fan and motor. Weatherproof motor cover. Magnetic starter. UL Label AMCA seal . rr B. Capacities: 1000 CFM. a• C. Controls: See Section 15821 . D. Supply 10 kw duct heater in line. E. Manufacturers: Aladdin, American Blower, New York Blower, Barry, ILG, Trane, Pace, or approved. am 3.1 INSTALLATION: A. Unit installed at location shown on drawings. Ductwork as necessary. Follow manufacturer's recommendations. • .ir air AO AO AO AM 41 'A 14 AUG 80 TIGARD S.C. 15822 - 1 END oft SECTION 15824 AIR-TO-AIR ENTHALPY HEAT EXCHANGER Mb 2. 1 AIR-TO-AIR ENTHALPY HEAT EXCHANGER: m A. Approved Manufacturer: Mitsubishi Electric Industrial Products Model No. VL-1500. r�r B. Capacity: 71 CFM, *5 CFM. C. Controls: Each unit to operate from separate "high-medium-low" switch at wall location shown on sheet A10. D. Wiring: Units shall be hard-wired rather than plug-in. Mb E. Weather hood: Provide manufacturer's standard. sit3. 1 INSTALLATION: A. Units installed at locations shown on drawings. Provide all mounting connections to wood surround and provide weather-tight M' gasketing between unit and wood surround. } B. Adjust to optimum operation. Mb Mr Mb MbMb Mb MbMb Mb 14 AUG 80 TIGARD S.C. 15824 - 1 END r SECTION 16010 GENERAL PROVISIONS M" 1 .1 WORK INCLUDED: A. The work covered by this Specification shall include furnishing am all labor, materials, equipment and services to construct and install the complete electrical system as designed by electrical contractor and specified herein. do B. The work shall include but not be limited to the following: 1 . Electrical service complete per serving utility company A" requirements. 2. Electric service and distribution equipment. AO 3. Grounding. ,w 4. Complete lighting and power distribution, panelboards, branch circuits, lighting fixtures and lamps, devices, etc. 5. Telephone service conduit, as required by phone company. AO 6. Wiring to and connection of electrical equipment furnished under other divisions of this specification. 7. Wiring to and connection of electrical equipment and appliances furnished outside of these specifications and contract but described on the electrical drawings. di 8. Electrical permits, inspection fees and certificates. me 9. All other electrical equipment and services needed to complete a useable and operable facility in accordance with all pertinent codes and regulations. AO 10. Submit complete electrical drawings to Architect for review prior to installation. 11 . Conduit for future site lighting. AM a AO Ar `"" 14 AUG 80 TIGARD S.C. 16010 - 1 AO HI Olt wo 1 .2 REFERENCE: DIVISION 0 BIDDING AND CONTRACT REQUIREMENTS AND DIVISION 1 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS APPLY TO WORK IN THIS DIVISION. Mb 1.3 SUBSTITUTIONS: A. The materials, products and equipment described in the Bidding Documents establish a standard of required function, dimension, Mb appearance and quality to be met by any proposed substitution. 1.4 WARRANT/GUARANTEE: ab A. The Contractor warrants to the owner that all materials and equipment furnished under this contract will be new unless otherwise specified, and that all work will be of good quality, free from faults and defects for a period of one year from the date of substantial completion. All work not conforming to these requirements, including 011 substitutions not properly approved and autho'rizea, may be considered defective. If required by the owner, the Contractor shall furnish satisfactory evidence as to the kind and quality of materials and equipment. Mb B. The guarantee and warranty period for electrical equipment shall be in effect from the date of substantial completion of the work, unless the whole or partial system or a separate piece of equipment or Mb component is put into use for the benefit of a party other than the installing subcontractor with the prior authorization of the owner. When written authorization has been given, the guarantee and warranty ( period will commence when that item is placed in operation. At the Mb time of substantial completion the Contractor shall , at his expense, place the item in first class operating condition, as if it had not as been used. C. Leave the entire electrical system installed under this contract in clean, dust-free, and proper working order. Without additional "` charge, replace any work or material which develops defects, except from abuse, within one year from acceptance, except for lamps. Mb D. Lamp guarantee is from date of substantial completion: 1 . Sixty (60) days for incandescent lamps. Mb 2. One (1 ) year for fluorescent, mercury vapor, metal halide and high pressure sodium lamps. E. Labor for lamp installation shall be provided by Contractor for sixty (60) days after final acceptance. Oa 14 AUG 80 TIGARD S.C. 16010 - 2 OM 00 AS 1 .5 SHOP DRAWINGS: A. The contractor shall review, approve and submit, with reasonable promptness and in such sequence as to cause no delay in the work or in the work of the owner or any separate contractor, all shop A„ drawings, product data and samples required by the contract documents. B. By approving and submitting shop drawings, product data and samples, the contractor represents that he has determined and verified all A materials, field measurements, and field construction criteria related thereto, or will do so, and that he has checked and coordinated the information contained within such submittals with the requirements of A• the work and of the contract documents. C. The contractor shall not be relieved of the contract documents by the A,„ architect's approval of shop drawings, product data or samples unless the contractor has specifically informed the owner in writing of such deviation at the time of submission and the owner has given written approval to the specific deviation. AM D. Manufacturer's standard schematic drawings: ,. 1 . Modify drawings to delete information which is not applicable. 2. Supplement standard information to provide additional information applicable to project. Ai E. Manufacturer's catalog sheets, brochures, diagrams, schedules, performance charts, illustrations and other standard descriptive data. .Irl 1 . Clearly mark each copy to identify pertinent materials, products, or models. Ar 2. Show dimensions, weights, and clearances required. 3. Show data consisting of manufacturer's names, catalogue numbers, "°'" photometrics, voltages, etc. F. Contractor Responsibilities: AM 1 . Review shop drawings, product data and samples prior to submission. ,,r 2. Verify: a. Field measurements. 'r" b. Field construction criteria. c. Catalogue numbers and similar data. AA 3. Coordinate each submittal with requirements of work and of contract documents. 40 14 AUG 80 TIGARD S.C. 16010 - 3 4. Contractor's responsibility for errors and omissions in submittals is not relieved by owner's review of submittals. 0. 5. Contractor's responsibility for deviations from requirements of contract documents is not relieved by architect's review of submittals, m+ unless owner gives written acceptance of specific deviations. 6. Begin no work which requires submittals until return of submittals 40 with owner's stamp and initials or signature indicating review. 1 .6 PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS: A" A. Maintenance of documents: 1 . Maintain at jobsite, one copy of contract drawings, specifications, addenda, reviewed shop drawings, change orders, other modifications to contract and field test records. m. 2. Store documents apart from documents used for construction. 3. Make documents available at all times for inspection by Architect. Ai 4. Label each document 'PROJECT RECORD' in 2" high printed letters. Mark contract drawings legibly to record actual construction. 5. Show locations of underground items, with dimensions to building walls and corners; relate elevations to building datum. 6. At completion of project, transfer changes to reproducible ozalid AO transparencies of the original drawings supplied by the contractor and deliver to the Architect. m. 1 .7 CLEANING UP: A. The contractor at all times shall keep the premises free from - accumulation of waste materials or rubbish caused by his operations. At the completion of the work, he shall remove all his waste materials and rubbish from and about the project as well as all his tools, construction equipment, machinery and surplus materials. 110 B. If the contractor fails to clean up at the completion of the work, the owner may do so and the cost thereof shall be charged to the contractor. 1.8 QUALITY ASSURANCE: «. A. Inspection, observation and tests: Work shall not be closed in or covered before inspection and approval by the owner. Cost of uncovering and making repairs where uninspected work has been--closed in or covered "' shall be borne by the Contractor. B. Provide electrical supervisory personnel on the job during the 4111 construction period. He shall be familiar with the electrical and other crafts' materials and work. He shall coordinate space utiliza- tion, his men and sub-contractors, and the materials to be installed for the project. AO 14 AUG 80 TIGARD S.C. 16010 - 4 m. 1 .9 SITE EXAMINATION: r A. Visit the site or proposed construction to determine all existing conditions that will affect the work and make allowance for all work and material required to comply with the contract documents due to r` variations between the actual existing conditions and the informa- tion indicated on the contract documents. Ob 1 . 10 DRAWINGS: A. The electrical drawings are diagrammatic, but shall be followed as O, closely as actual construction and work of other crafts will permit. 1 .11 DEFINITIONS: Ob A. Where the words "furnish" , "provide" , "install " appear in this division, or a manufacturer is indicated with item or product catalog number listed, install and furnish the item complete for the purpose • or function intended, unless noted otherwise. Or Ob 2.1 MATERIALS: A. Electrical materials shall be new, of the type and quality specified. O` listed by Underwriters Laboratory and shall bear their label wherever Standards have been established and label service is regularly furnished by them. M" 2.2 MANUFACTURERS: A. Like items shall be from one manufacturer, i .e. fixture types, switches, receptacles, breakers, panels, etc. wherever possible. B. The manufacturer's installation instructions and wiring diagrams are '"b a part of the Contract Documents, and shall take precedence over wiring indicated in event of conflict or where documents do not include wiring method. Mb C. In addition to full compliance with the Contract Documents as to quality, performance and guarantee or warranty, the manufacturers of sok the equipment supplied for this project shall also provide field engineers particularly qualified in the installation and/or adjustment and final connection of the equipment when requested by the Architect. us r 14 AUG 80 TIGARD S.C. 16010 - 5 PART 3 - EXECUTION a 3.1 CODES AND PERMITS: A. Installation shall comply with the latest rules and regulations of the 40 codes of the state and local authorities having jurisdiction. B. Should the electrical documents indicate a condition which will conflict with the rules and regulations, the Contractor shall refrain 44 from installing that portion of the work until he receives direction from the Architect. C. Any work installed in violation of the governing codes will be removed and correctly installed by the Contractor. ,,,, D. Furnish all materials and labor required for compliance with these laws, rules and regulations. E. Items in excess of code requirements shall take precedence. AO F. Obtain all required permits and certificates. 3.2 UTILITY COMPANY COORDINATION: A. All aspects of the electric service, metering requirements and AO telephone service will be coordinated with the respective utility companies prior to bidding. Any requirements of the utility companies in excess of those shown on the drawings or covered by these specifica- tions shall take precedence. Items shown or specified in excess of 4" utility company requirements shall take precedence. 3.3 COOPERATION WITH OTHER CRAFTS: AM A. Cooperate with other crafts (or contracts) as may be necessary for the proper execution of the work in the construction of the building. B. Prior to the installation of the electrical work for equipment by other crafts, the Owner or other contracts, verify the requirements indicated in the electrical division, with the requirements and characteristics of the other crafts (or contractors) equipment. C. Deviations shall be brought to the attention of the Architect immediately. AO 3.4 CERTIFICATE OF APPROVAL: A. Furnish to the Architect a certificate of approval from the inspection authority at the completion of the work, prior to the application for final payment. 14 AUG 80 TIGARD S.C. 16010 - 6 3.5 INSTALLATION: Mb A. Verify heights of all special outlets. bracket lights, etc. , with the Architect before rough-in. Mb B. The right is reserved to make reasonable changes in outlet location prior to completion of rough-in. 3.6 STANDARDS: ■b A. Comply with the following recognized standards: Mb 1 . American National Standards Institute (ANSI ). 2. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) . Mb 3. National Electrical Manufacturers Association (NEMA) . 4. And other recognized codes and standards as listed. a_ B. The above standards shall be included in the Specification as applicable and shall be used for materials and installation Mb methods. C. It shall be the contractor's responsibility to provide complete systems as shown, specified and required by applicable codes. Include 416, connections and appurtenances shown on the various riser diagrams in the finished job. Mb Mb ■. Mb Mb "` Mb MI rr 14 AUG 80 TIGARD S.C. 16010 - 7 END AA SECTION 16050 BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS AA 1.1 QUALITY ASSURANCE: AA A. All materials and methods shall be approved for use at locations and for conditions where installed. 1 .2 INCIDENTALS: AA A. Incidentals, hangers, bracket supports, framing, backing, signal transformers, relays, etc. , not specifically mentioned herein or Ar, noted on the plans, and required to complete the system or systems in a safe and satisfactory working condition, shall be provided and installed as part of the contract. AA 1 .3 DAMAGED EQUIPMENT: A. Scratched, marred or deformed materials will not be accepted. AA Fixtures, material or equipment in wet cartons or boxes, stored in or exposed to rain, water, dust, dirt or snow are not acceptable. A, 1 .4 SPECIAL FEATURES: A. Special features, finishes, description or requirements indicated in the Contract Documents for particular items or equipment, but not "" included by or in the item's listed catalog number, shall be included. 1.5 APPROVAL OF MATERIALS: Ai A. Electrical materials shall be of the type and quality indicated, or Architect approved equal , new listed by the Underwriters' Laboratories , and shall bear their label wherever standards have been established and AA label service is regularly furnished by them. 1 .6 SUBMITTALS: AA A. Provide shop drawings or catalogue data for: AS 1 . Photocells. 2. Contactors and relays. 3. Main switch board. 4. Sub Panels. AS 5. Light fixtures. 6. Electric heater. 7. Low voltage system. AA 2.1 PHOTOCELLS: A. Photocells shall be Precision ST-15 or approved equivalent. AA AA 14 AUG 80 TIGARD S.C. 16050 - 1 AO 4 l 60 2.2 CONTACTORS AND RELAYS: - mo A. Contactors and relays shall be quiet operating electrically operated and held or mechanically held with self clearing coils as noted, and installed in suitable housings so as to minimize objectionable noise. MI Refer to plans for voltage, current ratings, number of poles, etc. for control systems indicated on plans. Acceptable manufacturers for 20 ampere loads: Square "D", class 8903, type LG-30 and Cutler-Hammer Mr Citation series. or approved. Other locations and type relays, Square "D", ASCO Furnas, ITE Co. or approved. 3.1 GENERAL WIRING METHODS: A. Wiring throughout shall be metallic concealed raceway as allowed by Mr NEC with recessed outlets, cabinets, panels, etc. , except where indicated otherwise. B. All work shall be executed in a workmanlike manner and shall present a neat appearance upon completion. C. Consult Architect before notching or cutting construction. D. For cutting in the finished surface, repair and recondition as acceptable to the Architect. mit { E. Recondition or replace damage to work of other crafts. F. Provide all backing and mounting hardware required to complete the ms electrical systems in a safe, working condition as part of the contract work. G. Wet, damp, and hazardous locations: Wiring and equipment provided Mk shall meet the requirements of the National Electrical Code. H. Surface wiring shall be metallic raceway method in the following Mb locations: 1 . Mechanical rooms after mechanical work has been installed. alb 2. Other locations or areas shown or noted on the drawings. I. Where lighting fixtures, outlets, panels, etc. are shown conflicting UMwith structural or mechanical equipment, install the item and wiring to avoid the conflict as directed by the Architect. Mb UK ti 14 AUG 80 TIGARD S.C. 16050 - 2 rr 3.2 SUPERVISION: A. Provide one (1 ) journeyman, tools, meters, instruments and other test equipment required by the Engineer. Contractor shall remove and replace trims, covers, fixtures, etc. for the Architect to inspect and test Am materials, systems, methods and workmanship. B. Manufacturer's engineers, representatives or installation personnel shall be present at all tests of their equipment as required by the Architect. C. Provide electrical supervisory personnel on the job during the construction period that shall be familiar with the electrical and other crafts' materials and work. They shall coordinate space utilization, his men and sub-contractors, and the materials to be installed for the project. 410 3.3 INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS: A"' A. The manufacturer's installation instructions and wiring diagrams are a part of the Contract documents, and shall take precedence over wiring indicated in event of conflict or where documents do not include wiring Ar method. B. In addition to full compliance with the Contract Documents as to quality, performance and guarantee or warranty, the manufacturers of the 'A equipment supplied for this project shall also provide field engineers particularly qualified in the installation and/or adjustment and final connection of the equipment when requested by the Architect. Am 3.4 MOUNTING HEIGHTS: A. The plus sign before a dimension, adjacent to symbol , indicates the center of the outlet or equipment installed above the finished floor or grade unless otherwise noted. B. Install receptacles at work tables and counters horizontally, 6 inches above counter top or at height as shown on the drawings . If back splash is indicated, verifylocation with Architect. Other outlets as noted on Ao Plans, or as specified, detailed or indicated elsewhere. C. Other outlets and outlets for special systems and equipment as noted or as directed by the Architect on the job. D. Always consult the Architect before installing outlets if heights or locations conflict with other equipment or there is reasonable question as to the use of the outlet. 3.5 BACK TO BACK OUTLETS: 40 A. Do not install outlets back to back. They shall be offset so that no outlets fall directly back to back. Separation of outlets shall be 12 inches minimum. Wiring connections between such outlets shall be by a flexible conduit loop. aw 14 AUG 80 TIGARD S.C. 16050 - 3 3.6 ADJACENT RECEPTACLES AND TELEPHONE OUTLETS: Mk A. Telephone and receptacles serving the same room and shown adjacent to each other on the plans shall be installed so that they are no more than 8 inches apart, horizontally, from center to center. Mk 3.7 RECEPTACLES: A. Install receptacles with ground slot on bottom. r■ 3.8 BACKFILL AND COMPACTION: Mb A. Follow requirements specified under Earthwork. 3.9 CUTTING STRUCTURAL FRAMING: Mb A. Shall not be permitted unless specifically noted on the drawings or authorized by the Architect. Mb 3.10 LABELING: A. The intent is to provide a complete, meaningful , neat and well-labeled r. installation. 1 B. Provide individual engraved laminated plastic labels for each service and distribution switch or breaker. "a C. Label mounting shall be by screws or approved permanent adhesive. um D. Consult Architect before preparation of all labeling and circuit schedules. for proper nomenclature and area designations, etc. , and submit to { Architect for approval prior to installation. it 3.11 TRENCHING: l A. Trenching and backfilling for electrical work shall be included by the MI Electrical Contractor. All conduit in trenches shall be on undisturbed ground with a minimum of 24-inch cover. B. Verify all finished grade elevations and then install conduits the um necessary depts to provide at least a minimum of 24-inch ground cover after completion of finished grading, except 48-inch cover for primary service. Backfill of all trenches shall be mechanically compacted. M" Buried conduits damaged after installation, by excavation equipment or otherwise, shall be replaced to the satisfaction of the Architect. Mb NM Mb Mb14 AUG 80 TIGARD S.C. 16050 - 4 END Mk SECTION 16110 RACEWAYS 1 .1 RELATED WORK: Related work described elsewhere in Division 16 applies to the work of this section with the additions described in the following paragraphs. 2. 1 MATERIALS: A. Rigid Steel Conduit shall be galvanized or sherardized steel , threaded AM at each connection. B. Rigid PVC: am 1 . Type 40 heavy wall PV-duct conduit shall be composed of high impact PVC (Polyvinyl Chloride, C 200 Compound) and shall conform to NEMA standards and be rated for 90 degrees C wire " by UL in accordance with the National Electrical Code for underground and exposed use. do 2. Material must have tensile strength of 700 psi at 73.4 degrees F. , flexural strength of 11 ,000 psi , compression strength of 8600 psi and minimum wall thickness in various sizes. me 3. Elbows shall be rigid steel . C. Electrical Metallic Tubing (EMT) shall be galvanized or sherardized " steel . D. Flexible Conduit shall be galvanized steel , interlocked and with PVC Ai outer jacket where permitted for connection to equipment. E. CONDUIT FITTINGS: "W 1 . EMT connectors and couplings shall be steel , gland, "Tomic" or "Breagle" or die cast set screw. AO AO AO AO AO AM 14 AUG 80 TIGARD S.C. 16110 - 1 AM 3.1 CONDUIT INSTALLATION: A. Conduit Joints: 1 . Assemble conduits continuous and secure to boxes, panels, Mb fixtures and equipment with fittings to maintain electric continuity. Cut joints square, ream smooth and draw fittings tight. .r 2. Where embedded in concrete, below grade or in damp locations, provide watertight joints by painting the entire male thread with Metal Thread Primer before assembly. 111 3. Use conduit fittings to secure conduit to underside of beams. Mb 4. Seal PVC conduit connections with solvent cement. B. Conduit Support: mb 1 . Support and fasten at 8 feet on center and within 36 inches of each outlet, ell , fitting, panel or box. 0. 2. Support suspended conduits with metal ring or trapeze hangers and threaded steel rods having a designed safety factor of 4. 3. Use wire ties with not less than No. 14 iron wire and lathers ties m" which will prevent displacement for concealed rigid conduit up to 1-1/4 inches or for EMT only. C. Conduit Placement: 1 1 . Provide conduit and raceways for all electrical systems wiring except as noted elsewhere. Mb 1 2. Conceal conduit in finished areas where possible. Run concealed conduit in a direct line with long sweep bends and offsets. M" 3. Where exposed conduit is indicated or required by field conditions, run parallel or at right angles to architectural rb building lines and neatly offset into boxes. Keep exposed conduit tight to finished surface. Aft r. .it ma 14 AUG 80 TIGARD S.C. 16110 - 2 END SECTION 16120 WIRES AND CABLES 1 .1 RELATED WORK: A. Related work described elsewhere in Division 16 applies to the work of this section with the additions described in the following paragraphs. 1.2 REQUIREMENTS OF REGULATORY AGENCIES: A. Conductors and cables shall have ampacities suitable for the electircal load served without exception. B. The insulation for conductors shall comply with the National Electrical Code requirements unless these specifications call for insulation of better ratings. 1 .3 PRODUCT DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING: AM A. Protect all wire and cable from damage during handling and storage. B. Wire shall be delivered to job site in complete unbroken coils or reels with identifying size and insulation tags attached. A' 2.1 WIRES AND CABLES: A. Unless otherwise noted or specified all wire and cable shall be copper, 600 volt rated with size, insulation, voltage and manufacturer permanently marked on covering. B. Minimum acceptable conductor and equipment insulation resistance is 2000 ohms per volt of the equipment operating voltage. C. Conductors No. 14 AWG to No. 10 AWG shall be solid or stranded. D. Conductors No. 8 AWG and larger shall be stranded. Conductors shall be color coded at the factory, with a separate color for each phase and neutral conductor used consistently throughout the system. Grounding conductors shall be insulated (green) except as noted otherwise. E. Conductor insulation type shall be THW for No. 3 and larger. Insula- tion shall comply with code requirements except where noted otherwise. 40 F. Conductors No. 4 AWG and larger shall have minimum insulation rating of 75 degrees C or better. G. Conductor in continuous row and recessed fixtures shall be wired with THHN insulated wire. H. Aluminum wire may be used for No. 1 and larger feeders, terminate in compression type lugs. 14 AUG 80 TIGARD S.C. 16120 - 1 2.2 WIRE CONNECTIONS AND DEVICES: MI A. Provide copper pads for multiple conductor terminals. B. Manufacturer: T & B, Brundy, Ilsoc, Anderson. Ideal with Scotchlock Mb electrical spring connectors may be used with #18 through #10 AWG or approved. 3.1 INSTALLATION: M" A. Do not use conductors smaller than No. 12 AWG except for low voltage control or unless otherwise noted. err B. Splices shall be made mechanically and electrically tight and secure. 116 C. Install conductors in conduits having adequate, code size cross sectional area for the circuit and ground wires required. Maintain color coding throughout. MI D. Install conductors in conduits with care to avoid damage to insulation. Do not apply a greater tension on conductors than recommended by manufacturer during installation. MI E. Hold feeder and service conductors away from metal edges in panels, boxes, wireways or switchboards. or 3.2 ADJUSTMENTS: A. Re-tighten lugs and connections for conductors to equipment prior to final acceptance of the work. Tighten connections with a torque wrench to conform to manufacturer's recommendations. 3.3 COLOR CODES: 111 l PHASE A - Black MI PHASE B - Red 1 PHASE C - Blue ■r NEUTRAL - White - GROUND Green 14 AUG 80 TIGARD S.C. 16120 - 2. END � rr� AA SECTION 16130 BOXES AA 2.1 BOXES: d„ A. Flush, Concealed and Ceiling Mounted Surface Outlet Boxes: Galvanized stamped steel with screw ears, knock-out plugs and mounting holes. "` B. Wall Mounted Surface Outlet Boxes: Cast steel alloy or aluminum. Bell or approved. a. C. Large Boxes: Provide boxes exceeding 4-11/16 inches square of welded steel construction with screw cover and painted, steel gauge as required by physical size, as manufactured by Hoffman, ,r„ Circle AW or approved. 3.1 BOX INSTALLATION: AA A. Size Selection: am 1 . Outlet boxes: Code required size to accommodate all wires . fittings and devices. 2. Wall bracket and ceiling surface mounted light fixture AA outlets: 4 inch octagon, 1-1/2 inches deep. 3. Provide larger boxes or extension rings where quantity of "" wires installed required more cubic capacity. 4. Flush wall switch and receptacle outlets in conduit systems: 40 4 inches square, 1-1/2 inches or more deep. B. Fitting Requirements: AA 1 . Ground all metallic boxes. 2. Provide flush wall switch and receptacle outlets with one or 4. two-gang plaster ring mounted vertically. Where three or more devices are at one location, use one piece multiple gang tile box or gang box with suitable plaster ring. AA 3. Provide wall bracket and ceiling surface mounted lighting fixture outlets with fixture stud where required. AA 4. Provide wall bracket outlets with single gang openings where required to accommodate fixture canopy. +r. C. Multi-gang Boxes: Provide multi-gang boxes as required to accept devices installed with not more than one device per gang. D. Special Boxes: Provide boxes for special systems suitable for AA equipment installed. Coordinate type with system supplier. AA 14 AUG 80 TIGARD S.C. 16130 - 1 END SECTION 16140 WIRING DEVICES ma 1 .1 WORK INCLUDED: Provide wiring devices and plates for outlet boxes as indicated on Drawings and specified herein. 2.1 APPROVED MANUFACTURERS: Mr A. Arrow-Hart, Bryant, General Electric, Hubbell , Leviton, Sierra or approved. ma B. Lighting switches and duplex receptacles of same manufacturer and identical appearance characteristics. C. Should Drawings indicate a device other than those listed hereinmg without reference to catalog number, provide a device of same grade and manufacturer as specified herein. MI 2.2 WALL SWITCHES: A. Commercial Switches: 20 ampere, 277 volt, quiet type, Bryant 4901 series or approved. Use in kitchen area. B. Use everywhere except kitchen: 1 . Single Pole: 1221-I 2. Two Pole: 1222-1 3. Three Way: 1223-I C. Pilot Switches: Lighted toggle type, Sierra 5729A or approved. { D. Manual Dimmers: Vertical slide type, 1500W, 120V unless noted M" otherwise, Lutrom N-1500 or approved. 2.3 RECEPTACLES: am A. Commercial Duplex: 20 ampere, 3-wire, 2-pole grounding, Hubbell 5262 series or approved in kitchen area. B. Residential Duplex: 15 ampere, 125 volt, 3-wire, grounded, Leviton 5320-I or approved in other areas. C. Weatherproof: Sierra No. 1400 or approved. Grounding type with No. WPD-8 weatherproof cover. U D. Clock Outlets: Sierra No. 2122 or approved. Receptacle plate with clock hanger. U U ■ 14 AUG 80 TIGARD S.C. 16140 - 1 2.4 FINISH PLATES: A. Kitchen Area Plates and Residential Range and Dryer Plates : Flush stainless steel , Arrow-Hart, Bryant, Hubbell , Sierra or approved. B. Industrial Surface Covers: Galvanized or cadmium plated steel . 1/2 inch raised type with openings appropriate for device installed. C. General use area plates: Ivory plastic, smooth. 3.1 INSTALLATION: as A. Install devices and finish plates plumb with building lines. „ B. Do not install devices and finish plates until final painting is complete. C. Install wall mounted receptacles vertically. D. Mounting Heights: Verify height of outlets not covered below: 1 . Telephone & TV outlets ---- (12") 2. Duplex receptacle ---- (12") 3. Lighting switch ---- (48") A„ 4. Thermostats ---- (60") E. Mount weatherproof receptacles with covers down. 3.2 TESTS ON RECEPTACLES: Test receptacles for line to neutral , line to ground and neutral to ground faults. Correct any defective wiring. �.• 3.3 ADJUSTMENT AND CLEANING: Clean or replace scratched or splattered finish plates and devices. AM 40 40 44 *r 44 ow 14 AUG 80 TIGARD S.C. 16140 - 2 END SECTION 16160 PANELBOARDS MI 2.1 APPROVED MANUFACTURERS: Federal Pacific, Square D, ITE, General Electric, GTE, Sylvania or approved. 2.2 MAIN DISTRIBUTION PANELBOARDS: A. Provide free standing, front operated, fused switch type, fully r' enclosed panelboards. Fuse sizes as required to meet loads. Provide panelboards listed as suitable for use as service entrance equipment. Mb B. Provide (aluminum) bus work sized as indicated on Drawings, with a maximum hot-spot temperature rise of 55 degrees C. above an ambient Mr of 40 degrees C.under continuous full load current and braced for 50,000 A.I .C. Provide ground bus in bottom of enclosure. C. Fusible Switches: Quick-make, quick-break, horsepower rated and Mk certified for 100,000 A. I .C. D. Prime and finish panelboard cabinet with not less than two coats of light gray equipment enamel . 2.3 BRANCH CIRCUIT PANELBOARDS: MI A. Provide (plug-in) circuit breaker type, with 10,000 A.I.C. minimum, with (aluminum) bussings. Fit panels with flush lift latches and keyed locks. B. Provide gutters minimum of 5 inches wide except where feeder conductors enter, provide a minimum of 6 inches clear. Provide separate feeder lugs and studs for each feeder conductor. 1 C. Provide two spare breakers as indicated on drawings. ■r 2.4 METERING: Provide metering facilities as required by the serving utility. r 3.1 INSTALLATION: A. Install panelboards plumb and level , located as indicated on Drawings. ■r U w 14 AUG 80 TIGARD S.C. 16160 - 1 END ■ an SECTION 16180 OVERCURRENT PROTECTIVE DEVICES 2.1 FUSES: 40 A. Approved Manufacturer: Bussmann Co. , Chase-Shawmut Co. or approved. B. Non-renewable Type with Dual Elements: Current limiting. ws C. Combination Lighting and Appliance Circuit: Low-Peak by Bussmann Co. or approved. D. Motor Loads: Fusetron by Bussmann Co. or approved. 2.2 CIRCUIT BREAKERS: A. Type: Molded case, thermal magnetic with short circuit capacity rating to withstand the maximum short circuit duty which can be expected at the breaker location in the electrical system. B. Branch Circuit Panelboard Mounting: (Plug-in) Type. C. Minimum Short Circuit Rating: 10,000 A. I .C. AD 3.1 INSTALLATION: A. Coordinate fuse and circuit breaker combinations for selective 400 tripping. B. Install fuses for motor protection to best protect the motor without nuisance tripping. 011 C. Comply with National Electrical Code. mi D. Supplement the grounded neutral of the secondary distribution system by installing the equipment grounding system to properly safeguard equipment and personnel . A. E. Install so all metallic structures, enclosures, raceways, junction boxes, outlet boxes, panelboard cabinets, portable equipment and other conductive items in close proximity with electrical circuits operate continuously at ground potential and provide a low impedance path for possible ground fault currents. 3.2 SPARE FUSES: A. Provide one complete set of spare fuses of each amperage used on this project. Store spare fuses in a metal , hinged door cabinet located adjacent to the distribution panel . Label cabinet. 14 AUG 80 TIGARD S.C. 16180 - 1 END AO SECTION 16450 GROUNDING r 1 .2 STANDARDS: Comply with Article 250 of the National Electrical Code. s, 2.1 GROUND CONDUCTORS: Mb A. Underground: Bare copper. B. Indoor System: Insulated copper with green jacket. Mb C. Sizes: Comply with N.E.C. Table 250-94 and 250-95. r 2.2 CONNECTORS: A. Cast, set screw or bolted type. Mb B. Thermal-fusion by Cadweld or approved. 2.3 GROUND RODS: Steel with copper plating, 5/8-inch by (8) foot minimum size. 3.1 INSTALLATION: .. Mb A. Make up connectors tight and locate for future servicing and to insure low impedance.. r B. Install thermal-fusion connectors only at underground or cast-in- place concrete locations. M, Mb bb S S S • 14 AUG 80 TIGARD S.C. 16450 - 1 END AO SECTION 16500 LIGHTING AO 1 .1 WORK INCLUDED: Provide complete lighting system as indicated on AO Drawings and specified herein. 1 .2 COORDINATION: Verify ceiling construction, recessing depth and all other construction details prior to release of fixture for shipment. 401 Where discrepancies occur, notify the Architect immediately. Pay additional costs due to errors arising after shipment of fixtures. 40 2.1 APPROVED LAMP MANUFACTURERS; Champion, General Electric. Sylvania, Westinghouse or approved. err 2.2 LAMPS: A. Flourescent lamps: Cool white, rapid start. 410. B. Incandescent lamps: 120 volt, inside frost, medium base. 2.3 BALLAST: Thermo-protected. 3.1 INSTALLATION: wr A. Install in accordance with manufacturer's printed instructions. AO B. Install light fixtures at locations indicated on Drawings. C. Install a light fixture at each light outlet within the allowance. 4+: 3.2 ADJUSTMENT AND CLEANING: A. Protect installed fixtures from dirt, dust, paint and debris. 40, B. Replace damaged fixtures, poles and ballasts. C. Leave fixtures clean and in proper operation prior to final AO inspection. 3.3 FIXTURE SCHEDULE: As shown on drawings. AO AO 40 ill. ow 14 AUG 80 TIGARD S.C. 16500 - 1 END .r MB SECTION 16600 LOW VOLTAGE SWITCHING MI 1.1 INTENT: Control of lighting for the upper level dining area shall be accomplished using low voltage switching. Each Bay (15' ) 9 fixtures, shall be controlled from two locations as indicated on drawings. gm 1.2 EQUIPMENT: A. Relays: GE RR-7 NI B. Transformer: GE RT-1/RA 16 err C. Switches: GE 5935-2 l Mk MO Mk U U U 14 AUG 80 TIGARD S.C. 16600 - 1 END